Admissions Information | Majors | Courses | Financial Aid | Student Services | TABLE OF CONTENTS |

2009-2010 Calendar ...... 3 Outside Scholarships, 15 2010-2011 Calendar ...... 4 9HUL¿FDWLRQ Revisions of Aid Packages, 15 General Information...... 5 Satisfactory Academic Progress, 15 History, 5 9HWHUDQ(GXFDWLRQDO%HQH¿WV Mission Statement and Purposes, 5 Educational Philosophy, 5 Culture of Engagement...... 17 College Learning Outcomes, 5 The McMaster School for Assessment of Student Learning, 6 Advancing Humanity, 17 Accreditation, 6 Honors Program, 17 8&&$I¿OLDWLRQ The McMaster Service Leadership Programs, 18 Campus Covenant, 7 Experiential Learning, 18 Non-Discrimination Statement, 7 Internships, 18 Student Complaint Policy, 7 Field Experience, 18 Right to Modify, 7 Cooperative Education, 18

Admission...... 8 Student Life ...... 19 Campus Visit, 8 Student Handbook, 19 How to Apply, 8 Student Life Services, 19 When to Apply, 8 Accommodations Policy for Admission Requirements, 8 Students with Disabilities, 20 International Student Admission, 8 Grievance Procedure for Students with Disabilities, 20 Admission Criteria, 9 Civil Rights Racial Harassment Policy, 21 Admission Decision, 9 Sexual/Gender Harassment Statement, 21 Re-Enrollment, 9 Computer Guifelines, 21 Non-Matriculated Student Admission, 10 One-Stop Student Internet Access, 21 Transient Student Admission, 10 E-mail, 22 Post Secondary Enrollment Options, 10 Academic Life...... 23 Tuition and Fees ...... 11 Academic Advising, 23 Tuition Deposit, 11 Academic Honor Societies, 23 Tuition, Room and Board, 11 Academic Honors, 23 Schedule of Fees 2009-2010, 11 Academic Integrity Policy, 23 Other Fees and Charges, 11 Academic Probation, 25 International Student Admission, 12 Academic Resource Center, 25 Prepayment of Tuition, 12 Academic Second Chance, 25 Payment of Accounts, 12 Academic Year, 25 Deferred Payments, 12 Athletic Eligibility, 26 Schedule of Payments, 13 Auditing Courses, 26 Financial Status, 13 Awarding of Degrees, 26 Refund Policy, 13 Center for Adult and Graduate Programs, 27 Change of Residential Status, 13 Graduate Programs, 27 Class Attendance, 27 Financial Aid...... 14 Class Standing, 28 Application for Financial Aid, 14 &RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\RI6WXGHQW5HFRUGV Renewal of Financial Aid, 14 Course Load, 28 Financial Aid Resource Guide, 14 Credits, 28 Enrollment and Eligibility, 14 Degree Offerings, 29

1 1 | TABLE OF CONTENTS |

Pre-Professional Programs, 30 Organizational Supervision Associate of Arts Degree Requirements, 31 and Leadership, 54 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 32 Psychology, 54 Grade Appeals, 33 Religious Studies, Religious Education Grading System, 34 And Christian Education, 55 Grade Reports, 34 Restoration Ecology, 57 Independent Study Courses, 34 Self-Designed Major, 57 Military Active Duty, 34 Social Work, 57 Pilgrim Library Services, 34 Sociology, 58 Registration, 34 Sport Management, 58 Schedule Changes and Wellness and Corporate Fitness, 59 Withdrawal from Courses, 34 Transcript Requests, 35 Course Descriptions...... 60-96 Undergraduate Students Enrolled in Graduate Courses, 36 Directory ...... 97-100 Withdrawal from College, 35 Index...... 101 Major Requirements...... 37 Division Structure, 37 Accounting, 37 Art, 37 Arts and Humanities, 38 Athletic Training, 38 Autism Studies Program, 40 Biology, 40 Business, 40 Business Administration, 40 Christian Education, 42 Communication Arts, 42 Criminal Justice, 42 Design for Leadership, 43 Digital Forensic Science,43 Economics, 43 Education, 44 English, 48 Exercise Science,48 Forensic Science, 49 Graphic Design, 49 Health Services Management, 50 History, 50 International and Global Studies, 50 Mathematics, 51 Medical Technology, 52 Molecular Biology, 52 Music, 52 Nursing, 52

Serrick Campus Center photo by Brent Kneebush 2 2 | 2009-2010 ACADEMIC CALENDAR |

FALL SEMESTER 2009 New Faculty Orientation. Tuesday, August 18 Adult New Student Orientation Tuesday, August 18 Faculty Workshop Wednesday - Friday, August 19-21 Registration& Evening Classes Begin (Undergraduate & Graduate) Mon., Aug. 24 Day Classes and Labs Begin (Undergraduate & Graduate) Tuesday, August 25 Late Registration Ends at 6:30 p.m. Thursday, August 27 Last Day to Drop/Add Courses Thursday, August 27 Adult New Student Orientation Saturday, August 29 Labor Day Holiday (No Classes) Monday, September 7 Weekend College/Bi-Weekly Courses Begin Wednesday, September 9 Midterm Wednesday, October 14 Midterm Break (No Classes) (Thursday Night Classes Meet) Friday, October 16 Midterm Grades Due by 12 NOON Monday, October 19 Last Day to Withdraw with an Automatic "W" Monday, October 26 Weekend College Last Day to Withdraw with an Automatic "W" Monday, Nov. 2 Faculty Development Day (No Classes) (Tuesday Night Classes Meet) Wed., Nov. 25 Thanksgiving Vacation Thursday & Friday, November 26 & 27 Classes Resume at 8:00 a.m Monday, November 30 Last Day of Classes (Undergraduate & Graduate) Friday, December 4 Final Examinations Monday - Thursday, December 7-10 Last Day of Classes for Weekend College Courses Saturday, December 12 Grades Due by 12 NOON Monday, December 14 Offices Closed for Holiday Break Wednesday, December 24 - Sunday, January 3

SPRING SEMESTER 2010 Offices Reopen Monday, January 4 Adult New Student Orientation Saturday, January 9 Registration& Day/Evening Classes Begin (Undergrad/Graduate) Monday, Jan. 11 Weekend College/Bi-Weekly Courses Begin Wednesday, January 13 Late Registration Ends at 6:30 p.m. Thursday, January 14 Last Day to Drop/Add Courses Thursday, January 14 Martin Luther King Holiday (No Classes – Offices Closed) Monday, January 18 Midterm Tuesday, March 2 Spring Vacation Begins at Close of Classes Friday, March 5 Midterm Grades Due by 12 NOON Monday, March 15 Classes Resume at 8:00 a.m. Monday, March 15 Last Day to Withdraw from Class with Automatic "W" Tuesday, March 16 Weekend College Last Day to Withdraw with Automatic “W” Monday, March 8 Good Friday Holiday (No Classes) (Thursday Night Classes Meet) Friday, April 2 Honors Convocation Sunday, April 18 Last Day of Classes for Weekend College Courses Saturday, April 24 Last Day of Classes (Undergraduate & Graduate) Tuesday, April 27 Final Examinations Thursday-Wednesday, April 29-May 5 (Graduating Students) Grades Due at 4:30 p.m. Thursday, May 6 Commencement (Mother’s Day) Sunday, May 9 Grades Due at 12 Noon Wednesday, May 12 SUMMER SCHEDULE 2010 Adult New Student Orientation Saturday, May 8 Summer Session I May 17 - June 25 Weekend College Courses Begin Friday, May 14 Memorial Day Holiday (No Classes) Monday, May 31 Summer Session II June 28-August 6 Summer Session I grades due at 12 Noon Wednesday, June 30 Independence Day Sunday, July 4 Offices closed and no classes Monday, July 5 Last Day of Classes for Weekend College Courses Saturday, August 7 Summer Session II and WEC grades due at 12 Noon Wednesday, August 11 3 3 | 2010-2011 ACADEMIC CALENDAR |

FALL SEMESTER 2010 New Faculty Orientation Tuesday, August 17 Faculty Workshop Wednesday – Friday, August 18-20 Adult New Student Orientation Saturday, August 21 Registration and Evening Classes Begin (Undergraduate & Graduate) Monday, August 23 Day Classes and Labs Begin (Undergraduate & Graduate) Tuesday, August 24 Late Registration Ends at 6:30 p.m. Thursday, August 26 Last Day to Drop/Add Courses Thursday, August 26 Labor Day Holiday (No Classes) Monday, September 6 Weekend College/Bi-Weekly Courses Begin Wednesday September 8 Midterm Wednesday, October 13 Fall Midterm Break (No Classes) (Thursday Night Classes Meet) Friday, October 15 Midterm Grades Due by 12 NOON Monday, October 18 Last Day to Withdraw with an Automatic "W" Monday, October 25 Weekend College Last Day to Withdraw with Automatic “W” Thursday, November 4 Faculty Development Day (No Classes) (Tuesday Night Classes Meet) Wednesday, November 24 Thanksgiving Vacation Thursday & Friday, November 25 & 26 Classes Resume at 8:00 a.m. Monday, November 29 Last Day of Classes (Undergraduate & Graduate) Friday, December 3 Final Examinations Monday - Thursday, December 6-9 Grades Due by 12 NOON Monday, December 13 Last Day of Classes for Weekend College Courses Saturday, December 18 Weekend College grades due by 12 noon Monday, December 20 Offices Closed for Holiday Break Friday, December 24 – Sunday, January 2

SPRING SEMESTER 2011 Offices Reopen Monday, January 3 Adult New Student Orientation Thursday & Saturday, January 6,8 Registration and Day/Evening Classes Begin (Undergraduate & Graduate) Monday, January 10 Late Registration Ends at 6:30 p.m. Thursday, January 13 Last Day to Drop/Add Courses Thursday, January 13 Martin Luther King Holiday (No Classes – Offices Closed) Monday, January 17 Weekend College/Bi-Weekly Courses Begin Wednesday, January 19 Midterm Tuesday, March 1 Spring Vacation Begins at Close of Classes Friday, March 4 Midterm Grades Due by 12 NOON Monday, March 14 Classes Resume at 8:00 a.m. Monday, March 14 Last Day to Withdraw from Class with Automatic "W" Friday, March 25 Weekend College last day to Withdraw with Automatic “W” Saturday, March 26 Good Friday Holiday (No Classes) (Thursday Night Classes Meet) Friday, April 22 Last Day of Classes for Weekend College Courses Saturday, April 30 Honors Convocation Sunday, April 10 Last Day of Classes (Undergraduate & Graduate) Tuesday, April 26 Reading Day Wednesday, April 27 Final Examinations Thursday-Wednesday, April 28-May 4 (Graduating Students) Grades Due at 4:30 p.m. Thursday, May 5 Commencement (Mother’s Day) Sunday, May 8 Grades Due at 12 Noon Wednesday, May 11 SUMMER SCHEDULE 2011 Adult New Student Orientation Saturday, May 7 Summer Session I May 16 – June 24 Weekend College Courses Begin Friday, May 13 Memorial Day Holiday (No Classes) Monday, May 30 Summer Session II June 27-August 5 Summer Session I grades due at 12 Noon Wednesday July 6 Offices closed and no classes – Independence Day Monday, July 4 Last Day of Classes for Weekend College Courses Saturday, August 6 Summer Session II and WEC grades due at 12 Noon Wednesday, August 10 4 4 | GENERAL INFORMATION |

HISTORY EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY The history of Defiance College is as rich and distinctive as the Defiance College emphasizes learning based on the four pillars area in which it is located. In 1794 Revolutionary War hero of its mission, “to know, to understand, to lead, and to serve.” Anthony Wayne established Fort Defiance at the confluence of the Within the tradition of liberal education, students experience Maumee and Auglaize Rivers. Fort Defiance became Defiance, broadly based learning in communication skills, critical thinking, Ohio, in 1836. Defiance College was founded in 1850 when the moral development, the examination of global societies, and Ohio Legislature set aside acreage for the newly incorporated the abilities needed to function within a diverse society. Studies Defiance Female Seminary. Land for the campus was not within the humanities, arts, sciences, and social sciences lead to procured until 1875, when Defiance resident William C. Holgate an understanding of the complex, diverse world in which we live. accepted $1,200 for nine acres in north Defiance. The Seminary held its first classes in 1885 and, despite its name, graduated its Because superior learning is a natural outcome of learning with first class of four men and five women in 1888. In 1903 the name engagement, the college strives to ensure that traditional liberal became The Defiance College. Shortly thereafter, the College education is actively connected to the real world. Learning at became affiliated with the Christian Church which later became Defiance is characterized by forging intellectual connections the United Church of Christ. The College’s UCC affiliation and engagement of the mind with the environment, the self with continues today. others, the individual with community, generality with context, and deliberation with action. As a result, students are expected to combine knowledge and understanding with active leadership and MISSION STATEMENT AND PURPOSES service as they develop reasoning abilities, superior professional Defiance College is an independent, coeducational institution skills, a well-developed sense of self and moral judgment, and an related to the United Church of Christ. Through personal caring understanding of their civic roles and responsibilities. attention within an ecumenical Christian environment that values people with different beliefs, our community of learners is Superior learning is realized through active engagement dedicated to nurturing the whole person through development in undergraduate research, service learning, and campus of the intellectual, emotional, spiritual, social and physical organizations and activities. It is shared and expanded dimensions of self. We seek to inspire within our students a through interaction with like professionals and in leadership search for truth, a sensitivity to our world and the diverse cultures opportunities, cooperative education and internships, and within it, the ability to lead in their chosen professions, and a partnerships with local, regional, national, and international spirit of service. We want them to know, to understand, to lead, organizations. The Defiance College education will provide and to serve. students with the knowledge and experiences necessary for the improvement of the world of tomorrow. TO KNOW We believe that the liberal arts form a broad basis for all learning. We affirm that academic excellence demands a committed search COLLEGE LEARNING OUTCOMES for truth, competency in research and other problem solving 1. Develop effective communication skills, including the abilities to methods, the ability to synthesize knowledge from many sources, write and speak clearly and cogently. and a capacity for self-directed learning. a) Demonstrate skill in public speaking including appropriate use of academic conventions. TO UNDERSTAND b) Demonstrate skill in writing including the ability to We provide opportunities for students to perceive and make make and support an argument using appropriate connections between the intellectual realm and the world. academic conventions. We strive to develop awareness of and sensitivity to global interdependence and diverse cultures. 2. Develop the ability to think critically and utilize critical thinking skills when problem solving. TO LEAD a) Demonstrate the ability to accurately summarize We are committed to the betterment of the community, the information from written text and demonstrate nation, and the world through the development of leadership understanding through drawing appropriate conclusions. skills and abilities. We create opportunities for students to initiate b) Demonstrate the ability to critique opposing or and facilitate beneficial action in and out of the classroom and alternative theories, arguments, or thesis. encourage self-reflection on the role of the dedicated leader. 3. Develop the ability to formulate value judgments; well-reasoned, TO SERVE ethically informed: and that give due consideration to the beliefs We encourage our students to be of service to their fellow and individuality of others. students, their chosen fields of study, their communities and a) Demonstrate an understanding of the ethical and moral the world. We provide opportunities for students to transform implications of a given society through civic engagement along with application of their b) Demonstrate an understanding of various belief systems. knowledge and understanding to service.

5 5 | GENERAL INFORMATION |

4. Develop an understanding of quantitative reasoning and the the improvement of instruction, effective advisement, and career scientific method as they relate to understanding the world. development. a) Demonstrate the ability to think and express concepts using mathematics. ACCREDITATION b) Demonstrate an understanding of the scientific method Defiance College is accredited by the Commission on Institutions in the context of the biological sciences. of Higher Education of the North Central Association of c) Demonstrate an understanding of the scientific method Colleges and Schools, 30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, in the context of the physical sciences. Illinois 60602-2504 (800-621-7440). It is approved by the d) Demonstrate an understanding of the scientific method Ohio Department of Education for the training of professional in the context of the social sciences. educators. The social work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The business program is accredited 5. Develop an appreciation of the importance of history, literature by the International Assembly for Collegiate Business Education. and the arts for understanding the diverse and complex world in The athletic training program is accredited by the Commission which we live. on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education. The Teacher a) Demonstrate an understanding of how historical issues Education Program has been reviewed and approved by the Ohio impact the present. Department of Education using the teaching education standards b) Demonstrate an understanding of how literary forms by the National Council of Accreditation of Teacher Education. and works help us to understand the human experience. c) Demonstrate an understanding of how the arts help us to understand the human experience. UCC AFFILIATION Proud of its heritage, Defiance College freely maintains its 6. Develop an understanding of the structures of societies and covenantal status as a United Church of Christ-related college, appreciate the importance of global societal differences. independent of church control. a) Demonstrate an understanding of the structures and processes of societies. The United Church of Christ supports colleges as part of its b) Demonstrate an understanding of one’s self within mission to and service for society, with the goal of nurturing men society. and women toward wholeness in competence and conscience. c) Demonstrate an understanding of global societal The theology of the United Church of Christ, affirmed by differences through comparing and contrasting another Defiance College includes: society to one’s own. ‹ a belief in the God-given dignity and worth of each 7. Develop an understanding of the role of the citizen in person and a deep concern for the development of whole communities through practical application of service, research persons; and leadership activities consistent with a practical liberal arts ‹ a recognition of the importance of interpersonal education. relationships and the fostering of growth in a caring a) Engage in a service activity, and reflect on the community; connections between one’s self and the community. ‹ a strong advocacy for open intellectual inquiry and b) Identify the value of community involvement to the academic freedom; individual and to the community. ‹ a trust that the truths one discovers in the diverse fields c) Engage in a project within one’s major which benefits a of inquiry are ultimately interrelated; community or communities and demonstrate ‹ a positive ecumenical outlook moving beyond tolerance professional skills including research and leadership in and acceptance to understanding and appreciation of implementing the project. both religious and cultural diversity; ‹ a recognition of the privilege and responsibility of stewardship, utilization of and respect for the resources ASSESSMENT OF STUDENT LEARNING of the natural world, individuals and institutions; Defiance College has developed a course-based process for the ‹ service to others as an expression of faith and a way for assessment of institutional learning outcomes. Within courses, life enrichment and fulfillment; both general studies and major, various outcomes are identified ‹ the encouragement of critical ethical value formation for assessment. Each student’s performance on these outcomes consistent with one’s faith; and is evaluated and reported to become part of an assessment ‹ a holistic view of life which attaches significance and database. This data is for institutional research only to assist worth to all honorable walks of life and human in the improvement of instruction, curriculum, and resource endeavors. allocation. Data of individual students are never divulged, have no effect on grading, and are held in the strictest confidence. To Defiance College, as a church-related institution, is privileged to assist in documentation of the assessment process, examples represent the Christian faith fairly and credibly in an ecumenical of student work are collected and retained anonymously. atmosphere which allows individuals to make their own choices Assessment of student learning in the major programs assists in and commitments. In appropriate courses and campus activities,

6 6 | GENERAL INFORMATION |

by staff and student example, and by planned and spontaneous Affirmative Action Officer. Defiance College is authorized under encounter, Christianity is presented as a viable faith. Defiance federal law to enroll nonimmigrant alien students. College seeks to fulfill its mission inside and outside the classroom in ways which integrate the mental, physical, social and STUDENT COMPLAINT POLICY spiritual dimensions of human life. Defiance College is required by North Central Association of Colleges and Schools to maintain a record of written student CAMPUS COVENANT* complaints filed with the office of the President, the Academic Defiance College is a community of learners dedicated to Dean, and the Dean of Students. Such complaints must be nurturing the whole person of each of its members. We seek written and signed by a student of Defiance College. The record to inspire a commitment to know the truth, to understand our will include information on the resolution of the complaint. world, and the diverse cultures within it, to lead within our Though the College is required to share this record with North professions, and to serve our families, our communities, and our Central Association, the anonymity of the complainant and world as responsible citizens. others mentioned in the complaint is protected unless a release is signed by the complainant. Further information on this policy is available from the Office of the Academic Dean. As a member of the Defiance College community… RIGHT TO MODIFY I will respect the dignity and worth of each person. The College reserves the right to make changes as required in course offerings, curricula, academic policies and other rules I will recognize the importance of interpersonal relationships and of and regulations affecting students, to be effective whenever a caring community. determined by the College. These changes will govern all current and formerly enrolled students. The College also reserves the I will strongly advocate honest and open intellectual inquiry and right to require withdrawal of any student at any time, for reasons academic freedom. deemed sufficient, that will most effectively protect the welfare of its students and the interests of the College. I will trust that truths, in all their complexities, are ultimately interrelated.

I will move beyond tolerance and acceptance to understanding and appreciation of religious, cultural, and individual diversity.

I will recognize the privilege and responsibility of my stewardship for individuals, for institutions, and for the resources of the natural world.

I will commit myself to serving others as an expression of faith and a way of life enrichment and fulfillment.

This statement is intended as a reflection of the central values of Defiance College. It is designed to be discussed and supported by the entire Defiance College community with the understanding that it is always a “work in progress.”

* Adapted from the University of South Carolina’s The Carolinian Creed and from the Defiance College statement of covenantal status as a United Church of Christ related college.

NON-DISCRIMINATION STATEMENT In its programs, activities, and policies, Defiance College does not engage in illegal discrimination as defined by applicable federal and state laws and regulations. Defiance College admits students regardless of race, color, creed, sex, national or ethnic origin, sexual orientation or disability. It does not discriminate against students, prospective students, employees or prospective employees because of race, color, creed, gender, national or ethnic origin, sexual orientation or disability. Any inquiries regarding the College’s nondiscriminatory policies should be directed to the

7 7 |ADMISSIONS |

ADMISSION 3. Official examination scores from the ACT Assessment Defiance College selects candidates for admission from those (ACT) or the Scholastic Assessment Test of the College who evidence academic achievement, aptitude, and the ability to Examination Board (SAT) are required of all applicants benefit from and contribute to the opportunities offered at the to the freshman class. If two or more years have passed College. since high school graduation, this requirement may not be applicable.

CAMPUS VISIT Information regarding registration, test dates, and Prospective students and their families are strongly encouraged location may be obtained from a high school guidance to visit. This provides an opportunity to explore the campus and counselor, the Office of Admissions, or from: American meet the people that make Defiance College unique. The Office of College Testing Program, 2201 N. Dodge Street, PO Admissions offers a variety of scheduled Campus Visitation Days Box 451, Iowa City, IA 52243 or www.act.org. Also or will design an individual visit based on the needs and interests from: College Board, PO Box 6200, Princeton, NJ 08541 of the prospective student. or www.collegeboard.com.

Individual or group visits may be scheduled on-line or by Defiance College’sACT college code number, 3264, contacting the Office of Admissions at 1-800-520-GO-DC or should be placed on the examination for the official 419-783-2359 weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., and most reporting of the scores. The SAT college code number Saturdays 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., from September through is 1162. May. The office may also be reached by e-mail at: admissions@ 4. An official high school transcript sent directly from defiance.edu or by fax at 419-783-2468. Directions to the campus, the high school or test scores from the General hotel and restaurant information along with sites of local interest Educational Development Test (GED). are available on the Defiance College website or upon request. 5. An official transcript from each college and university attended sent directly from the institution to the HOW TO APPLY Defiance College Office of Admissions. Prospective students may apply on-line at the admissions pages 6. A recommendation by a high school teacher (of an of Defiance College’s website at www.defiance.edu. Application academic subject: English, social science, math or materials and information can also be obtained by contacting the foreign language), principal or guidance counselor or a Office of Admissions by phone, 1-800-520-GO-DC or 419-783- personal interview may be required of some students. 2359; e-mail, [email protected]; or fax 419-783-2468. 7. Home schooled students are expected to have completed Completed materials may be mailed to: the college preparatory units listed in the admissions Defiance College criteria section below. Office of Admissions 701 North Clinton Street INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADMISSION Defiance, Ohio 43512 The following are required to complete the application process: 1. A completed Defiance College International Student WHEN TO APPLY Application for Admission. Defiance College has a rolling admission policy; it accepts 2. A US $25 (twenty-five American dollars) non-refundable applications for admission throughout the calendar year. application fee. Application fee will be waived if the Candidates are urged to submit an application at least one month application is submitted electronically at www.defiance. prior to the expected date of enrollment although students are edu. encouraged to apply for admission at the earliest possible date. 3. Official transcripts of all secondary and post secondary An early application provides optimal opportunity for financial grades and course work. If these transcripts are not aid awards, course selection, and campus housing. High school in English, a certified translation must be provided. students are encouraged to apply in the fall of their senior year. Foreign transcripts must be submitted for independent Applications are accepted for the fall, spring or summer sessions. evaluation of equivalency by an acceptable credential evaluation agency. World Education Services and ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS the Office of International Education Services of the The following are required to complete the application process: American Association of Collegiate Registrars and 1. A completed Defiance College application for admission. Admissions Officers (AACRAO) are two acceptable 2. A $25 non-refundable application fee. The application credential evaluation agencies. Contact the Defiance fee is waived for one of the following: an individual College Admissions Office for additional information. campus visit or group visitation day (seniors and The evaluation will be at the student’s expense. transfers only), applying on-line or a College Board 4. An official score report of the Test of English as a Waiver Form. A letter requesting a waiver from a high Foreign Language (TOEFL). English language school guidance counselor will be reviewed by the proficiency must be demonstrated by a minimum score Director of Admissions. of 550 (paper) or 213 (computer-based).Information on this test can be obtained at www.toefl.org. 8 8 |ADMISSIONS |

5. Evidence of adequate means of financial support. applicants who fail to meet the minimum admission Students must complete the Certificate of Financial criteria and those judged by the Director of Admissions Resources and the Guarantor’s Certificate and its to warrant review. A limited number of transfer students complementary documents. who demonstrate ability and motivation to achieve 6. A signed copy of the Understanding Agreement. academic success are granted full admission on academic probation and are expected to earn a 2.00 or higher Additional information may be obtained at the Immigration and grade point average in the first semester of enrollment. Naturalization Service’s website: www.ins.gov or by calling the 3. Conditional Admission INS Service Center at 1-800-375-5283. The Admissions Review Committee evaluates all candidates to the freshman class who fail to meet the ADMISSION CRITERIA minimum admission criteria and those judged by the Director of Admissions to warrant review. A limited To be considered for full admission in good standing, applicants number of students who demonstrate ability and must supply evidence of likely success as a Defiance College motivation to achieve academic success are granted student including: conditional admission. Students under conditional status will be required to participate in provisions to FOR APPLICANTS TO THE FRESHMAN CLASS: promote academic achievement as established by the 1. A high school diploma, GED certificate, or equivalent. Faculty and recommended by the Admissions Review 2. A secondary school academic record indicating a Committee. These provisions may include a reduction in minimum of: a 2.25 cumulative grade point average (4.00 course load as well as enrollment in specific classes and scale) and an ACT composite score of 18 or an SAT support programs. combined critical reading and math score of 870. 4. Provisional Admission In some cases, students will be given provisional It is recommended that students complete a college preparatory admission based on self-reported information or curriculum including: unofficial documents pending receipt of official English —four units documentation to complete their application file. If Mathematics — three units official documentation arrives in the time period Science — three units allowed, and is consistent with prior information, Social Studies — two units the student will be granted full admission in good Foreign Language — two units of the same language standing or conditional admission. Visual and/or Performing Arts — one unit 5. Denied Admission The Admissions Review Committee determines denial FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS: of admission to Defiance College. An applicant denied 1. A high school diploma, GED certificate, or equivalent. admission has the right to appeal such a decision in 2. A secondary school academic record indicating a writing to the Vice President for Enrollment minimum of: a 2.25 cumulative grade point average (4.00 Management, provided the applicant can present scale). relevant additional information indicating ability and 3. An official transcript from each college or university motivation to achieve academic and social success. attended; applicants must have a minimum of a 2.0 cumulative grade point average (4.0 scale) from all colleges attended. RE-ENROLLMENT Former Defiance College students who have withdrawn from the ADMISSION DECISION College or have failed to maintain continuous enrollment may apply for re-enrollment. Each candidate for admission is reviewed individually with careful consideration given to academic records, test scores, The following are required to complete the application for re- autobiographical statements, and the ability to benefit from and enrollment process: contribute to the opportunities offered at the College. Defiance 1. A completed application for re-enrollment (available College does not engage in illegal discrimination against from the Registrar’s Office). prospective students because of race, color, creed, gender, national 2. An official transcript from each college and university and ethnic origin, or disability. Defiance College reserves the attended in the interim sent directly from the institution right to deny admission to any applicant in the best interest of the to the Registrar at Defiance College. student or the institution. 3. A suspension/dismissal form completed by the previous college, if the student was suspended or dismissed. When a candidate has completed the application process, one of the following decisions will be made: 1. Full Admission in Good Standing 2. Admission on Academic Probation The Admissions Review Committee evaluates all transfer 9 9 |ADMISSIONS |

NON-MATRICULATED STUDENT ADMISSION Individuals interested in taking courses at Defiance College who do not wish to work toward a degree may be permitted to enroll as a non-matriculated student. Course work is limited to a part-time basis not to exceed eight credit hours per semester. A student may take a maximum of 30 credit hours under this status.

Non-matriculated students seeking full admittance to the College must have a minimum of a 2.0 cumulative GPA after completing at least 12 credit hours.

TRANSIENT STUDENT ADMISSION Students who are enrolled in another institution and wish to take a course from Defiance College are required to submit to the Registrar’s Office:

1. A completed transient student application form (available from the Registrar’s Office). 2. A statement of approval from the student’s home institution. 3. A $25 non-refundable transient student registration fee.

POST SECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS (Dual Enrollment Options) Defiance College participates in the Ohio Post Secondary Enrollment Option — Dual Enrollment program. Interested students should first contact their high school guidance counselor for information on this program. Additional information is available from the Office of Admissions.

10 10 | TUITION AND FEES |

TUITION DEPOSIT A tuition deposit of $150 is required of all new full-time students Residential Fee: Resident students are assessed a onetime non- by May 1 for fall entry to the College to confirm intention for refundable fee of $75. Other fees may be charged for key and card enrollment. Deposits submitted earlier for the fall semester replacement, improper check-out, and room damage. are refundable until May 1 and until December 1 for the spring semester. A tuition deposit of $150 is required by May 1 for all Part-time, Undergraduate Tuition: $360 per credit hour returning full-time students. This returning student deposit is refundable by written request to the Business office by August 1. Overload: (over 17 credits per semester) $360 per credit hour

TUITION, ROOM AND BOARD Graduate Tuition: $400 per credit hour Defiance College reserves the right to change tuition and fees, Late Registration Fee: A $100 non-refundable fee may be rates for room and board, or any other charges when necessary assessed to students who do not complete the registration because of economic or other conditions. Announcement of such payment process by the payment due dates of August 1 (Fall) and changes will normally be made before the beginning of the school December 1 (Spring). year or term in which a rate change becomes effective. Credit by Examination, Past Work Experience, Validation of Any currently enrolled Defiance College student may view his/her Non-collegiate learning: $60 per credit hour. current term billing statement and other records on-line by Demonstrated Proficiency fee: $60.00 per course accessing https://www.defiance.edu/onestop. The web interface may be accessed from any computer with access to the Internet Health Insurance Fee: Health insurance is required for all full- and the proper browser software. Logon requires the student’s time students, and optional for students enrolled for six to eleven Defiance College username and password. These may be obtained credit hours. Cost estimates for the 2008-2009 academic year from the Registration Center in Serrick Campus Center. are listed below. The fee is waived upon proof of other insurance coverage. SCHEDULE OF FEES, 2009-2010 Annual Spring/Summer Comprehensive Tuition (per semester) Student $590 $354 12-17 credits per semester $11,187.50 Spouse $1707 $1024 Room: (per semester) Each Child $1233 $739 McReynolds/Whitney Hall - Double Room $2117.50 Jacket Suites – Double Room $2117.50 Room and Meal Plan Change Fee: A $50 non-refundable fee Grand Avenue Apts - Double Room$2200.00 may be assessed for a drop or change of room or meal plan. A Meal Plan (If a resident student, meal plan is required) change in the room and/or meal plan will not be accepted after 19 meals + $25/Semester Flex Spending* $1757.50 July 1 (Fall) and November 1 (Spring). The Dean of Student 14 meals + $35/Semester Flex Spending* $1685.00 Engagement must approve cancellation of rooms and meal plans. 10 meals + $50/Semester Flex Spending $1620.00 75 Block Meal Plan - seniors in apartment $ 735.00 Withdrawal Processing Fee: A $25 fee for part-time students (1-11 credit hours) and a $50 fee for full-time students who *Resident Freshmen are required to participate in the 19 Meal Plan withdraw from college after the first five days of fall or spring option. Athletes are required to participate in the 19 or 14 Meal semesters or the first two days of a summer term. Plan option. Transcripts: An official copy of a student’s record, with the OTHER FEES AND CHARGES College seal and Registrar’s signature, $5. An unofficial copy of a current student’s transcript can be accessed by visiting the College Student Fee: A $120 non-refundable student fee is charged website at https://www.defiance.edu/onestop. A transcript to full-time students each semester of enrollment. This fee is may be denied if a student needs to complete student loan exit distributed to support student activities, student organizations, counseling, pay a library fine, or pay the balance on his/her and use of the Smart Fitness Center. student account or any other charges outstanding. A $70 non-refundable student fee is charged to part-time Admission Application Fee: $25 undergraduate students each semester of enrollment. This fee is distributed to support services to students, including technology Student Teaching Fee: $210 non-refundable and use of the Smart Fitness Center. Senior Citizens Tuition: Per course $95. Any person who has Technology Fee: A $140 non-refundable fee is charged to all full- reached 60 year of age by the first day of the term may enroll in time students, under-graduate and graduate, each semester. All an undergraduate course for this reduced fee. Senior citizens may students enrolling in a summer term are charged a $15 fee. These enroll in graduate courses but will be charged the usual graduate fees are used to improve all campus technology. tuition rate. Audits of graduate courses are not allowed. 11 11 | TUITION AND FEES |

Auditing Courses: Any undergraduate student may audit a item. The patron is also blocked from doing further requesting course. Auditing fee is $95 per credit hour. When class size is from OPAL or OhioLink at this time. If the item is returned, the limited, full-fee students have priority. Full-time students may $75.00 fee is waived and the patron pays the fine and the billing receive one free audit per semester. Private music instruction and fee for a total of $50.00 A $2 per day fine will be charged for Design for Leadership classes cannot be audited. There are no failure to promptly return a recalled item. refunds on audited courses. INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADMISSION Music Charges: In addition to regular tuition, applied music International students must pay, in full, tuition, insurance and instruction is $200 per credit hour (one half-hour private lesson room and board by the payment due dates (August 1 for fall and per week). December 1 for spring). Art Fees: $40 fee for photography, life drawing, sculpture; ceramics and advanced ceramics; and $70 fee for metals, PREPAYMENT OF TUITION printmaking and advanced printmaking. A new student accepted for September admission is required to make a prepayment of $150 toward tuition. A full refund will be Parking Fines: $35 Students have the privilege of having a motor made to a student who cancels his/her application before May 1 vehicle on campus. All motorized vehicles on campus must be for fall enrollment. properly registered with the Physical Plant Department prior to the term or within five class days following a student’s first During the second semester, currently-enrolled students schedule enrollment, or five class days following the acquisition of the for the next year. To confirm the scheduling, a returning vehicle. Only one vehicle is allowed per student on campus. The student is required to make a tuition prepayment of $150 by hanger/decal must be displayed at all times so that it is clearly May 1. Failure to make the prepayment on time may preclude visible. Students should keep windows rolled up and doors locked registration in the fall and may delete the scheduling and housing so hanger/decal is not stolen. Vehicles may not be parked or contract. A full refund will be made to a student who withdraws stored inside any campus buildings. The Student Handbook has from all classes prior to August 1 for fall enrollment. additional information regarding the parking procedure. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Library Fines and Billing: A fine of 50-cents per day per item Registrations are accepted only for a full semester, term, or other will be charged for overdue materials. The fine starts from the clearly defined period. Bills are due and payable in full on or first day the item is overdue. The maximum fine per item is before August 1 for Fall and December 1 for Spring. All charges $15. A lost book replacement charge of $50 will be billed to any for summer school must be paid on the day of registration. patron who does not return an item within 30 days of the due Students not completing the registration payment process by the date. A processing fee of $5 and a billing fee of $15 will also be due dates may be assessed late fees. A signed bill with payment assessed on lost book invoices. Both the replacement fee and the (delete -and required financial aid documents, if applicable, are processing fee will be cancelled if the item is returned. FAILURE submitted to the Registration Center) must be received by the TO RECEIVE OVERDUE NOTICES OR BILLS DOES NOT Business Office by the due dates. Grade report card, diploma, EXEMPT PATRONS FROM CHARGES. All borrowing privileges transcripts and other services may be withheld for any unpaid will be suspended in the event of excessive fines. Nonpayment balance. may result in the withholding of grade report card, transcripts, and/or diplomas. Outstanding amounts due will be forwarded to the Business Office to be added to tuition accounts on a monthly DEFERRED PAYMENTS basis. Once the fines are forwarded, students must go to the Persons who find it inconvenient to make lump sum payments Business Office to pay the fines. at the beginning of each semester may make deferred payment arrangements through the DC Monthly Payment Plan. DC Interlibrary Borrowing: If a student needs books that are not students and/or their parents may choose to pay their college available from the DC library, the student may find and request expenses through eight or ten monthly installments for the the material using the OPAL and OhioLink Library Consortiums’ year. There is an annual $60 non-refundable participation fee. online catalogs. These may be accessed from any computer Payments are due by the first of each month. If your payment through the Defiance College Library webpage. For access off- is not received by the due date a $20 per month late fee will be campus, a valid college ID and barcode are required. Patrons assessed. It is your responsibility to inform the Business Office of must not have outstanding fines in excess of $10 when placing any adjustments to your account that would alter your payments. requests through OPAL or OhioLink. OPAL and OhioLINK have Students cannot pay the following through the Plan: Library similar loan periods to those of the Pilgrim Library but impose fines, parking fines, bookstore charges, telephone charges, or stricter fines and fees. Print items are loaned for 21 days, A/V miscellaneous charges. It is the students’ responsibility to know items for seven days. There is a 50-cent per day fine (for the first the payment due dates and to make the payments on time. 29 days) for items not returned by the due date. Items are billed after 30 days of being overdue. The patron is charged a $75.00 Students whose employer has a tuition support plan may qualify replacement fee, a $15.00 fine, and a $35.00 billing fee for each for deferred payment. Only employer-approved courses are included and deferral is not allowed for books, fees, or other 12 12 | TUITION AND FEES |

supplies. The option is limited to students in good academic and By registering for classes or completing a housing or meal plan financial standing as defined by the college’s undergraduate and application, a student incurs a legal obligation to pay tuition, fees, graduate catalogs. Details and procedures for this deferral option room, and board. are available from the Business Office and the Center for Adult Programs. To begin the withdrawal process the student must go to the Registar’s Office to obtain an official withdrawal application. If a SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS student withdraws prior to the start of the semester and incurs To recapitulate the information in the two preceding sections, no charges, the tuition deposit is forfeited. If a student withdraws fees for regular, full-time students should be paid according to the during the semester, tuition charges will be based on the following schedule: percentage of days enrolled up to 60% of the term. After the 60% date, tuition will be charged in full. Housing costs are prorated Prepayment of Tuition: Due May 1: $150 and the meal plan is prorated plus one-week based on the official Fall semester charges: Due August 1. date of withdrawal from campus housing. Spring semester charges: Due December 1. The refund formula measures the actual number of days enrolled during the semester. It is determined by dividing the number of FINANCIAL STATUS days enrolled by the number of calendar days in the semester To be considered in good financial standing, students must including weekends and holidays, except Thanksgiving break and complete financial arrangements on or before open registration spring break. day, which for returning students includes any unpaid balances due. Failure to do so may deny the student the right to attend If a student is a recipient of Federal Title IV financial aid, classes. refunds to those programs are required by federal law to be the first priority and must be returned in the following order: To continue in good financial standing, students must complete Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan, Subsidized Federal Stafford all required financial aid procedures, meet all deferred payment Loan, Federal Perkins Loan, Federal PLUS Loan, Federal Pell deadlines, and make other arrangements for any student loans Grant, and Federal SEOG. which might be denied. Failure to do so will result in the account being delinquent (in default) and may result in one or more of A student will not be issued a cash refund on any credit the following actions: transcripts of student records will not be balance until the refund calculation process is complete. Any released, diplomas of graduating seniors will be held, credit for credit balance remaining on the student’s account that is from courses currently being taken will be denied, board will be denied, institutional funds will not be issued as a refund to the student. vacating campus housing will be required, and the student may be withdrawn from the College. The student may also be responsible for any library fines and room damage fines. A withdrawal fee is assessed for withdrawing Non-current accounts may be referred to outside collection at anytime from the institution. Part-time students (1-11 credit agencies. The student shall pay all the College’s cost of collection. hours) are assessed $25 and full-time students are assessed $50. This includes, but is not limited to, a collection agency fee and/or reasonable attorney’s fees. Collection agency costs, along with The following items are non-refundable: penalties and interest incurred to collect accounts, may be added Activity fee to the balance due from the student. Audit fee Course related fees REFUND POLICY Deferred payment plan fees For new students, the $150 tuition deposit which is due by May 1 Finance charges for fall semester enrollment and December 1 for spring semester Late fees (payment plan or registration) enrollment is fully refundable if such refund is requested before Returned check fees May 1 or before December, as applicable. For returning students Residence fee or damages or fines the $150 tuition prepayment, which is due by May 1, is fully Technology fee refundable if withdrawal is made prior to August 1. Student health insurance Transient student registration fee When students fail to complete the period of enrollment Withdrawal fee for which they were charged, the refund is calculated using All other institutional fees the Federal Refund and Repayment method. All colleges participating in the Federal Student Aid Programs are required to CHANGE OF RESIDENTIAL STATUS use the Federal Refund and Repayment Calculation to determine Students who change their housing status after the school year the amount of refund. When withdrawal is involuntary for begins will have institutional aid adjusted accordingly. Students disciplinary reasons, the full institutional charges will be applied will be assessed a housing change fee of $50 and meal plan change after the federal refund calculation. fee of $50. A change should be requested and approved by July 1 for fall and November 1 for spring. 13 13 |FINANCIAL AID |

FINANCIAL AID OFFICE FINANCIAL AID RESOURCE GUIDE Location: Serrick Campus Center Room 204 This office handles federal and college financial aid. Awards & Scholarships ...... Source ...... Criteria Hours: M-F 8:30-4:30 Defiance College Scholarship ...... DC ...... Merit Phone: Extension 2364 Citizen Leader Award ...... DC ...... Service & Leadership Lillian Rae Dunlap Award...... DC ...... Diverse Experience Financial assistance awarded by Defiance College consists of UCC Award ...... DC ...... UCC Member & any combination of the following: scholarships and grants, loans, and/or work study. Scholarships and grants may be Financial Need from federal, state, Defiance College or private sources, and Alumni Legacy Award ...... DC ...... Dependent of DC do not require repayment. Loans are available from several Grad & Need programs and require repayment. Work-study requires that NSCC Transfer Scholarship ...... DC ...... Degree from NSCC students obtain campus employment. Ninety-eight percent of full-time Defiance College students receive financial Grants ...... Source ...... Criteria assistance through some combination of scholarships, grants, Defiance College Grant ...... DC ...... Financial Need loans and work-study. Ohio State Grant ...... State ...... Financial Need & Ohio residency Financial aid is administered to students who demonstrate Pell Grant ...... Federal ...... Financial Need financial need as determined by the FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student aid) or who meet the requirements for gift Supplemental Educational ...... Federal ...... Financial Need or self-help aid programs. Defiance College financial aid is Opportunity Grant (SEOG) ..... Federal ...... Financial Need available through both merit and need-based scholarship and Academic grant assistance to students who meet the prescribed criteria. Competitive Grant (ACG) ...... Federal ...... Merit & Financial Need APPLICATION FOR FINANCIAL AID National Science and Mathematics Access to Students must first apply and be accepted for admission to Retain Talent Grant (SMART).. Federal ...... Merit & the College. Students who wish to be considered for federal Financial Need loans or need based aid must complete the FAFSA every year. Defiance College’s priority filing date is April 1. The FAFSA Loans ...... Source ...... Criteria is available for completion at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Students, Federal Stafford Loans ...... Federal ...... Financial Need & who are not able to complete the FAFSA on-line, may obtain Remaining Cost a paper FAFSA by contacting the Department of Education Federal Perkins Loan ...... Federal ...... Financial Need at 1-800-4-FED-AID. First-time students will receive their Parent Loan for Undergraduate financial aid award notification by mail. The award must Students (PLUS) ...... Federal ...... Remaining Cost be signed, dated and returned by the designated reply date. GradPLUS ...... Federal ...... Remaining Cost Returning students will receive their financial aid award notification by e-mail through FASTAwards. The student’s Alternative Education Loan...Private Lender ....Remaining Cost FASTAward must be responded to by the designated reply date. Both first-time and returning students have the option Work-Study ...... Source ...... Criteria to accept or reject any part of their financial aid award. Federal Work Study ...... Federal ...... Financial Need Campus Employment ...... DC ...... Remaining Cost RENEWAL OF FINANCIAL AID Financial aid is awarded with the understanding that it may be renewed from year to year. Renewal of aid is dependent upon continuing financial need, academic performance, housing ENROLLMENT AND ELIGIBILITY status, and availability of funds. Changes in parent or student Following are the enrollment requirements for the various income, assets, household, number in college, and cumulative aid programs. If a student changes enrollment after the aid is grade point average may affect renewal of federal, state, and awarded, the aid may be adjusted. Defiance College aid. Scholarships and grants may require any enrollment level - Pell Grant, State grants, SEOG an annual application and/or the maintenance of a specified ‹ at least half-time (6 credits per semester) - Federal Stafford grade point average for renewal. Students who desire renewal ‹ Loans, Plus Loans, GradPLUS Loans of loans or need-based aid must complete the FAFSA for the full-time (12 credits or more per semester) - Defiance aid year that the awards are received. ‹ College Scholarships and Grants, Perkins Loan, Student Employment

14 14 |FINANCIAL AID |

OUTSIDE SCHOLARSHIPS A student on probation whose cumulative grade point average Unless otherwise specified by the donor or organization, outside is less than stated above and whose semester average is less than gift aid will replace existing self help aid . Recipients of outside 2.00, or any student whose semester average is below 1.00, will financial aid awards are required to submit to the Defiance have their financial aid suspended. College Financial Aid Office notification of any outside awards as soon as possible. Acceptable documentation will include a letter All attempted hours including repeated courses, academic second from the organization or donor that specifies the terms of the chance, and “W” grades will be included when calculating scholarship, total dollar amount, and renewal information. Again, maximum time frame. submit as soon as possible to ensure the award will be credited to your account. QUANTITATIVE: Students must complete registered course work at the end of each year at a 67% pass rate. All courses attempted are considered VERIFICATION in this calculation. They include remedial, letter grades, pass/ Selection for verification is normally determined by the U.S. fail, withdrawn, academic second chance, repeated courses, Department of Education. Students will receive a message on incompletes and hours transferred in from other schools as their Student Aid Report (SAR) indicating the selection. Students determined by the Registrar’s Office. must submit a signed and complete verification worksheet and any appropriate signed tax returns. Verification must be complete Students must complete their programs of study within 150% of before any federal aid, state need based aid, or DC need-based aid the total credit hours required for the completion of their degree can be disbursed. Documents must be submitted by the beginning program. of the semester. Failure to complete the verification process may result in an administrative withdrawal. Example of hours for maximum time frame: Bachelor's Degree: 120 hours x 150% = 180 maximum hours REVISIONS OF AID PACKAGES Associate's Degree: 60 hours x 150% = 90 maximum hours The DC Financial Aid Office has the right to revise financial aid Master's Degree: 33 hours x 150% =49 maximum hours packages according to federal, state, and institutional policies and 36 hours x 150% = 54 maximum hours regulations. Aid awards will be revised when there are changes in originally reported information or when additional scholarships The quantitative and qualitative standards used to judge academic are received. progress include all periods of the students’ enrollment, even periods in which the student did not receive FSA funds. SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS APPEALS FOR FINANCIAL AID Students may appeal a suspension for mitigating circumstances. Students must meet satisfactory academic progress to continue These appeals will be reviewed by the Financial Aid committee. receiving financial aid. Reviews are completed at the end of each The student must document, in writing, the unusual situation and year. A year is defined as two full semesters. Students who are provide an academic plan to demonstrate future success. academically suspended in any academic term (summer, fall or spring) will have their financial aid suspended. If the appeal is approved, the student will be placed on probation for one semester. If the student passes all of the registered course QUALITATIVE: work and maintains a 2.00 grade point average for that semester, Students must earn the following minimum cumulative grade the student can stay on probation for the next semester. point averages as defined by the Registrar’s Office to meet the qualitative requirement for federal financial aid satisfactory Students who fail to pass all courses for the probationary semester academic progress. and do not meet the grade point average requirement for the hours taken, will be ineligible for additional financial aid until 1.70 after 12 credit hours they can reestablish their eligibility by meeting the required 1.80 after 24 credit hours satisfactory academic progress criteria. 1.90 after 36 credit hours 2.00 after 48 credit hours

A student who falls below this minimum will be placed on academic probation. A student, who is on academic probation, will continue on probation as long as a semester average is 2.00 or greater until the cumulative average reaches the minimum listed above.

15 15 |FINANCIAL AID |

VETERAN EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS Defiance College is veteran approved by the Department of Veterans Affairs for education programs including the Montgomery GI Bill and the Post-9/11 Bill Yellow Ribbon Program. Application for VA benefits should be made to the VA Regional Office in Buffalo, New York. To find out more about VA benefits, you may contact the VA at 1-888-442-4551 or visit their website at www.gibill.va.gov/. Additional Information about application for admission to Defiance College, financial aid and registration procedures can be found on the Defiance College website at http://www.defiance.edu/pages/vet_home.html.

When registering for classes, keep in mind that the VA will not pay for any classes that do not count toward the major. The VA periodically checks all applicants to ensure that the courses being taken are relevant to the student's declared major. Failure to comply with this policy could lead to the VA billing the student for benefits received for courses that do not count toward the major. Certification of veterans for educational benefits is processed by the Registrar’s Office.

16 16 | CULTURE OF ENGAGEMENT |

CULTURE OF ENGAGEMENT THE MCMASTER SCHOOL FOR Recognizing the fundamental responsibility of colleges and ADVANCING HUMANITY universities to educate students committed to the public good, The McMaster School for Advancing Humanity was founded Defiance College is intentionally creating a dynamic “Culture of in 2002 through the generosity and vision of the McMaster Engagement”. All students are provided opportunities to link family. It was designed to serve as a focal point for teaching, their academic learning in the classroom with meaningful work service, scholarship, and action to improve the human condition in communities locally, regionally, nationally, and internationally. worldwide. The mission of the McMaster School is: There are three interrelated components of the “Culture of Engagement”: ‹To educate students for responsible citizenship; ‹To produce committed global citizens and leaders who ‹ learning engagement - students do not merely get understand the importance of individual liberties in knowledge, they make knowledge; improving the human condition worldwide; and ‹ community (civic) engagement - students learn why and ‹To encourage graduates to take an active role in how to be democratic leaders through service learning, addressing these issues in whatever professions they may public learning, and volunteerism; choose. ‹ cultural engagement - students learn to appreciate, understand, and deal effectively with other cultures in a The School serves as a catalyst for innovative, interdisciplinary, global world. community-based work by creating and supporting opportunities for teams of faculty, students, and staff to use their academic and HONORS PROGRAM professional skills to address a community need. Information The Carolyn M. Small Honors Program provides opportunities about all McMaster School programs can be found at www. for all Defiance College students to participate regardless of their defiance.edu/mcmaster_school.html. majors. The program allows students to select honors option courses within their major, engage in programming outside of Central to the McMaster School for Advancing Humanity is the traditional courses, and travel. All honors courses are noted on Scholars and Fellows program. Each year the McMaster School their transcripts. supports 20-25 students in the McMaster Scholar program and 5-10 faculty members in the McMaster Fellow/Associate Fellow HONORS PROGRAM GOALS Program. ‹To provide opportunities beyond the curriculum of the College that support academic excellence through The McMaster Scholars Program provides small research and engagement in research, development of reasoning travel grants to support student scholars who successfully abilities, and intentional learning complete a competitive selection process. McMaster Faculty ‹To engage students in the development of a sense of Fellows and Student Scholars work collaboratively in a learning coherence between intellectual realms, founded in a community throughout the academic year to design and complete traditional liberal education and the real world their projects, as well as develop presentations for the McMaster ‹To promote the development of a sensitivity to the Symposium and publishable articles on those projects for diverse cultures of the world and an understanding of submission to the annual McMaster Journal. the complexity of world interdependence ‹To model innovative ways to teach and learn Successful projects for both McMaster Fellows and Scholars ‹To promote for Honors students the kind of support and clearly address the goals of the McMaster School, which are: camaraderie that contributes to a successful college  experience ‹To critically examine the root causes of human suffering through community-based research that addresses WHAT DO HONORS SCHOLARS DO? systemic factors that impede human progress; ‹Attend Bi-monthly Meetings ‹To give students the knowledge and capacities to be ‹Learn Through Honors Courses active world citizens and to view themselves as members ‹Participate In Honors Special Events of the world community; ‹Present At Honors Symposia ‹To contribute actively through sponsored scholarship ‹Internationalize Their Education and service to the improvement of the human condition worldwide; ‹To exchange, create, and disseminate knowledge about successful models of active citizenship and public service; and ‹To create at Defiance College one of the nation’s premier undergraduate educational programs with a focus on scholarship and service, with a special emphasis on developing an innovative approach to teaching.

17 17 | CULTURE OF ENGAGEMENT |

McMaster Fellows and Scholars work with local communities beginning of the semester. All students seeking teacher licensure both nationally and internationally. The McMaster School also must complete a 15-week internship with college supervision and houses several other engagement programs. specified methods of assessment.

THE MCMASTER SERVICE LEADERSHIP FIELD EXPERIENCE PROGRAMS A field experience affords students an opportunity to engage The Citizen/Bonner Leader Program provides $2,000 tuition in non-classroom learning under the supervision of a qualified scholarships for new students who are committed to community person. Field experience differs from an internship in that it does change through service and can demonstrate a record of service not necessarily take place within the context of a job and students during their high school careers. Citizen Leaders participate in can be observers rather than workers. An Experiential Learning unique and exciting programs that develop their leadership skills form may be obtained in the Registrar’s Office or printed from and strengthen their individual career interests. Leaders also the college website and must be approved and returned to the have opportunities for domestic and international travel. The Registrar’s Office no later than two weeks after the beginning of scholarship is renewable for up to four years. the semester.

WHAT DO CITIZEN LEADERS DO? The program is designed to introduce students to a professional ‹Develop leadership Skills through bi-weekly meetings, area before enrollment in professional courses or to enable guest speakers, workshops, and service students who have completed some professional courses to apply ‹Participate in mentoring programs the principles and techniques learned to a practical situation. ‹Work closely with a local agency for service Students are expected to analyze critically the situation and ‹Provide service back to home communities to evaluate the experience in light of their academic work and ‹Travel nationally and internationally for service projects career plans. Students must make arrangements with a faculty supervisor before taking part in a field experience. Students in Citizen Leaders who have distinguished themselves as emerging medicine, pre-dentistry, pre-optometry pre-veterinary science leaders can apply to become Bonner Leaders. The Bonner Leader and pre-nursing. are urged to use a Summer Term for field Program provides more advanced leadership opportunities for experiences in hospitals and clinics to gain first-hand experience Citizen Leaders. This 1-3 year program provides Defiance College with practicing professionals. students with opportunities to professionalize their leadership skills, strengthen their resumes, and deepen their understanding COOPERATIVE EDUCATION and practice of community engagement and democratic practice. Cooperative Education offers paid employment to enhance career development by integrating classroom study with planned and Bonner Leaders are expected to take on greater responsibility supervised experience in career activities outside of the formal among their peers and to work with their community partner classroom environment. Learning does not confine itself to agency in ways that strengthen their resumes through deeper attempts to achieve academic mastery. The positive development skill development in their major. The Bonner Leader Program of a student’s attitudes, interests, values, and motives are also provides opportunity for national and international travel equally dependent upon this learning. Cooperative Education for service and training opportunities. This progressive program is coordinated by the Office of Career and Student Assistance allows students who have excelled as Citizen Leaders to further located in Hubbard Hall. distinguish themselves in the McMaster Service Leadership Programs. Cooperative Education is available in all major fields to students who have reached junior status and are in good academic EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING standing. Interested students should consult with their academic Defiance College offers several opportunities for students to advisor and the coordinator of cooperative education to work earn academic credit while being actively involved in the larger out an individual job placement which will reflect career interests community. and make a significant contribution to the major field of study. The student must work through the Office of Career and Student Assistance for placement, educational outcomes, and supervision INTERNSHIPS procedure and assessment. For each credit hour earned, the An internship is an unpaid, on-the-job learning experience student must work 120 hours on the job. related to the student’s major field of study, for which credit is received based on quality of performance. The student will be The student pays only the regular semester-hour rate for co-op supervised by both a faculty sponsor and a qualified person at the credits. This fee covers such services as job placement, evaluation, place of work. An Experiential Learning form may be obtained record-keeping, on-the-job counseling, and crediting. in the Registrar’s Office or printed from the college website and must be approved and returned no later than two weeks after the

18 18 |STUDENT LIFE |

STUDENT HANDBOOK HEALTH CENTER The Student Handbook, an extension of the Defiance College Location: Second Floor, Serrick Center Catalog, contains further details about student life at Defiance Hours: M-F 8:00 am to 4 pm College as well as complete information on rules and regulations Phone: extension 2527 governing student behavior. A copy of the Student Handbook can be obtained in the Office of Student Life. The Health Center provides first aid, treatment of minor injuries or illnesses, and a referral system whereby the student is sent to a physician for more extensive care or treatment. A Registered STUDENT LIFE SERVICES Nurse is available during regular hours of operation and a physician is available on a weekly basis. When the campus CAMPUS SECURITY physician sees the student, an office charge will be generated from Location: McReynolds Hall, Extension 2234 the Defiance Clinic. The college health insurance plan covers Whitney Hall, Extension 2601 those visits up to a maximum amount per insurance policy. Vaccines are available at cost to faculty, staff, and students. Campus Security provides numerous services to the College community including monitoring of access to the residence halls, INTERCULTURAL RELATIONS security of all campus buildings, reporting maintenance/repair Location: Hubbard Hall needs, and general assistance to the Residence Life staff. Hours: M-F 8:00 am to 4:30 pm Phone: extension 2362 CAREER AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE Location: Hubbard Hall The Office of Intercultural Relations develops and fosters a Hours: M-F 8:00 am to 4:30 pm community at Defiance College that embraces ethnic pluralism Phone: extension 2349 and celebrates diversity and differences among students, faculty and staff. Programs are offered addressing diversity, The Office of Career and Student Assistance, located in Hubbard sensitivity, and cross-cultural issues for all members of the Hall, provides help to those students who are undecided about a college community including: Black History Month, Dr. Martin career. By focusing on interests and abilities and through career Luther King Jr. Day, Women’s History Month and Hispanic counseling, students are assisted with making career choices. This Awareness Month. This office also provides individual counseling is an on going process that may begin even before the students regarding personal/academic concerns, information referrals, arrive on campus. Through workshops, classroom presentations and other services that enhance the social, academic and personal and individual counseling, students receive information on all development of students of diverse ethnicities and international aspects of career planning and placement. Assistance with resume students on campus. The Office of Intercultural Relations also preparation, interview techniques, and job referral information is offers a self-esteem program for women. provided by the Office. The Office maintains a current listing of specific job openings and works with area businesses in providing RESIDENCE LIFE/HOUSING students opportunities to interview for both full time and part Location: Hubbard Hall time employment. Career services are available to Defiance Hours: M-F 8:00 am to 4:30 pm graduates as well as to currently enrolled students. Among other Phone: extension 2563 functions, the Office sends registered alumni information on job openings in their fields, offers career counseling, keeps alumni The Office of Residence Life and its staff coordinate a abreast of the latest trends, and mails references to prospective comprehensive system of services for residential students. This employers. includes, but is not limited to, roommate changes, maintenance requests, housekeeping requests, social programming, housing The Office of Career and Student Assistance also administers the sign-up, roommate conflict resolution, and creating a community Cooperative Education program. Admission to the program is committed to respecting the rights and dignities of all students. granted through the office. CLEP and DANTES tests are available For more information, see the Office of Residence Life section of for students who wish to test out of required courses. the Student Handbook.

COUNSELING ASSISTANCE SPIRITUAL LIFE Students who are having problems with friends, classes or other Location: Hubbard Hall personal matters are encouraged to utilize the resources available Hours: M-F 8:00 am to 4:30 pm through the Health Center located on the second floor of the Phone: extension 2444 Serrick Campus Center. Counseling services are available in the Health Center on a weekly basis by appointment. Spiritual life is an important part of the collegiate experience. Opportunities to engage in worship, service, discussion, and community are offered throughout the year by the Office of Spiritual Life. Organized and informal student religious groups

19 19 |STUDENT LIFE |

are available on campus, and students are also welcome in DOCUMENTATION houses of worship in the Defiance community. A directory of The student must provide the college with medical or other local congregations is available upon request. The Chaplain also diagnostic documentation that confirms his/her disability or provides pastoral and spiritual counseling to the Defiance College functional limitation. The documentation must be current community. and from an appropriate, licensed professional qualified in the appropriate specialty area. Some examples of such persons STUDENT ACTIVITIES OFFICE are physicians, psychiatrists, and psychologists. Students are Location: Hubbard Hall responsible for the cost of diagnosis and for any costs associated Hours: M-F 8:00 am to 4:30 pm with copying or supplying the information for submission to Phone: extension 2388 Defiance College.

This Office organizes positive (social, educational, and cultural) In general, documentation should include a specific diagnosis and programs on- and off-campus as well as special weekend events a rationale for each accommodation requested. To ensure that such as, Family Weekend, and Little Sibs Weekend for the entire the accommodations supplied are appropriate for the student’s college community. current level of functioning, the documentation submitted must be less than three years old. Exceptions can be made for STUDENT LIFE OFFICE, disabilities that are permanent and are not developmentally OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR STUDENT related. Hearing or vision loss would be examples of such ENGAGEMENT/DEAN OF STUDENTS conditions. Location: Hubbard Hall Hours: M-F 8:00 am to 4:30 pm No accommodations with be provided without appropriate Phone: extension 2437 documentation. In addition, Defiance College is unable to provide accommodations in the classroom if the student does This office provides general management support to the entire not give permission to notify faculty that accommodations are student life division. The Student Life office promotes a student- needed. Information regarding a student’s disability is considered centered campus environment and supports student learning confidential. Information will not be released to anyone without and development outside the classroom. The Vice President for the express written permission of the student. Notification to Student Engagement/Dean of Students is available to all students faculty or other relevant college personnel can be accomplished as an outlet for any concerns they may be having with their without disclosing the exact nature of the disability. Disclosure of Defiance College experience. a disability is voluntary and does not adversely impact admissions decisions. ACCOMMODATIONS POLICY FOR REASONABLE ACCOMMODATIONS STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES ‹ Accommodations are provided on an individual basis. Defiance College is committed to providing educational ‹ Accommodations are provided to support the opportunities for qualified students with documented disabilities educational development of students with disabilities. through the provision of reasonable accommodations, in ‹ In addition to the academic support services available compliance with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities to all Defiance College students, some examples of Act (ADA) of 1990 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act reasonable accommodations include extended time for of 1973 (Section 504). The purpose of accommodations is tests, administration of oral tests, note-taking assistance, to provide equal access to educational opportunities without and use of assistive devices such as calculators or altering essential elements of programs or courses. All requests computers. for accommodations are evaluated on an individual basis after review and evaluation of documentation. It is the responsibility of students to request necessary accommodations and they should GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR do so as early as possible, as some accommodations may require STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES time to implement. If students believe that, based on the provisions of the ADA and Section 504, they have experienced disability-related Students with a documented physical or psychological disability discrimination, there are several avenues they may pursue. should consult first with the Vice President for Student Students may attempt to resolve the matter through informal Engagement, who will help the student to make contact with the means. For any academic matter, students should contact the appropriate office based on the nature of the accommodations Vice President for Academic Affairs/Academic Dean. For non- requested. Students with a documented learning disability academic matters, students should contact the Dean of Student should consult with the Director of the Academic Resource Engagement. If the student is not satisfied with the resolution Center or the Director of Retention and the First-Year Experience. through the informal process or prefers to pursue a formal grievance, the following procedures pertain.

20 20 |STUDENT LIFE |

a. The student must notify the Affirmative Action Officer member. Attitudes of condescension, hostility, role-stereotyping, in writing, detailing the nature of the complaint and and sexual innuendo weaken the health of the community. attempts at resolution, if any. Furthermore, harassment based on sex or gender compromises b. The Affirmative Action Officer will conduct an the integrity of a liberal arts education because it makes the investigation into the complaint. learning and working environment hostile, intimidating and c. A review committee will be formed to hear the case if offensive; it destroys opportunities for students to develop strong, the Affirmative Action Officer finds evidence of positive self-concepts and the sense of self-confidence which is discrimination. The committee will be comprised of essential to living out the ideals of a liberal education. In addition, faculty and administrators appointed by the President. persons who harass others compromise their own integrity and The Affirmative Action Officer will preside over the credibility. Consequently, no unlawful form of sexual or gender process and communicate the outcome to the student in harassment can be tolerated. writing. d. If the Affirmative Action Officer does not find evidence Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, or of discrimination, the student will be notified in writing as coercive behavior which threatens employment or academic of the specific reason(s) for this determination and his/ reprisal, or promises rewards contingent upon obtainment of her right to pursue the matter with external enforcement sexual favors, or as spreading false stories about a person’s sexual agencies. harassment. Gender discrimination is defined as derogatory references to gender and/or unequal treatment based on gender. Students involved in a grievance process, whether formal or informal, will not be subject to any form of retaliation, reprisal, or Students who believe they have been the object of gender harassment as a result of having filed a complaint or participating discrimination, or gender or sexual harassment, may inform in a complaint investigation. Students are encouraged to initiative the Student Life Office, their academic advisor, or appropriate a grievance within a reasonable period of time, preferably in the counseling services. same semester during which the issues arose. COMPUTER GUIDELINES CIVIL RIGHTS RACIAL HARASSMENT Information systems (including computers, computer accounts, POLICY printers, networks, software, electronic mail, internet access) at Defiance College is committed to maintain a humane atmosphere Defiance College are provided for the use of Defiance College in which the race, color, creed, religion, sexual orientation, marital students, faculty and staff in support of the College’s academic status, national or ethnic origin, physical or mental handicap or and administrative programs. All students, faculty and staff are veteran status of an individual or group are respected and not responsible for seeing that these systems are used in an effective, disparaged. Defiance College will not tolerate any acts of racial efficient, ethical, and lawful manner. The use of information harassment or discrimination. The college will promptly and systems is a privilege, not a right, and may be revoked at any thoroughly investigate all allegations of racial harassment and time for misuse. All access to the College’s computing resources, discrimination. The college will take any action necessary including the issuing of accounts, must be approved through the against an individual(s) found guilty of racial harassment or Computer Services Office. discrimination in order to maintain a harmonious campus environment. Students may need to be registered/paid for the current term and have a signed computer usage contract on file in order to have Discrimination is defined as behavior or conduct that tends to an active account and password. Students should review the demean or disparage an individual on the basis of race, color, Computer Policy printed in the Student Handbook for additional creed, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, national or information about the use of the College computer system. ethnic origin, physical or mental handicap, or veteran status. ONESTOP ACCESS Any student who is a witness to or victim of racial harassment or The DC Onestop account is an essential College tool used for discrimination involving should immediately notify the Student administrative and academic correspondence. Students will be Life Office. These procedures are documented in the Student required to use this tool to access one or more administrative or Handbook. academic services at the College. Such services include grade report card, academic transcript, degree audit, schedule, current SEXUAL/GENDER HARASSMENT term billing statement, DC e-mail options, student directory, enrollment verification, loan calculator, anti-virus software, and STATEMENT network handbook. The college seeks to create and maintain an academic environment in which all members of the community are free of harassment based on gender or sex. Defiance College espouses values which infuse the academic and residential life on its campus. Integral to community life must be the awareness on the part of every member of the rights and human dignity of every 21 21 |STUDENT LIFE |

E-MAIL Students can view and print e-mail from any computer that has Internet access and a printer. Students must enter their DC username and password to gain access.

Students will receive official college correspondence by e-mail. Students are expected to check their e-mail on a frequent and continuous basis in order to stay current with Defiance College communications. Students who do not have access to computers in their homes or workplaces may use any of several public computer labs on campus, or computers in public libraries off campus, to access their e-mail and Onestop account.

22 22 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

ACADEMIC ADVISING GRADUATION HONORS Defiance College provides close attention to individuals. At Candidates for graduation, who have achieved special distinction the core of this individual concern is the advisory system and in academic work and meet the qualifications for graduation access to professors. New students below the age of 21 or transfer honors, will have the following honors printed on their diplomas. students who have not had a successful college experience elsewhere are required to take FS 101 First-Year Seminar in their Summa Cum Laude – awarded to students with a 3.9 or first semester of study. The First-Year Seminar instructor becomes higher cumulative gpa their advisor during the first semester. If students have declared Magna Cum Laude – awarded to students with 3.7 to 3.89 a major, they will be assigned a faculty advisor in that discipline cumulative gpa at the completion of the first semester. If they are unsure of their Cum Laude – awarded to students with 3.5 to 3.69 major, they will be advised by their First-Year Seminar instructor cumulative gpa with assistance form the Director of Career and Student Assistance. Graduation honors are open only to students receiving baccalaureate degrees who have earned the qualifying grade Weekend College students are advised by the Center for Adult and point average at Defiance College and who will graduate with Graduate Programs (CAP) with assistance from the professors a minimum of 60 hours completed in residence at DC. To be teaching in the program. Other part-time students are assigned formally recognized during the commencement ceremonies, major advisors. Evening hours are maintained to provide service students must qualify for honors by the end of the fall semester to students taking evening classes. prior to the May commencement. However, students who earn the grade point average by the end of their degree program will Students declare majors and may request an advisor change in also receive the notation on their transcripts, and, may, upon the Registrar’s Office or obtain a form on the Defiance College request, have it noted on their diplomas. website.

Students are encouraged to work closely with their academic ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY advisors throughout their college careers. Advisors are prepared All members of the DC community are expected to engage not only to counsel students on selection of courses and overall in their academic tasks with integrity and respect for others. workload, but to refer students to important resources such as the A major part of the learning accomplished in college is the Office of Career and Student Assistance or to arrange for tutoring development of critical thinking skills, and these skills are only when assistance is needed. developed when each person’s work reflects his or her own original thought. Defiance College is committed to helping each ACADEMIC HONOR SOCIETIES student to understand and practice the highest degree of integrity Alpha Chi accepts into membership those students who have in his or her academic work, and to take from that work the distinguished themselves academically by ranking in the top greatest intellectual and ethical benefit. 10 percent of the junior or senior class. Defiance College also participates in Tau Mu for social work majors, Sigma Beta Delta RESPONSIBILITIES OF MEMBERS OF THE DEFIANCE for business majors, Phi Alpha Theta for history majors and Alpha COLLEGE COMMUNITY Rho Lambda for criminal justice majors. Each member of our scholarly community has a responsibility to encourage others to maintain a commitment to academic integrity and honesty. Faculty and administrators have a responsibility to ACADEMIC HONORS educate students about the importance of original work and the ways to avoid academic dishonesty. Students have a responsibility DEAN’S LIST to maintain high standards of honesty in their work and to seek After each fall and spring term, students who have achieved a guidance whenever they are in doubt about what constitutes grade point average of 3.5 or above are honored by the publication academic integrity. of their names on the Dean’s List. To be eligible, a student must be enrolled in 12 or more semester hours for which letter grades It is important to note that, in the discovery and sanctioning of are given. an incident of academic dishonesty, the intent of the student will not be considered as a factor, so it is vital that the student ask the HONORS LIST course instructor about any potential issues before they arise. After each fall and spring term, students who enrolled in 6 - 11 Students also have an obligation to obtain and be familiar with the semester hours for which letter grades are given are honored by DC student handbook, the syllabi of each course in which they the publication of their names on the Honors List, if they have are enrolled, and any bibliographic and/or citation style guides achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or higher in the semester suggested by their instructors. coursework.

23 23 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

ACADEMIC DISHONESTY Once the instructor is satisfied that an infraction of this policy The basic rule for academic honesty is that a student’s work has occurred, the sanction to be applied may range from remedial should always be his or her own. Any misrepresentation in actions (such as requiring that an assignment be rewritten or a academic work, including plagiarism, is a form of academic test retaken) to failure of the specific assignment or failure of the dishonesty. Examples of dishonest academic practices include, but entire course. The sanction, with the exception of suspension are not limited to, using unauthorized notes or material during or expulsion, as described below, is left to the discretion of the an exam, exchanging information with another student during instructor, based on his or her judgment about the seriousness of an exam (regardless of whether or not both students are aware of the infraction. All sanctions for academic dishonesty, even those the exchange), falsifying data on which the student’s conclusions involving only remedial actions, must be reported to the Office are based, having another student take an exam in place of the of Academic Affairs so that complete and accurate records may student registered in the course, and submitting the same work in be kept. Such record keeping is vital to the goal of teaching every two different classes without the permission of both instructors. student responsible scholarly practices.

PLAGIARISM Whenever a single student is the subject of multiple reports Plagiarism occurs whenever someone else’s work is submitted of academic dishonesty, or when a single infraction is, in the or presented for a grade as if it were one’s own. This occurs judgment of the instructor, sufficiently serious to warrant referral most often when original sources are not acknowledged or cited to the Office of Academic Affairs for additional sanctions, further according to the style format appropriate to the discipline or action may be taken in accord with this policy. Such serious designated by the instructor. Plagiarism undermines the essential or repeated academic dishonesty may result in suspension or trust between students and instructors, deprives the student of a dismissal from the College. sense of intellectual ownership and undermines the basic learning process. EXCEPTION TO REPORTING REQUIREMENT Two first-year courses at Defiance College – AH110 Writing the Another person’s work can take many forms, including papers, Self in Culture and AH120 Writing the World – are specifically essays and articles, book chapters, statistical data, oral or designed to introduce students to good scholarly practice, multimedia presentations, musical compositions, drawings and including proper citation style. For this reason, when errors in artwork, and computer programs in either electronic or printed such practices at this level are serious enough only to require, form. Whenever such material that was originally created by in the instructor’s judgment, remedial action, such errors need another is presented or submitted by a DC student, that original not be reported if they occur within the first six (6) weeks of the source must be acknowledged using the appropriate citation style. semester, and the student making the error is a first-year student. Examples of plagiarism (a non-exclusive list): After this initial six-week grace period in each of these courses, students should know the basics of good scholarly practice, and all ‹ Using the exact words from a source, including cutting instances of academic dishonesty, even remedial level infractions, and pasting from a Web site, without BOTH quotation should be reported in accordance with the above policy. marks to indicate the extent of the material borrowed and a citation of the original source. REPORTING OF INFRACTIONS ‹ Paraphrasing or summarizing ideas from a source All instances of academic dishonesty, including those requiring without proper citation. Changing the words while only remedial action but falling outside the above exception, maintaining the ideas from a source is a paraphrase that shall be reported to the Office of Academic Affairs using the form must be cited. provided for that purpose. A file will be kept, separate from the ‹ Submitting for credit a work written or created by student’s permanent academic record, so that multiple offenses another, whether such work is written by a friend, a may be tracked. recognized scholar or is downloaded from the internet. ‹ Quoting from an unacknowledged source during an oral APPEALS PROCESS presentation. A student has the right to appeal a finding that the student ‹ Using data other than that produced by the student’s own committed an act of academic dishonesty. Such an appeal original research without proper citation of the source. must be submitted to the Office of Academic Affairs within a ‹ Patching together a work using phrases and ideas reasonable period of time, but not later than thirty (30) days borrowed from a number of different sources. after the student becomes aware of the finding, unless specific ‹ Accepting assistance or collaborating with other students circumstances warrant allowing a delayed appeal. The appeal beyond what is explicitly permitted by the instructor. will be heard by an appeals panel made up of the Vice President for Academic Affairs, two (2) faculty members who are current REMEDIATION AND PENALTIES members of the Academic Affairs committee and who are not When a faculty member or other instructor believes that an from the same division as the reporting instructor, and two (2) incidence of plagiarism or other academic dishonesty has students who will be chosen from a pool of not less than five (5) occurred, he or she should discuss the matter with the student(s) students who have been selected in advance by the Vice President involved as soon as possible. for Engagement and representatives of the student government. Both the student and the reporting instructor have the right to be 24 24 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

heard at this appeal, and each may be accompanied, if they wish, will be suspended for one semester. Any time after the semester by a member of the administration, faculty or student body who suspension, the individual may apply for readmission on is not a party to the incident. The role of this companion is as an academic probation. observer and advisor, but legal counsel is not permitted. The Vice President for Academic Affairs will only vote in such an appeals Any student who re-enrolls following a suspension and fails to process when there is a tie amongst the other members of the meet the above criteria after one or more additional semesters will appeals panel. be suspended for one calendar year.

A hearing before an appeals panel must be held whenever the Any student who re-enrolls after two suspensions and fails to offense(s) committed or alleged may subject a student to the meet the above criteria after one or more semesters of additional possibility of a sanction at the level of suspension or expulsion work will be dismissed from school. (e.g. multiple offenses). ACADEMIC RESOURCE CENTER A sanction at the level of suspension or expulsion may be The Academic Resource Center, located in the Pilgrim Library, appealed to the President or the President’s designee. The student provides a variety of services to help students reach their must submit his or her appeal in writing to the President within academic goals. The mission of the Academic Resource Center five (5) business days of receiving the decision of the appeals is to help all students succeed academically at Defiance College. panel and must state the grounds upon which the appeal to the Learning is an on-going process, and our goal is to help students President is based. The only acceptable grounds for this appeal develop skills and strategies along the way. We seek to offer are: 1) to determine if the process of academic discipline has support, guidance, and services to assist all clients according been conducted fairly and in accord with stated procedures; to their needs. Free tutoring and writing services are available 2) to determine whether the decision reached was based on to students in all disciplines. We provide a full complement of evidence; 3) to determine whether the sanction imposed was support services to strengthen academic skills and our staff, who appropriate to the violation(s); and 4) to assess new evidence that have been recommended by faculty members, have a strong was not available at the original appeal. The President or his or understanding of the content material and are committed to her designee is not required to conduct a new hearing, and legal helping students succeed. Both individual and group tutoring counsel is not permitted to participate in this appeal. opportunities are provided. Students should contact the Center whenever they desire the need for additional academic support. CONCLUSION Defiance College is committed to helping each student become proficient and confident in the best practices of scholarly ACADEMIC SECOND CHANCE endeavor in their chosen field. It is that commitment that guides Students who have received a grade of C-, D+, D, D-, or F in a the above policy. It is the goal of Defiance College to prevent course taken at Defiance College may have the grade removed academic dishonesty and to encourage students, faculty and from the student’s academic record if the same course is repeated administrators to strive for the highest ethical standards in all at Defiance College. Academic Second Chance does not apply academic work. to courses taken at other colleges. This option may be exercised with a total of 12 credits during the student’s academic career at the College. The Registration Center must be told the option is ACADEMIC PROBATION desired when the student registers for the course. An Academic Students must earn the following minimum cumulative grade Second Chance petition must be filed in the Registration point averages to remain above the probation level: Center in order to have the original grade removed from the record. Academic Second Chance may only be used for the first ‹ 1.70 after 12 credits of course work attempted undergraduate degree. It may not be used to change academic ‹ 1.80 after 24 credits of course work attempted history after a student has received a degree. ‹ 1.90 after 36 credits of course work attempted ‹ 2.00 after 48 credits of course work attempted and subsequent work. ACADEMIC YEAR Defiance College operates on a semester calendar consisting of A student who falls below this minimum will be placed on two sixteen-week semesters. The fall semester runs from late academic probation. A student who is on academic probation August to mid-December; the spring semester runs from early will continue on probation as long as a semester average is 2.00 or January to early May. greater, until the cumulative average reaches the minimum listed above. The individual is encouraged to use the academic “second During the fall and spring semesters, students normally take chance” option to improve the cumulative average. four or five courses which typically are three or four credits each, totaling approximately 15 credits. A student on probation whose cumulative average is less than that recommended above and whose semester average is less Most courses are worth three credits - although the figure can than 2.00 or any student whose semester average is below 1.00 range from one to four. For a bachelor degree, 120 credits of will no longer be considered in good academic standing and 25 25 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

satisfactory academic work are required. For an associate degree, AUDITING COURSES 60 credits of satisfactory academic work are required. Students should register for a course as an audit if they want to obtain the information from the course but do not want to receive SUMMER SESSION credit. An audit student is not required to hand in work or take The College offers a summer program from May through August, tests. When class size is limited, full-fee students have priority. consisting of two sessions. Most summer session courses are the Individual music instruction and graduate courses may not be same as those offered during the regular academic year, while audited. others are offered only in the summer. The summer session schedule is usually available in late December or early January. AWARDING OF DEGREES A student who satisfactorily completes the graduation ATHLETIC ELIGIBILITY requirements listed below and who is approved for graduation To be eligible to represent Defiance College in intercollegiate by the faculty and trustees will receive the Associate of Arts, the athletics competition, a participating student-athlete shall: 1) be Bachelor of Arts, or the Bachelor of Science degree. In order to enrolled in a minimum of 12 semester hours of course work; 2) qualify for graduation students must declare their intention to be in good academic standing--which is interpreted as eligible graduate by completing a graduation application, which can be to enroll at DC; and 3) maintain satisfactory progress (see chart obtained in the Registrar’s Office and on the Defiance College below). Eligibility to compete in athletics shall be determined website. Applications must be submitted to the Registrar’s at the beginning of each fall and spring semesters by the DC Office at least one semester in advance of the last semester of Registrar. A student-athlete has a maximum combined total of enrollment. To receive their degrees, students must discharge all ten terms of full-time attendance and a total of four seasons of financial obligations to the College, including completing exit participation in any given sport in which to use eligibility. loan counseling, if applicable. A full-time student normally is subject to the requirements in the catalog current at the time of SATISFACTORY PROGRESS FOR STUDENT ATHLETES entrance, provided a degree is completed within five calendar Student-athletes must achieve the established minimum standards years of entrance. For part-time students, the time limit is eight of completed credit hours and cumulative grade point averages to calendar years. However, a student may elect to follow all of the be eligible to participate in intercollegiate athletics. requirements stated in a more recent catalog.

Student-athletes must: 1) pass a minimum number of hours PARTICIPATION IN COMMENCEMENT each year, and 2) have the appropriate cumulative grade point The commencement ceremony is held once per year in May. average as noted below to satisfy the criteria for establishing Spring semester graduates must participate in commencement. satisfactory progress and for continued athletic participation for Fall and summer graduates are encouraged to participate. The the following semester. Student-athletes who fail to complete the college confers degrees at the end of the fall semester, spring required hours to maintain their eligibility may attend summer semester and summer session after completion of all graduation school or complete on-line courses in order to accumulate the requirements by the student, as certified by the registrar. appropriate hours, however, students must have prior approval of Students who complete degree requirements in the summer may the DC Registrar before taking course work at colleges other than participate in the annual spring commencement and will receive Defiance College. Transferable grades from courses taken at other their diploma when requirements are completed. Only students colleges do not affect the overall DC grade point average. who are within nine credits, or two courses totaling no more than 12 credits, of degree completion and registered for those credits At the conclusion of the following full-time semesters of during the summer session at Defiance College may be approved attendance, the minimum academic standards for continuing as summer graduates. Students must wear the required cap and athletic eligibility will be: gown regalia at commencement. Semester No. of Earned Hrs. Required GPA Required 1 1.33 2 24 1.7 3 1.8 4 48 1.9 5 2.0 6 72 2.0 7 2.0 8 96 2.0 9 2.0 10 2.0

26 26 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

CENTER FOR ADULT AND GRADUATE Three Weekend College terms are offered: a fall term between Labor Day and Christmas; a spring term between New Year’s Day PROGRAMS and May; and a summer term between May and Labor Day. The Center for Adult and Graduate Programs (CAP) provides For more information about Weekend College and evening services to adult students on campus, including those adult programs call the Center for Adult and Graduate Programs office students who attend classes day, evening or weekend. The Center at 419-783-2351 or email: [email protected]. for Adult and Graduate Programs is located in Defiance Hall room 104 and can be reached at 419-783-2351. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Defiance College offers two master degrees. Information about SERVICES THAT ARE PROVIDED INCLUDE: these degrees, admissions and requirements, is in the Graduate ‹ Admissions and acceptance of adult students Catalog available from the Center for Adult and Graduate ‹ Assistance with Financial Aid process Programs. ‹ Advising ‹ Extended office hours The Master of Business Administration degree is designed ‹ Scheduling of classes to provide leadership skills and training for students and the ‹ Various payment options and acceptance of payment community by utilizing the strength of the established liberal ‹ Orientation for new adult students arts base of the college in an innovative and interdisciplinary ‹ Bi-weekly electronic newsletter “The Buzz” manner within the context of a business program. It is ‹ Student Identification cards and computer access broadly appropriate for profit, non-profit, and governmental information organizations. The degree requires 36 semester hours and is ‹ Student Liaison program offered in conjunction with the Weekend College Program. The ‹ Social activities program consists of nine core classes and each student selects a ‹ Information/Referral for all campus needs concentration in Leadership, Health Care or Criminal Justice.

PROGRAMS The Master of Arts in Education degree is designed to provide ‹ Weekend College classroom teachers with skills and competencies to prepare them ‹ Master of Business Administration, Leadership for expert teaching and leadership in their schools. Students with Concentration content compatible bachelor degrees can also earn Adolescent ‹Master of Business Administration, Health Care and Young Adult Teacher Licensure through graduate study. In Concentration addition students with a valid Ohio teaching license can earn a ‹ Master of Business Administration, Criminal Justice Master of Arts in Education degree with an Intervention Specialist Concentration (Mild to Moderate) license. Courses are offered evenings and ‹ Master of Arts in Education – Intervention Specialist, weekends each term and in three summer sessions. Course Mild to Moderate delivery methods include face-to-face, hybrid and on-line ‹ Master of Arts in Education - Graduate Adolescent and courses. Framed by the National Standards for Sport Coaches Young Adult Licensure Program (NASPE2006), the Coaching Concentration provides advanced ‹ Master of Arts in Education training for leaders in athletics. The orientation of the program ‹ Master of Arts in Education with Coaching is that coaches are foremost teachers. From this point of view, Concentration students examine the role of sport in schools, human performance ‹ Master of Arts in Education – Ohio Reading from a developmentally appropriate perspective, contemporary Endorsement research on coaching effectiveness and sport psychology. The ‹ Professional Enrichment and Renewal Courses (PERC) Professional Enrichment and Renewal Courses (PERC) series is a set of workshops that offer educators an efficient way to stay WEEKEND COLLEGE AND EVENING PROGRAMS abreast of current trends and topics in education and to learn Weekend College and the evening programs are designed for skills related to specific curricular or learning areas. adults who are interested in earning an associate’s or bachelor’s Please see the Graduate Catalog for more information on degree in a challenging but flexible format. The goal is for non- graduate program offerings and policies. traditional students to become a community of learners who share common goals, have similar life experiences and will support each For more information about the programs and services that the other in the learning process. The every-other-weekend schedule Center for Adult and Graduate Programs provide, call the CAP of Weekend College allows opportunity for study and library work office at 419-783-2351 or email [email protected]. while handling work and family obligations.

Bachelor’s degrees are offered in Business Administration, Accounting, and completion programs in Organizational Supervision and Leadership and Health Services Management. Also offered is an Associate Degree in Business Administration and a business minor.

27 27 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

CLASS ATTENDANCE Category II - Previous institution(s) attended, majors, A student is expected to attend all classes, as well as any special awards, honors (included Dean’s list), degree(s) conferred conferences, meetings, and field trips included on the syllabus and dates, status (full, part-time) for the course. The College has adopted the following policies on student absences: Category III - Past and present participation in officially recognized sports and activities, physical factors (height, 1. If the student knows in advance of an absence, the instructors weight of athletes), date and place of birth, and photograph should be notified before the absence and arrangements should be made to make up any work missed. If the student is going Students may request that all directory information, or certain to be absent for an extended period (more than three days), the categories, be withheld by notifying the Registration Center in Registrar must be notified. writing within the first week of a term. Students should contact the Registrar for additional information concerning the Family 2. If the absence could not be anticipated (such as illness or a Rights and Privacy Act. death in the family), the student should present an excuse to instructors as soon as possible after returning if the student has COURSE LOAD not been able to contact them while away. Acceptance of the Normally, students carry a course load of 15 credits each regular excuse is at the discretion of the individual instructor. term. But a student may carry as few as 12 credits in a regular term and still remain enrolled full-time; some beginning students 3. The College does not have a “cut” system or a standard set of are advised to take no more than 12 credits in their first term. penalties for unexcused absences. Both are left to the discretion Students whose academic skills are not strong upon entering the of the individual instructor, and it is up to the student to learn College should be prepared for the possibility that graduation may instructors’ policies. An instructor has the right to withdraw a require more than four years. student for excessive absences after consultation with the Office of Academic Affairs or the Office of Student Life. A resident undergraduate student may not register for fewer than 12 credits per regular term nor reduce the course load below this CLASS STANDING level without permission of the Dean of Student Engagement The class standing of a student is determined as follows: and the Registrar. Any undergraduate student who enrolls for 12 Freshman 0 to 23 credits completed semester hours or more in any fall or spring term will be charged Sophomore 24 to 53 credits completed the full-time tuition fee. This policy applies to any combination Junior 54 to 83 credits completed of undergraduate or graduate courses. Under-graduates receiving Senior 84 or more credits completed financial aid as a full-time student must be enrolled in at least 12 hours of undergraduate course work. CONFIDENTIALITY OF STUDENT CREDITS RECORDS ADVANCED PLACEMENT CREDITS Annually, Defiance College will inform students of the Family Advanced Placement (AP) is a program designed to recognize Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. This Act, with which students who take college-level courses in secondary school. the institution intends to comply fully, was designated to protect Defiance College accepts AP credits based upon scores presented the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students of four or higher. to inspect and review their educational records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the Defiance College recognizes academic work taken toward right to file complaints with The Family Educational Rights and the International Baccalaureate and grants credit for the full Privacy Act Office concerning alleged failures by the institution to IB diploma, as well as individual IB courses. Students who comply with the Act. have completed course work should submit IB transcripts for evaluation. Additional information and the performance levels A student’s academic records are considered confidential required to obtain credit may be obtained from the Registrar. information. Without the student’s expressed written permission, they are accessible only to College personnel and their agents who TRANSFER CREDIT keep the records or need to have information to help the student. Course work credit evaluation will be performed by the Registrar’s office. Credit will be granted for courses completed “Directory Information” may be released to the public and is that are compatible with the College’s academic program and with divided into the following categories: grades of a C or higher. Transfer students shall satisfy the general education and academic concentration requirements including Category I - Name, address, telephone number, dates of those learning experiences which are unique to Defiance College. attendance, class roster, class schedule, e-mail address A detailed guide to transfer credit policies is available from the Registrar. 28 28 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

NON-TRADITIONAL CREDIT ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES A maximum of 30 credits of non-traditional credit may be earned 1. To receive credit for a course in the curriculum, the toward graduation through: armed forces service or assessment portfolio must demonstrate that the learning objectives of prior learning (including testing and portfolio development). of the course have been met. To receive elective credit Non-traditional credit may be counted toward the major only for past work experience, the portfolio must demonstrate with approval of the appropriate division. that college-level learning has occurred on the job. Prior learning, not prior experience, is the basis for credit Students wishing credit for armed forces service must present awarded. documentation for evaluation by the Registrar’s office. 2. The division head will appoint a faculty member from Prior learning is learning that has resulted from work the division who has experience in that area to read and experiences and training since high school. This learning may be assess the portfolio. The faculty member and the demonstrated by (1) testing, or by (2) portfolio development. division head must approve the credit to be awarded. 3. The faculty member will read the portfolio by the end of Testing includes the options of both CLEP and DANTES tests. the spring semester in which the portfolio was A list of the tests available and the passing scores required (as completed. recommended by the American Council on Education) are 4. In addition to the tuition for the Portfolio Course, a available in the Offices of Career and Student Assistance, the $100 assessment fee will be charged for each portfolio Center for Adult and Graduate Programs, and the Registrar. In submitted and a fee will be charged for each credit hour addition to the cost of the test, there is a charge for each credit to be added to the student’s transcript. hour to be added to the student’s transcript. Students must pay 5. When all fees have been paid, and upon the fee to have the credit added to their transcripts within one recommendation of credit by the faculty member and year of passing the test. Students, who test late in their programs division head, the course title(s) and credit(s) will be \ and plan to use testing to complete requirements for graduation, entered on the student’s transcript. No grade is recorded. should have all testing completed one semester prior to their final 6. The portfolio will be retained by the College. semester of enrollment. DEGREE OFFERINGS A maximum of 13 credits may be earned by Portfolio ASSOCIATE DEGREE OFFERINGS Development. Elective credit is limited to 4 credits and an Defiance College offers Associate of Arts degrees in the following additional 9 credits may be earned for specific courses in the fields: curriculum. Each division has identified those courses in the Art curriculum for which a student may demonstrate knowledge by Business Administration portfolio development. Criminal Justice Graphic Design The faculty has established the following policies and procedures Religious Education: Design for Leadership for Portfolio Development. Self-Designed 1. The student must have been admitted as a degree- seeking student at Defiance College and completed a All fields except Religious Education share the degree requirement course prior to enrollment in the portfolio development of 60 credits, to include instruction in composition. course. 2. If a CLEP or DANTES test is available for a course in The College makes every effort to schedule associate program which credit is desired, the test must be taken. The courses for the convenience of part-time working students. The portfolio is not an option. entire program in Business Administration may be completed 3. The student should consult the division chair regarding in evening classes or Weekend College (although day classes are portfolio development as the first step in the assessment available as well), and portions of other programs are offered in process. More than one portfolio may be required if the evening and on weekends. All two-year programs may be credit is desired for more than one course. completed in day classes. 4. All candidates seeking credit for prior learning must register for a one hour Portfolio Development Course BACCALAUREATE DEGREE OFFERINGS (GS 111) which will assist in portfolio development. Defiance College awards the Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of a. To receive credit for the course, a portfolio Arts degrees as determined by the major field of study designated must be completed by the end of the semester in the following lists. A student may earn the degree other than in which the course is taken. that designated for his/her major by completing a minor in one of b. The course will be graded pass/fail. the disciplines listed for the desired degree. The student must file c. The portfolio must be well written and the a change of degree request in the Registrar’s Office. student must understand the process of portfolio development to pass the course. d. The course will be offered in the spring semester. 29 29 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

Bachelor of Arts MINORS Accounting Art Art Autism Studies Arts and Humanities Business Administration Business Administration Christian Education Christian Education Communication Arts Communication Arts Community Engagement/YMCA Professional Studies English Criminal Justice Graphic Design Economics Health Services Management English History History International and Global Studies International and Global Studies Organizational Supervision and Leadership Marketing Religious Studies Mathematics Religious Education and Design for Leadership Psychology Recreation B.A. Concentrations Religious Studies International Business (with International and Global Studies Sport Management major) Wellness and Corporate Fitness Peace Studies (with International and Global Studies majors) Sustainable Development (with International and Global PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS ARE AVAILABLE IN: Studies majors) Pre-Dentistry and Pre-Optometry Pre-Law BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Pre-Medicine Athletic Training Pre-Ministry Biology Pre-Nursing Digital Forensic Science Pre-Veterinary Criminal Justice Early Childhood Education PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS Forensic Science Professional schools in such fields as law, the medical professions, Health Education and theology rarely specify the undergraduate major. They do, Integrated Language Arts however, recommend certain courses of study. Defiance College Integrated Mathematics provides special faculty advisors in each of these fields to help the Integrated Social Studies student prepare wisely for professional school. Life Science Life Science and Chemistry PRE-DENTISTRY AND PRE-OPTOMETRY Mathematics The pre-dentistry and pre-optometry student should major in Medical Technology Molecular Biology. The majors should include chemistry (general, Middle Childhood Education organic, biochemistry, and quantitative analysis,) biology Molecular Biology (botany, zoology, genetics, bacteriology, and human anatomy Physical Education and physiology), a year of physics, and electives as recommend Psychology by preferred dental and optometry schools. Applicants to these Restoration Ecology schools must take the admission tests. The tests are usually taken Self-designed in the fall or spring of the year before expected enrollment in Social Work dental school. Sport Management Visual Arts Education PRE-LAW STUDIES Wellness and Corporate Fitness A student interested in law should acquire a solid educational background which includes the humanities, history, the social B.S. Concentrations sciences, mathematics, and language skills. English studies are of Marketing (with Business Administration major) proven special importance. A recommended program of study Media Studies (with Communication Arts major) for a pre-law student would include courses in literature, speech, Performing Arts (with Communication Arts major) a year of accounting, a course in logic, and advanced courses in Public Relations (with Communication Arts major) composition or creative writing.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING* Most law schools require the LSAT (Law School Admission Test). *pending approval For additional information, the student should consult the current

30 30 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

pre-law handbook, published in October and prepared by the Law DEGREE REQUIREMENTS School Admission Test Council and The Association of American ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Law Schools. It is available in the Office of Career and Student Each student must work with an academic advisor to develop a Services. program of study which meets the following requirements:

PRE-MEDICINE ‹ Satisfactory completion of 60 semester credits. A typical pre-medicine program may be the same as a pre- ‹ A 2.0 cumulative grade point average (equivalent to a dental program. However, many medical schools are seeking “C” in all work undertaken including the major field). a variety of backgrounds in their students and the pre-medical ‹ Completion of the following general education student is encouraged to develop verbal skills by electing speech requirements: and literature courses. The Medical College Admissions Test is required and should be taken in the spring of the junior year or I. Arts and Humanities (15 hours) the fall of the senior year. 1. AH110 Writing the Self in Culture (3) 2. AH120 Writing the World (3) or AH220 Global Pre-Medicine Studies: Defiance College offers the required Civilization (3) programs for admission to regular medical colleges, osteopathic 3. CA 111 Fundamentals of Oral Communication (3) medical colleges and chiropractic medical colleges. Further 4. Any 200-level Religion course, except RL250 information can be obtained from the Natural Science faculty. 5. Any art course

PRE-MINISTRY STUDIES II. Natural Science (4 hours) – select one from: To become an ordained minister in major Christian Physical Science, which includes (CH) Chemistry, NS200 denominations often requires a master degree. Students who seek Earth in Cosmos,( PH) Physics, Physical Science eventually to enter a master program at a theological seminary and Geology (4) may pursue an undergraduate major, but they should have a OR broad educational background in arts and humanities, social Biological Science, which includes(BI) Biology and sciences, and natural sciences. Select courses in Biblical studies, NS201 Development of Life on Earth (4) theology, world religions, and Christian Education are especially recommended. Some courses in business, communication, and III. Social Science (3 hours) education also may provide practical knowledge that is useful for SO 120 Life in Society (3) ministry. We encourage significant experience providing service to others. Mastery of a foreign language is often recommended IV. Exercise Science (1-7 hours) or required by seminaries, as is the Graduate Record Exam. ES 130 Fitness for Life (2) Because admission requirements vary, students should contact OR schools of interest early in their undergraduate program. They One Personal Wellness Course and one Physical Activity also should consult with a faculty member in religious studies and Course from the lists below: the Campus Minister, as well as the Office of Career and Student Assistance. A. Personal Wellness Courses ES 125 Personal & Community Health ( 3) PRE-NURSING ES 129 Recreation Theory & Leadership (3) The preferred pre-nursing program at Defiance College is the first ES 234 Community First Aid & CPR (1) year of the 1 + 2 + 1 program in collaboration with Northwest ES 295 Special Topics in Exercise Science (1- 2) State Community College. Students who wish to pursue a nursing ES 340 Nutrition ( 2) degree through other means are encouraged to meet with a NR 475 Community Health Nursing (6) nursing advisor. RL 210 Spirituality & Wholeness (3) SW 340 Health Care Issues (3) PRE-VETERINARY WE 237 Recreation for Special Populations (3) The pre-veterinary student should major in Molecular Biology. The major should include chemistry, (general, organic, B. Physical Activity Courses biochemistry, and quantitative analysis), biology (botany, zoology, ES 131Individual Fitness and Conditioning (1) genetics, bacteriology, comparative anatomy, and physiology), ES 132 Racket Sport Activities (1) a year of physics, and electives as recommended by preferred ES 133 Lifetime Fitness Activities (0) * veterinary schools. Farm experience with livestock is desirable, as ES 135 Group Recreational Activities (1) is work in animal clinics or veterinary hospitals. ES 137 Intercollegiate Athletics - completion of one traditional season (0) ES 138 Strength and Conditioning (1) *ED133 Lifetime Fitness is designed to allow students to complete an approved fitness activity course or program,

31 31 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

offered outside of Defiance College. It must be approved in the freshman year. The declaration is filed in the Registrar’s by the Exercise Science Coordinator prior to registration Office and in most cases students are then assigned an advisor in and documentation of course or program completion the major field. must be provided to fulfill the physical activity requirement. A student who wants to complete more than one major must complete a minimum of 18 hours of additional courses that do Total 23-26 hours not fulfill a minor or any other major the student is completing.

‹ Completion of 30 credits at Defiance College Students may wish to seek a minor in an academic discipline. A ‹ Completion of the specific courses required for the minor consists of a minimum of 18 credits as prescribed by the major field of study. academic area. Students who wish to complete two minors must take a minimum of nine hours of courses in the second minor Specific information on associate of arts degree programs can be that do not apply to general education, the major(s), or other found under the various academic areas: minors the student is completing. ‹ Art ‹ Business Administration SECOND BACCALAUREATE DEGREES ‹ Criminal Justice Students may earn a second baccalaureate degree from Defiance ‹ Graphic Design College. If the first degree was earned from Defiance College, ‹ Religious Education and Design for Leadership the student must meet the following requirements to qualify for a second degree: 1) complete a minimum of 30 semester hours BACCALAUREATE DEGREE subsequent to earning the first baccalaureate degree, 24 of these in residence, in addition to the first degree requirements: 2) REQUIREMENTS fulfill requirements for a major in a division different from the Each student must work with an academic advisor to develop a first degree (for example, a student cannot receive a bachelor program of study which meets the following requirements: of science degree in accounting and a bachelor of arts in management); and 3) must meet all requirements in force at the ‹ Enrollment in the First Year Seminar (FS101) during the time of the student’s application for the second degree. first semester by all full-time freshman students below \ the age of 21 who have not had a successful college \ If the first degree was not earned from Defiance College, the experience elsewhere. student must fulfill requirements as published in this catalog ‹ Satisfactory completion of 120 semester credits. under Baccalaureate Degree Requirements. ‹ A 2.0 cumulative grade point average (equivalent to a “C” in all work undertaken) as well as in the major field. BACCALAUREATE GENERAL EDUCATION ‹ Completion of the general education requirements listed REQUIREMENTS in this publication. The following courses are required of all students in the Bachelor ‹ Completion of the last 30 credits at Defiance College, of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs. or 45 of the last 60 credits, unless special exception is given in writing by the Academic Dean. I. Arts and Humanities (21hours) ‹ Completion of 24 credits in courses numbered 300 or Seven courses are required: above. 1. AH 110 Writing the Self in Culture (3) ‹ Completion of a major field of study. 2. AH 120 Writing the World (3) 3. AH 220 Global Civilization (3) A major is a sequence of courses in one or more disciplines 4. CA 111 Fundamentals of Oral Communication consisting of a minimum of 30 credits as prescribed by the 5. Any 200-level Religion course, except RL250 (3) academic area(s) involved. At least 15 credits of the major must 6. Any art course (3) be completed at Defiance College unless special exception is 7. Literature (3) recommended in writing by faculty in the academic area and Students must select one from the following. (Students should approved by the Academic Dean. select a 300-level course only if they have a strong background in English.) For a major field, students may select either a single-discipline EN220 Topics in Literature major (such as History) or an area major which includes several EN325 Postcolonial Literature disciplines (such as arts and humanities). Academic majors EN335 Shakespeare and the requirements for their completion are specified in this EN345 American Literature publication. Students may design a major that closely reflects EN355 British Literature their interests and goals (Self-designed major). II. Natural Science (8 hours) Students must declare a major no later than the end of the Students are required to complete one physical science and one sophomore year, and it is sometimes advisable to declare a major biological science course, both with labs. 32 32 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

The physical science requirement may be fulfilled by completing and documentation of course or program completion one of the following: (CH) Chemistry, (PH) Physics, Physical must be provided to fulfill the physical activity Science, Geology or NS200 Earth in the Cosmos. requirement.

The biological Science requirement may be fulfilled by completing V. Computer Proficiency (0-3) NS201 Development of Life on Earth or any (BI) Biology course. IT102 Document Production (1) Science requirements for selected majors: IT103 Spreadsheet Skills (1) ‹Weekend College students may take BI195 Biological IT104 Presentation Skills (1) Science and PH195 Physical Science Or ‹Early Childhood majors must take NS200 Earth in Demonstrate proficiency Cosmos and NS201 Development of Life on Earth. ‹Social Work majors may complete any physical science Students who want to demonstrate proficiency must do so prior to and must complete a human biology course. their third semester of enrollment and may only take a test once A human biology course may be fulfilled with one of the for each course. If a test is not passed, the course must be taken. following: NS 201 Development of Life on Earth, BI 229 A student who passes a test will receive a statement of proficiency Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology or BI 235 Human on the transcript. No credit is awarded. Anatomy and Physiology I. VI. Mathematics (3) III. Social Science (6 hours) Students must select one of the following: Two courses are required. Students must take: 1. College-level math course (MA designation) 1. SO 120 Life in Society (3) 2. PY or SW230 Behavioral Statistics 2. one course from the following list of options: 3. BA212 Business Statistics PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) EC 201 Microeconomics (3) Sport Science majors may take PE256 Evaluation and EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) Measurement, Early Childhood majors may take ED217 SO 265 Cultural Diversity (3) Principles of Math and Middle Childhood majors may take ED220 Principles of Middle Childhood Math to meet this IV. Exercise Science (1-7 hours) requirement. Students are required to complete one of the following options: 1) ES 130 Fitness for Life (2) VII. First-Year Seminar (3 hours) or FS 101 First-Year Seminar (3) 2) One Personal Wellness Course and one Physical Activity This course is required during the first semester of enrollment Course from the lists below: of all full-time students below the age of 21 who have not had A. Personal Wellness Courses a successful college experience elsewhere. ES 125 Personal & Community Health ( 3) ES 129 Recreation Theory & Leadership (3) VIII. Senior Assessment in the Major Field (0-3 credits) ES 234 Community First Aid & CPR (1) Students are required to complete a senior capstone \ ES 295 Special Topics in Exercise Science (1- 2) experience in which they demonstrate they have attained ES 340 Nutrition ( 2) a satisfactory level of proficiency in the major field and NR 475 Community Health Nursing (6) are able effectively to integrate and interpret their specialized RL 210 Spirituality & Wholeness (3) knowledge. SW 340 Health Care Issues (3) WE 237 Recreation for Special Populations (3) GRADE APPEALS The Academic Affairs Committee rules on student complaints of B. Physical Activity Courses unfair treatment in academic matters. The Committee can change ES 131Individual Fitness and Conditioning (1) a “D” or “F” grade to a “P” if the complaining student presents ES 132 Racket Sport Activities (1) sufficiently convincing evidence. Students should first discuss ES 133 Lifetime Fitness Activities (0) * concerns with the instructor, then the corresponding Division ES 135 Group Recreational Activities (1) Chair. Unresolved concerns may then be addressed to the Office ES 137 Intercollegiate Athletics - completion of one of Academic Affairs. traditional season (0) ES 138 Strength and Conditioning (1)

*ED133 Lifetime Fitness is designed to allow students to complete an approved fitness activity course or program, offered outside of Defiance College. It must be approved by the Exercise Science Coordinator prior to registration

33 33 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

GRADING SYSTEM the Internet and the proper browser software. Logon will require The following system is used for determining grades and arriving the student’s Defiance College username and password. These at the grade point average: may be obtained from the Registrar’s Office in Serrick Campus A, A- Center. B+, B, B- During the regular semester, only students who are doing less C+, C, C- than satisfactory work (below C) receive midterm grade reports. D+, D, D- Students are sent notification to their DC e-mail address when F grades are available to be viewed online. I - Incomplete (An “I” not made up by the end of the next regular term becomes an “F”) INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES P - Passing at “C” level or above for undergraduate courses and Independent study may be either project or research-oriented. “B” level or above for graduate courses The topics for independent study are not usually part of the U - Unsatisfactory curriculum but reflect a student’s special interest; or they take a W - Withdrawal student further into a subject than regular course work allows. WF - Withdrawal failing (counts as an “F” in GPA) A student in independent study will work closely with a faculty AW - Administrative Withdrawal member in planning, executing, and evaluating the program. NC - No Credit Independent Study Courses must be approved through the Office AU - Audit of Academic Affairs. Approved independent study forms must be submitted to the Registrar’s Office within two weeks after the In order to compare the standing of students, the College uses a beginning of the semester. point system which assigns the following numerical value for each hour of credit: A (4.00), A- (3.67) MILITARY ACTIVE DUTY Students who are members of any branch of the U.S. military B+ (3.33), B (3.00), B- (2.67) reserves or the National Guard and who are called up to active C+ (2.33), C (2.00), C- (1.67) duty during any term in which they are currently enrolled, have D+ (1.33), D (1.00), D- (0.67) three options: withdrawal from all courses; to seek incompletes; or F, WF, AW - 0 points to take a grade for courses that are sufficiently completed. Details of the options and procedures are available from the Registrar’s Courses in which the student receives grades of “P,” “W,” “U,” Office in Serrick Campus Center. “NC,” and “I” are not included when computing the grade point average. To arrive at the average, one adds all the points the student has earned and divides the total by the number of credit PILGRIM LIBRARY SERVICES hours taken. Thus, a student who takes five courses of three The Pilgrim Library is designed to provide an atmosphere credits each and receives and “A” in all of them, has accumulated conducive to research and study, with a computer lab, individual 60 grade-points; divided by 15, the total number of credits, this study carrels, group study and lounge areas. Resources include yields a grade point average of 4.0. books, online databases, electronic books and journals, print journals, newspapers, compact discs, videocassettes and DVD’s. An “I” grade is given only when circumstances beyond the The library has a lending policy coupled with a system of fines student’s control prevent completion of a course by the end of the for overdue items. A validated student ID is necessary to check regular semester or term. out all materials. There are five library staff members available to assist students and faculty. For information on the Library’s hours PASS-FAIL OPTION of operation, please refer to the student handbook, the college After declaring a major, students may register for a total of 12 website, the sign in the entrance to the library, or call 419-783- credits (or four courses) in which they choose to be graded “P” 2481. or “F.” One such course may be elected per term, and the course must be outside the major field and numbered above 119. A REGISTRATION course in which the entire class is graded P/F is not included in New students will schedule courses as part of the orientation the four-course allotment. process. Returning students are required to schedule classes for the next term or year at the announced time. Those who fail to Students must request the P/F option before the end of the second schedule and complete the registration payment process and week of classes by filing a request with the Registrar’s Office. submit requested financial aid documents, if applicable, on the Instructors are not told which students have chosen P/F grading. days indicated by the College calendar may be charged a late registration fee. GRADE REPORTS Any currently enrolled Defiance College student may view his/her Late registration of full-time students requires advance midterm and final grades, schedule, transcript, and current billing permission from the Registrar and will be allowed only during the statement by accessing https://www.defiance.edu/onestop. The first three days of classes. web interface may be accessed from any computer with access to 34 34 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

Students may not register for lower-level courses in areas where TRANSFERS FROM FOUR-YEAR COLLEGES they have previously taken more advanced work. Students who have received associate of arts or associate of science degrees from four-year colleges may be granted credit for all credit which is included in the degree. Credit will be given for REGISTRAR’S OFFICE the value of the degree up to 72 credits, if the grades are “C” or Location: Serrick Campus Center Room 204 higher. Students who continue taking course work at four-year This office is responsible for scheduling of classes, registration, colleges may receive credit beyond the 72 hours. Credit courses degree audit checks, graduation approval, veteran’s certification, taken after the associate degree is earned will be transferred on a and transcripts in addition to many other academic services. course-by-course basis. Credit is granted provided the courses are Hours: M-F 8:30-4:30, with extended hours during registration compatible with the college’s liberal arts program and if the grades periods Phone: Extension 2551 are “C” or higher.

SCHEDULE CHANGES AND Students who have taken credit courses but have not earned a WITHDRAWAL FROM COURSES degree may receive credit on a course-by-course basis with the Students may change a class schedule during the first four days of same provision of course compatibility and “C” or higher grades. classes in a regular term or the first two days of a summer session. There is no limit on the amount of credit that can be transferred After that, the student may withdraw from a class but may not add to Defiance College. However, a degree from Defiance College one, bearing in mind that reduction of the course load below 12 will not be conferred unless the student has registered for and credits in a regular term makes a student ineligible to participate completed a minimum of 30 semester hours at Defiance College in intercollegiate athletics and may change financial aid. A and at least 15 hours in the major. Nontraditional credit such as student who drops below 12 credit hours in a regular term must CLEP credit or past work experience credit awarded after the also obtain permission from the Dean of Student Engagement to student enrolls at Defiance College is not counted toward the 30 remain in residence. hours.

A student who withdraws from a 16-week course after the first Transient Student Policies week but before the end of the ninth week will automatically Defiance College students who want to take course work at receive a grade of “W.” The deadline for an eight-week course another college as a transient student must obtain the permission is the end of the fifth week; for a seven-week course, the end of of the Registrar. Permission must be sought each time a course is the fourth week and for a five-week course, the end of the third to be taken. Transfer credit may not be added to the record of a week. After these deadlines, the grade will be “WF” unless the student who has not received prior permission to take the course. instructor views the circumstances as extenuating and gives written permission for the grade to be “W.” Final determination Only the course title and credit are added to the record. The of whether a grade will be “W” or “WF” will be made by the grade is not computed with The Defiance College grade point Registrar and Academic Dean. average, except when computing the GPA for graduation with honors. Beginning in fall 2008 graduation honors is based on the GPA earned at Defiance College. Only those undergraduates TRANSCRIPT REQUESTS completing 60 hours in residence at Defiance College may qualify Transcript requests must come from the student in writing. Only for graduation with honors with minimum GPA’s of 3.50 for cum transcripts carrying the College seal are considered “official.” laude, 3.70 for magna cum laude and 3.90 for summa cum laude. Transcripts issued to the student for personal use will be marked “Issued to Student.” Students who have completed 54 hours or more and therefore are a junior, senior or postgraduate, should seek to enroll at four- TRANSFER STUDENTS year colleges. A course that is an upper level course at Defiance TRANSFERS FROM TWO-YEAR COLLEGES College may not be taken at a two-year college. Transfers Holding an Associate’s Degree - Graduates of accredited two-year colleges with associate of arts or associate Freshmen and sophomores may be permitted to take course work of science degrees may be granted credit for all credit, which is at two or four-year institutions. A course that is an upper level included in the degree if the grades are “C” or higher. Credit will course at Defiance College may not be taken at a two-year college. be given for all credit required for a degree up to 72 credits. Courses offered by other colleges on the Defiance College campus Transfers Who Do Not Have An Associate’s Degree - Students may not be taken by students enrolled at Defiance College unless from two-year institutions who have not earned associate of arts the course is not going to be offered at DC before the student or science degrees receive transfer credit on a course-by-course graduates. Permission must be granted before the student enrolls basis. Credit is granted provided the courses are compatible with in a course. the college’s liberal arts program and if the grades are “C” or higher. No more than 60 hours credit will be awarded.

35 35 |ACADEMIC LIFE |

UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS ENROLLED IN GRADUATE COURSES An undergraduate may take a graduate course for graduate credit if: 1. the student has completed 90 semester hours; 2. a GPA of 2.75 has been achieved; 3. the student meets the course prerequisites; 4. the instructor and the program director approve; and 5. space is available in the course. To be eligible for federal, state, and institutional aid, any undergraduate student must enroll in at least 12 hours of undergraduate course work and obtain approval to take a graduate course from the appropriate graduate program coordinator.

WITHDRAWAL FROM COLLEGE A student may request withdrawal from Defiance College by contacting the Registrar’s Office. A withdrawal allows the student the opportunity to re-enroll at Defiance College at a later date. The withdrawal date is the date of notification to the Registrar’s Office. Students who receive financial aid and choose to withdraw from the College must follow the federal refund policy according to the federal regulations (see the Tuition and Fees section of this Catalog for more information on refunds). Tuition will be refunded according to the College refund policy as described in this Catalog. The adjustments in charges for a student withdrawal may result in an outstanding balance on the student’s account that will be due and payable at the time of withdrawal. Failure to follow the withdrawal policy forfeits the student’s right to an honorable dismissal or to any refund of tuition and fees paid. UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL In the case of an unofficial withdrawal or an unapproved leave of absence (or a student’s failure to return at the end of an approved leave of absence), the withdrawal date is the date the Registrar’s Office becomes aware that the student ceased attendance.

LEAVE OF ABSENCE A student may be granted an approved leave of absence if: 1. the student has made a written request for the leave of absence, 2. the leave of absence does not exceed 30 days, 3. the College has granted only one leave of absence to the student in any 12-month period, and 4. approval is received from instructors and the Academic Dean.

36 36 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

DIVISION STRUCTURE BA212 Business Statistics (3) The academic organization of the College consists of five BA215 Business Calculus (3) divisions. Those divisions, their Chairs, and the disciplines they BA 228 Business Communication (3) include are: BA 260 Business Ethics (3) BA 350 Business Finance (3) Arts and Humanities Division BA 363 Business Law (3) Professor Steven Smith, Chair BA365 International Business (3) Courses offered in Art (AR), Arts and Humanities (AH), BA 490 Business Policy (3) Communication Arts (CA), English (EN), General Studies (GS), EC 201 Microeconomics (3) History (HI), International and Global Studies (IS), Language EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) (LA), Music (MU) and Religion (RL). MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) MG 332 Human Resource Management (3) Behavioral and Applied Social Science Division MG340 Teamwork and Teambuilding (3) Professor Steven Sondergaard, Chair MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) Courses offered in Digital Forensic Science (CF), Criminal Justice In addition, students in the Accounting Major must take the (CJ), Political Science (PS), Psychology (PY), Sociology (SO), and following Accounting courses: Social Work (SW). AC321 Intermediate Accounting I (3) AC322 Intermediate Accounting II (3) Business and Allied Health Division AC331 Cost Management I (3) Dr. Susan Wajert, Chair AC332 Cost Management II (3) Courses offered in Accounting (AC), Athletic Training (AT), AC340 Federal Taxation (3) Business Administration (BA), Economics (EC), Health Services AC360 Nonprofit Accounting (3) Management (HS), Management (MG), Marketing (MK), Nursing AC370 Accounting Information Systems (3) (NR), Organization and Supervision Leadership (OS), Sport AC429 Auditing and Accounting Ethics (3) Management (SM) and Wellness and Corporate Fitness (WE). Select one of the following: AC440 Federal Taxation II (3) Education Division AC421 Advanced Accounting Problems (3) Dr. Jo Ann Burkhardt, Chair (Dr. Suzanne McFarland will be serving as chair during the Fall, 2009 semester) Business Core + Accounting courses – 54 + 27 =81 total credit Courses offered in Education (ED). hours

Science and Mathematics Division ART (AR) Professor David Stuckey, Chair Professor Steven Smith; Assistant Professor Douglas Fiely Courses offered in Biology (BI), Chemistry (CH), Forensic Science (FN), Mathematics (MA), Natural Science (NS), Physics The offerings in art strive to cultivate an understanding of the fine (PH), and Restoration Ecology. arts as an important factor in a liberal education and to provide experience in the theory, practice and history of the arts which ACCOUNTING (AC) will prepare the student for teaching or further professional study. Associate Professor Michael Gallagher and Assistant Professor Art majors must participate in a senior exhibition as a capstone Richard Sealscott experience.

The accounting major is a professional program designed for The Art major requires 45 semester hours, including: students who want a solid foundation in all functional aspects of AR 111 Color and Design I (3) business plus specialized courses in Accounting. Students may AR 112 Color and Design II (3) select the traditional four-year plan of study leading to a Bachelor AR 221 Drawing (3) of Arts Degree with a major in Accounting or they may select AR 222 Introduction to Painting (3) the five-year program leading to a Master’s Degree in Business AR 233 Ceramics (3) Administration. Students who select the five-year plan will have AR 237 Art History I (3) the 150 credit hour requirement necessary to sit for the CPA AR 238 Art History II (3) exam. The major requires 54 semester hours in the business core AR 240 Life Drawing (3) including: AR 332 Sculpture (3) The Accounting Major requires the following courses in the AR 373 History of American Art (3) business core: plus 15 hours of Art electives. AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) The Art minor requires 18 hours and may be arranged in BA140 Introduction to Business (3) consultation with the art faculty and the Registrar. BA214 Quantitative Business Analysis (3)

37 37 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

education degree requirements and athletic training prerequisites. An Associate of Art degree requirements include: Students are assigned to a freshman seminar where the instructor AR 111 Color and Design I (3) assists in scheduling courses for the freshman and sophomore AR 112 Color and Design II (3) year. Students are considered pre-professional students as AR 221 Drawing (3) they enroll in the introductory courses and begin the directed AR 222 Introduction to Painting (3) observation of the athletic training program. The pre-professional AR 233 Ceramics (3) phase is completed in their first two semesters on campus. AR 240 Life Drawing (3) Students in AT 100 and AT 200 also meet with the Program AR 332 Sculpture (3) Director and/or the Clinical Education Coordinator to assure that any Art History course; they are enrolled in the proper courses. Directed observation plus 15 hours of Art electives hour requirements for pre-professional Athletic Training students are as follows: ARTS AND HUMANITIES (AH) The Arts and Humanities interdisciplinary major is for the Freshman Fall: 3 hours per week Total= 30 hours student who wants intellectual engagement in more than one Freshman Spring: 5 hours per week Total= 50 hours subject. This degree is focused on high development of critical thinking, communication, and intellectual or artistic awareness. As students complete their pre-professional requirements, they A student works with the Arts and Humanities advisor to choose apply to advance to the Professional Phase of the curriculum that courses that meet their intellectual and career goals. includes advanced courses and clinical education. Students are admitted into the Professional Phase at the beginning of their The 42-hour major in Arts and Humanities includes the following third semester at Defiance College. Six semesters are required to course requirements. complete the Professional Phase of the ATP.

Two three-credit hour courses from each of the following ATP APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS disciplines: Art, Communication Arts, English, History, and Application to the Professional Phase of the ATP is in the second Religious Studies for a total of 30 credits. These courses may not semester of the freshman year. Students must meet the minimum include internships, field experiences, or independent research requirements listed below to be considered for the Athletic courses. Training Education Program. The selection process is competitive and based on academic performance, clinical observation and Four of the above ten courses must be at the 300-400 level. individual personal qualities. Several criteria for selection have been given a point value to establish an objective means to Three additional 300- or 400-level courses from a single Arts evaluate your application. The point value is indicated in bold. and Humanities discipline (Art, Communication Arts, English, Remaining criteria are considered minimum criteria. All must be History, International and Global Studies, Religious Studies and completed. Meeting minimum application requirements does not Christian Education) beyond the ten courses listed above. guarantee a student entrance into the program. 1. Completion of the program application forms A Capstone to be chosen from one of the following: AH498, 2. The student must complete ES121 Foundations of CA499, EN490, HI498, IS499, or RL499. Health, PE and Sport and the following courses with a B- or better: AT 100, Introduction to Athletic Training The Arts and Humanities minor requires the Arts and Humanities AT 200, Orthopedic Pathology and ES234 First aid and general education requirements, plus 2 other 300 or 400 level Arts CPR. and Humanities courses. 3. Documentation of a minimum of 80 clinical observation hours 120 hours + = 20 points ATHLETIC TRAINING (AT) 100-120 hours = 15 points Assistant Professor Myra Stockdale, Program Director; Assistant 80-100 hours = 10 points Professor Kevin Tong; Instructor Kathleen Westfall 4. Successful completion of Athletic Training Modules Level 1 during academic/clinical hours The Defiance College Athletic Training Program (ATP) is a 5. Minimum cumulative DC GPA of 2.50 on a 4.0 scale unique program that combines intensive course work with hands- 3.76-4.00 = 25 points on clinical experience to prepare a student for a career in athletic 3.51-3.75 = 23 points training. The academic program is a CAATE accredited program 3.26-3.50 = 21 points that prepares students for the professional opportunities as BOC 3.01-3.25 = 19 points Certified Athletic Trainers (ATC). 2.76-3.00 = 17 points 2.50-2.75 = 15 points Admission into the Athletic Training Program is a two-step 6. Objective evaluations from certified staff including process. Students enter Defiance College as pre-athletic training evaluation based on professionalism, work ethic, majors and must complete the first year consisting of general 38 38 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

dependability, taping skills & techniques, injury only once. Students who are not selected for the Professional evaluation and treatment progression, record keeping. Phase of this program will work with the Program Director to Clinical evaluations: average of evaluation score will be identify alternate academic programs to pursue. converted to a 20 point scale 2 evaluations @ 20 points each = possible 40 points TRANSFER STUDENTS 7. Provide two (2) letters of recommendation from faculty, Students who have transferred to DC must complete the required coaches, or athletic trainers to support your candidacy Professional phase of the Athletic Training Program. Prompt into the Athletic Training Program. ** Letters must be commencement of the directed observation period is necessary from persons other than Athletic Trainers employed by to complete the clinical courses and clinical experiences in a Defiance College. minimum of six semesters at Defiance College. All core courses 8. Verification of physical examination and proof of must be taken at Defiance College to ensure competency mastery. immunizations including measles, mumps, rubella, tetanus, diphtheria and hepatitis B. The student may sign Director evaluates other courses in the major on an individual an assumption of risk waiver in lieu of receiving the basis to determine transfer of credits. Prior directed observation Hepatitis B vaccine. The ATP strongly recommends the is evaluated and approved at the discretion of the Program student receive the Hepatitis B vaccine. Director. 9. Ability to meet Technical Standards of the ATP. 10. Interview with the ATP selection committee. Retention Criteria is listed on the Assessment Checklist that is Students are then rank ordered and if there are more given to the student by the Program director. All students at DC applicants who meet the minimum criteria than there matriculate in accordance with their Major Assessment Checklist. are slots available, the highest rated students are accepted into the professional portion of the program. Meeting *** Participation in one intercollegiate sport is permitted by the minimum application requirements does not an athletic training student. Athletic Training students must guarantee a student entrance into the program. A complete all competencies and proficiencies as well as their minimum score of 45 points is required to be considered clinical hours in addition to the requirements of their sport. Due for entrance into the professional phase of the program. to the time commitments of an intercollegiate sport, it may take Each year the ATP takes a maximum of 10 athletic some athletic training students longer than four years to complete training students into the professional phase of the their degree. program. If needed, please contact the Program Director for further clarification. The major requires 65 semester hours, including: AT 100 Introduction to Athletic Training (2) Candidates for the ATP must meet all ten criteria AT 200 Orthopedic Injury Pathology (3) listed above. The number of appointments may vary AT 210 General Medical Conditions (3) each year depending on the space available in the AT 250 Therapeutic Modalities (3) program. The number of students accepted into the AT 290 Practicum I (1) ATP is limited by the availability of clinical facilities AT 292 Practicum II (1) and faculty. Limited admission will ensure that an AT 310 Evaluation of Athletic Injuries I (3) appropriate student to clinical instructor ratio AT 311 Evaluation of Athletic Injuries II (3) (approximately 8 to 1) is maintained. AT 390 Practicum III (1) AT 392 Practicum IV (1) ACCEPTANCE AT 420 Therapeutic Exercise (3) Acceptance into the ATP is conditional until the final grades for AT 481 Organization and Administration of Health, that semester are received. A student who is deficient in one of Physical Education, and Sport (3) the ten requirements of admission may be conditionally accepted AT 490 Practicum V (1) into the ATP on the recommendation of the Selection Committee. AT 492 Practicum VI (1) A contract between the student and the Program Director is BI 235 Anatomy and Physiology I (4) written to establish the steps the student must make to gain full BI 236 Anatomy and Physiology II (4) acceptance into the ATP. A student may not be in the conditional ES 121 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) acceptance phase for more than one semester. ES125 Personal and Community Health (3) ES 256 Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Program application materials are returned to the Athletic Education (3) Training Program Director by March 1. Candidates are notified ES 234 Community first Aid and CPR (1) of their admission status no later than April 1. The Program ES 330 Pharmacology (2) Director notifies each student with a letter sent to the address ES 340 Nutrition (2) listed on the application. Students who are not accepted into the ES 355 Exercise Physiology (3) ATP may reapply the following year. Due to the extensive clinical ES 356 Kinesiology and Biomechanics (3) component associated with this program, students may reapply

39 39 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

ES 357 Muscle Structure and Function (2) BUSINESS AND ALLIED HEALTH PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) Defiance College offers professional areas of study in business PY 301 Research Methods (3) with majors in Accounting, Business Administration (Concentration in Marketing and Minors in Business, Marketing AUTISM STUDIES PROGRAM (HA) and Economics), Sport Management and completion programs in Associate Professors Jo Ann Burkhardt and Fred Coulter Organizational Supervision and Leadership and Health Services Management. The Hench Autism Studies Program is designed to educate students about the unique needs of persons with autism and The Business Program at Defiance College is accredited by their families. Additionally, students receive training on effective the IACBE (International Assembly for Collegiate Business strategies for successful integration of persons with autism into Education). This accreditation offers the following benefits: education, vocational, family and community settings. Students ‹ Enhanced Reputation are encouraged to apply these strategies in a supervised practicum ‹ Evidence of Quality setting. The minor in Autism Studies may be combined with any ‹ Continuous Improvement major. ‹ Best Practices ‹ Accountability MINOR IN AUTISM STUDIES ‹ International Perspectives The minor in autism studies totals 18 hours and consists of the following courses: COMPETENCIES HA110 Introduction to Autism Spectrum Disorders & The faculty in the Business Department strives to prepare their Developmental Disabilities (3) graduates on several dimensions. These dimensions may be PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) learned from past learning or life experiences, current and future PY 225 Infancy and Childhood or PY 227 Adolescence and learning, work related experiences, engagement opportunities at Adulthood (3) the local, regional, national, and international levels or through HA 210 Behavior Management and Self-Determination (3) student life related activities. It is the goal of the Business HA 250 Families and Communities (3) Department that students are competent in the following areas: HA 390 Behavior Intervention Practicum (3) ‹ Analytical and Problem Solving Skills ‹ Communication Skills both Oral and Written ‹ Critical Thinking Skills BIOLOGY (BI) ‹ Integrated Skills with Application of Knowledge Associate Professors Nathan Griggs and Spiro Mavroidis; Assistant ‹ Professional Development Skills Professor Douglas Kane ‹ Team Development Skills ‹ Financial Management Skills Biology is the broad study of organisms. It examines every ‹ Ethics and Moral Judgment Skills aspect of life from single-celled organisms to complex ecological ‹ Information Management Skills interactions. Areas of biology include genetics, evolution, ecology, ‹ Planning and Organizational Skills and other more focused fields such as botany, entomology, ornithology, and herpetology. Biology attempts to understand, organize, and classify the living world around us from the BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BA) sub-cellular mechanisms of individual cells to plant and animal Professor Susan Wajert; Associate Professors Michael Gallagher and diversity and behavior. Current advances in genetics, cellular and Wayne Buchanan; Assistant Professors Judy Crites, Edward Kamau, molecular biology, and ecology have greatly influenced areas of Michael Wolfe, Richard Sealscott and Blen Solomon medicine, agriculture, and environmental science. The business major is a professional program designed for The Biology major requires 40 semester hours and includes: students who want a solid foundation in all functional aspects BI 120 Principles of Biology I (4) of business. Students take courses in each functional area of BI 129 Principles of Biology II (4) business as well as an advanced core that examines critical areas BI 357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) of business more in-depth. Students who have an interest in BI 480 Genetics (4) marketing may elect to earn a concentration in marketing. All CH 123 General Chemistry I (4) Business majors may earn a minor in economics, but they may CH 124 General Chemistry II (4) not earn minors in marketing or business. NS 198 Seminar (total of 2 hours) NS 499 Senior Capstone Project (2-4) The faculty has designed a business core that covers all and electives in Biology, Chemistry, and Natural Science to functional areas of business including, accounting, business total 40 hours in science; plus law, communication, economics, ethics, finance, international MA 106 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (4) business, computer skills, quantitative analysis, management, PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) or BA 212 Business marketing and a capstone course in business policy and strategy. Statistics (3) Students also must complete the liberal arts requirements of 40 40 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

the college, which include courses in the arts and humanities, The Concentration in Marketing requires the business core plus the natural sciences, the social sciences, and wellness. Upon at least 12 semester credit hours taken from the following courses: graduation each student is expected to be well-educated for entry (Students will have a total of 15 credits in Marketing with the into the business profession and prepared for engaged citizenship. Buyer Behavior from the Advanced Core) To reach this goal each student must receive a grade of C- or MK 341 Advertising and Promotion (3) better for each business course. Courses with grades lower than MK 344 Retail Management (3) C- must be repeated. Students must have an overall GPA of 2.0 in MK 348 Sales Management and Professional Selling (3) their major to graduate from Defiance College. Transfer students MK 410 E-Marketing (3) must complete a minimum of 15 credit hours in their major from MK 442 Marketing Management (3) Defiance College. MK 449 Marketing Research (3) MK 460 Selected Topics in Marketing (3) The major requires 54 semester hours in the business core including: MARKETING MINOR AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) The marketing minor is designed to provide relevant courses AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) to students whose majors are in another department, such as BA 140 Introduction to Business (3) Criminal Justice, Social Work, Communication Arts, Religion, BA 212 Business Statistics (3) Sport Management, etc., and who desire to acquire the BA 214 Quantitative Business Analysis (3) fundamentals of the marketing discipline. Students majoring BA 215 Business Calculus (3) in a business area may not obtain a minor in marketing. The BA 228 Business Communication (3) marketing minor requires 24 semester credit hours including: BA 260 Business Ethics (3) EC 201 Microeconomics (3) BA 350 Business Finance (3) BA 228 Business Communication (3) BA 363 Business Law (3) MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) BA 365 International Business (3) MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) EC 201 Microeconomics (3) BA 365 International Business (3) EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) MK 450 Buyer Behavior (3) MG 331 Management and Org. Behavior (3) Plus 6 semester hours of marketing electives. MG 332 Human Resource Management (3) MG 340 Teamwork and Teambuilding (3) BUSINESS MINOR MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) The business minor is designed to provide relevant courses MG 370 Management Information Systems (3) to students whose majors are in another department, such All students are required to take the Advanced Core which consists as Criminal Justice, Social Work, Communication Arts, of the following 12 credit hours: Religion, Sport Management, etc. and who desire to acquire the BA 490 Business Policy (3) fundamentals necessary to understand and use business principles MK 450 Buyer Behavior (3) in an organization. Students majoring in one of the business areas MG 470 Organizational Leadership (3) or are not eligible to earn a minor in business. The business minor MG 485 Small Business Management requires 24 semester hours including: Economics elective: AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) Select 3 credit hours from any Economics course numbered AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) 300 or above BA 140 Introduction to Business (3) BA 350 Business Finance (3) Total hours in Business Administration – 54 + 12 = 66 credit BA 212 Business Statistics (3) hours EC 201 Microeconomics (3) MG 331 Management/Organizational Behavior (3) MARKETING (MK) MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) Marketing is available as a Concentration within the Business Administration Major. The Marketing Concentration equips ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN BUSINESS students with the skills and competencies required to understand, ADMINISTRATION create and maintain mutually beneficial exchanges between An Associate of Arts degree is available in Business organizations and their customers. In addition to the strong Administration. Business requirements total 36 semester hours general business foundation, students obtain valuable skills in a and include: variety of other areas, such as Market Research, E-Commerce, AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) and Advertising and Retail Management. A concentration in AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) marketing prepares students for careers in a broad range of areas BA 140 Introduction to Business (3) including: brand management, retail management, sales and BA 214 Quantitative Business Analysis (3) advertising. BA 215 Business Calculus (3) BA 212 Business Statistics (3) BA 228 Business Communication (3) 41 41 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

BA 260 Business Ethics (3) MEDIA STUDIES CONCENTRATION EC 201 Microeconomics (3) CA 130 Introduction to Film (3) EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) CA 135 Introduction to Media (3) MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) CA 336 Mass Media Theory (3) MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) CA 345 Media and Cultural Criticism (3) CA 442 Media, Race, and Gender (3) CHRISTIAN EDUCATION See Religious Studies COMMUNICATION ARTS MINOR The Communication Arts minor requires 18 hours, including: CA 123 Media Writing (3) COMMUNICATION ARTS (CA) CA 212 Small Group Communication (3) or CA231 Assistant Professors Nathan Crook, Amy Drees, and Stefan Hall Interpersonal Communication (3) CA 215 Communication Theory (3) or CA336 Mass Media Studying communication develops and enhances an individual’s Theory (3) ability to function in society. Communication skills not only CA 324 Persuasion (3) or enrich relationships, but they are also requirements in a rapidly CA 325 Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) changing world. CA 311 Critical Public Address (3) or CA333 Communication and Performance (3) Communication arts can prepare students for careers in such Plus 3 more hours of CA courses at the 300 level or above fields as education, journalism, public relations, and speech communication. It can provide the basis for future graduate study in these fields and others—such as advertising or law. CRIMINAL JUSTICE (CJ) It can provide the student interested in a teaching career with Professors Donald Knueve and Steven Sondergaard competence in a number of areas. The baccalaureate degree program in criminal justice strives Communication Arts is a 37-46 hour major. The major requires to provide a strong background in all areas of criminal justice, 31 hours of core courses, including: to allow concentration in one of several areas, and to prepare CA 123 Media Writing (3) students for entry-level positions in a variety of criminal justice CA 212 Small Group Communication (3) agencies, as well as prepare students for graduate school. CA 215 Communication Theory (3) CA 216 Sophomore Portfolio Development (1) The Criminal Justice major consists of 45 credits and includes: CA 231 Interpersonal Communication (3) CJ 111 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) CA 311 Critical Public Address (3) CJ 127 Introduction to Juvenile Delinquency (3) CA 333 Communication and Performance (3) CJ 155 Criminal Law (3) CA 325 Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) CJ 217 Criminal Investigation (3) CA 391/491 Internship (3) or CA394/494 Cooperative CJ 221 Criminal Evidence and Procedure (3) Education (3) CJ 223 Introduction to Corrections (3) CA 499 Seminar/Capstone (3) CJ 413 Criminal Justice Organization and Administration EN 270 Advanced Composition (3) (3) CJ 478 Criminal Justice Seminar (3) In addition to the core courses, the major requires six hours of other CJ 497 Field Experience (3) 300-400 level Communication Arts courses or one of the following PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) 15-hour concentrations: PY/SO 301 Research Methods (3) plus 12 hours selected from the remaining CJ courses PUBLIC RELATIONS CONCENTRATION concentrating either in law enforcement or corrections CA 300 Public Relations (3) CA 324 Persuasion (3) CRIMINAL JUSTICE MINOR CA 440 Organizational Communication (3) The minor in Criminal Justice consists of 18 credits, including: CA 424 Public Advocacy (3) CJ 111 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) BA 228 Business Communication (3) CJ 155 Criminal Law (3) CJ 217 Criminal Investigation (3) PERFORMING ARTS CONCENTRATION plus 9 credits of CJ courses numbered 300 and above, CA 221 Introduction to Acting (3) concentrating in law enforcement or corrections CA 321 Advanced Acting (3) should be taken twice CA 421 Theatre Directing and Design (3) should be taken twice

42 42 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE CF 310 Advanced Topics in Computer Data Analysis and Required courses include the general education requirements for Recovery (3) the associate of arts degree and the following: CF 315 Fundamentals of Computer Networks (3) CJ 111 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) CF 405 Network Forensics (3) CJ 127 Introduction to Juvenile Delinquency (3) CF 410 Intrusion Detection (3) CJ 155 Criminal Law (3) CF 450 National Certification (2) CJ 217 Criminal Investigation (3) CF 497 Computer Forensic Field Experience and Seminar CJ 221 Criminal Evidence and Procedure (3) (4) CJ 223 Introduction to Corrections (3) CJ 111 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) CJ 155 Criminal Law (3) SO 120 Life in Society (3) CJ 217 Criminal Investigation (3) And nine credits from the following list: CJ 221 Criminal Evidence and Procedure (3) SO 235 Social Problems (3) CJ 471 Criminology (3) SO 265 Cultural Diversity (3) BA 363 Business Law (3) PY 290 Abnormal Psychology (3) AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) PY 225 Infancy and Childhood (3) AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) MA 106 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (4) PS 123 Introduction to Political Science HI 336 History of the Constitution (3) ECONOMICS (EC) PS 371 Constitutional Law (3) Assistant Professor Blen Solomon and Emeritus Professor Robert Kohl DESIGN FOR LEADERSHIP See Religious Studies The Economics minor is open to all majors of the college. The minor in Economics is designed to provide students with an DIGITAL FORENSIC SCIENCE (CF) appreciation for the principles of constrained choice and is Professor Gregg Gunsch recognized as the most highly systematized of the social sciences. Economics as a discipline employs a wide range of critical Digital Forensic Science is a new and growing field in the area thinking skills in a way that lends order to events taking place at of hi-tech crime investigation. The Digital Forensic Science local, national, and global levels. A command of its principles program at Defiance College is intended to prepare the student thus provides those pursuing a wide range of diverse careers for an entry-level position as an evidence-collection technician with an ability to describe and predict changes and trends in the or similar function, beginning the career path towards digital pattern of public affairs. forensic analyst and investigator. Students interested in corporate network security instead of law enforcement will also find the The Economics minor requires 24 semester hours including the deep knowledge of digital systems and communications to be following: highly useful for detecting and understanding hacker intrusions BA 212 Business Statistics (3) and malicious software. Students completing the Computer BA 215 Business Calculus (3) Forensics major will be highly marketable in a quickly-growing EC 201 Microeconomics (3) job market, with a solid background in criminal justice, two EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) nationally-recognized technical certifications, an immersive EC 310 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) internship experience with a law enforcement or corporate EC 320 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) security agency, and lots of practical, hands-on, laboratory Select 6 credits from the following: activities with frequent one-on-one faculty contact. EC 305 Money and Banking (3) EC 355 Public Finance (3) The Digital Forensic Science Major requires completion of 67 EC 375 International Trade (3) credit hours EC 452 Investment Analysis (3) CF 105 Comp TIA A+ Computer Essentials Exam Preparation (3) CF 106 Comp TIA A+ 220-602 Exam Preparations (3) CF 110 Introduction to Computer and Digital Forensics (3) CF 205 Computer Security Fundamentals (3) CF 210 Operating Systems (3) CF 215 Computer Forensic and Security Ethics (3) CF 305 Seizure and Forensic Examination of Computer Systems (3)

43 43 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

EDUCATION (ED) Childhood (grades 4 through 9 for two fields selected from Associate Professors Jo Ann Burkhardt, Fred Coulter; Assistant Reading/Language Arts, Mathematics, Science, and Social Professors Sandra Golden, and Matthew Lydum; Instructors Studies); Integrated Language Arts (valid for teaching reading, Michele Duck, Joshua Francis, Diane Kaiser, Robin Kratzer, and English, speech and journalism in grades 7 through 12); Randi Lydum Integrated Mathematics (grades 7 through 12); Integrated Social Studies (valid for teaching history, political science, geography, The Education faculty’s objective is to prepare students to become psychology/sociology, and economics in grades 7 through 12); effective facilitators of learning. The curriculum provides the Life Science (valid for teaching biology and the life sciences student with opportunities to learn both the theoretical and in grades 7 through 12); Life Science and Chemistry (valid for practical aspects of teaching. Since the State Department of teaching the life sciences and chemistry in grades 7 through 12); Education periodically changes teacher licensure requirements, and Multi-Age in Health Education, Physical Education, and the College reserves the right to modify its programs and Visual Arts (valid for teaching the subject from age 3 through requirements to meet changing state standards. The professional grade 12). Holders of an Early Childhood License or Adolescent courses and the teaching fields outlined in this publication meet and Young Adult License can add a Middle Childhood License the current state standards for teacher licensure in Ohio. Students in one content area with the appropriate content and education interested in teaching in another state are advised to contact that course work. See the Head of Teacher education for details. state’s department of education to determine if the Ohio teaching license will transfer to a comparable license in that state. All A 2.75 GPA is required in all professional education courses in the education students should be aware that the requirements for teaching field and the cumulative grade point average in order to graduation are extensive, and that careful planning is necessary. be permitted to advance to the internship.

Students admitted to the College who wish to be licensed as EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION teachers must be admitted to the teacher education program ED 201 Phonics (1) and should indicate their desire to become a licensed teacher ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) upon entering the College. Early and continuous monitoring ED 203 Becoming a Professional I (1) of students helps assure success in completing the program in ED 204 Becoming a Professional : Praxis Study (1) a timely manner. Students may not take upper-level education ED 217 Principles of Math: ECE (3) courses until a review of lower-level field experiences and ED 218 Social Studies Content: K-Grade 3 (3) coursework has been successfully completed and the student ED 221 Foundations Education (3) has obtained minimum scores of 176 in reading, 174 in writing, ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) and 175 in math on the Praxis I. Each applicant seeking teacher ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) licensure is considered on the basis of criteria formulated by the ED 230 Principles of Early Childhood Education (3) Teacher Education Council and continuance in the program is ED 231 Curriculum and Practices of Early Childhood (3) dependent upon approval by that group. The senior capstone ED 232 Early Childhood Practicum I (1) experience for all education majors is a semester long internship. ED 233 Phonics and Emergent Literacy (4) ED 234 Early Childhood Practicum II (2) The requirements for admission to teacher education are available ED 235 Expressive Arts (3) from the Head of Teacher Education and will be distributed to ED 237 Children’s Literature (3) each student during the ED 221 course. In the case of transfer ED 238 HPE for Classroom Teacher (2) students, the student should go to the Head of Teacher Education ED 305 Becoming a Professional III (1) and obtain a copy of the Teacher Education Handbook. This ED 330 Reading and Math Field Experience (2) handbook is considered to be a part of this catalog. These ED 332 Math Methods (2) documents can also be found on the Defiance College website ED 333 Science Methods (2) (www.defiance.edu). ED 334 Social Studies Methods (2) ED 335 Integrated Reading/Language Arts Methods: Early Report on the Quality of Teacher Education Childhood (3) As part of the Title II Higher Education Act, all colleges and ED 336 Reading Diagnosis and Remediation with Early universities with teacher preparation programs where students Childhood Practicum (4) receive federal assistance under Title IV of that act must report ED 338 Integrated Practicum (3) assessment data on their teacher education “program completers.” ED 430 Assessment of Young and Atypical Children (2) Program Completer refers to anyone who completes all ED 432 Family and Community Relationships (2) requirements for any of the approved teacher education programs. ED 433 Internship in Early Childhood (12) This year’s data is based on a group of 35 students who completed ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) programs during the 2007-2008 school year. The overall pass rate ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) for these students on state required tests was 100%. PY 225 Infancy and Childhood (3)

The College offers the following majors leading to teacher licensure: Early Childhood (age 3 through grade 3); Middle 44 44 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

MIDDLE CHILDHOOD PH 202 Introduction to Geology (4) Students seeking Middle Childhood licensure must select ED 343 Teaching Science in Middle School (3) two content specializations from: Reading/Language Arts, *one biology and one physical science meet general education Mathematics, Science, and Social Studies. requirement.

The requirements for Middle Childhood licensure that all Social Studies - 33 hours students have to take include: AH 220 Global Civilization (3)* ED 201 Phonics EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) ED 344 Teaching Social Studies in Middle School (3) ED 221 Foundations of American Public Education (3) GE 232 World Geography (3) ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) HI 201 US History to 1877 (3) ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) HI 205 20th Century World History (3) ED 243 Foundations and Survey of Reading and Phonics (3) HI 207 Ages of Empires (3) ED 339 Middle Childhood Field Experience (1) HI 345 Ohio Area (3) ED 340 Princ. & Practices of Middle Level Ed. (3) PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) * ED 345 Integrated Reading/Language Arts Methods: PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood Psychology (3) Middle School (4) SO 120 Life in Society (3) * ED 346 Reading Diagnosis and Remediation with Middle School Practicum (3) ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT LICENSURE ED 348 Reading Diagnosis Practicum (1) (GRADES 7-12) ED 349 Adv. Methods Practicum (2) Students seeking licensure for teaching in Ohio’s secondary ED 448 Middle Childhood Internship (11) schools must complete the appropriate content area major ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) (Integrated Language Arts, Integrated Mathematics, Integrated ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) Social Studies, Life Science, or Life Science with Chemistry). PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) Choose two content specializations from those listed below: (Courses INTEGRATED LANGUAGE ARTS marked with an * meets gen ed requirement) This major leads to a licensure to teach Language Arts in grades 7- Reading/Language Arts – 34 hours 12. Holders of the Adolescent and Young Adult Teaching License ED 243 Foundations and Survey of Reading and Phonics (3) in Integrated Language Arts, grades 7 to 12 are given preparation ED 345 Integrated Reading/Language Arts Methods (4) to teach World Literature, American Literature, English, Speech ED 346 Reading Diagnosis and Remediation with Middle Communication, and Reading. Admission to the Teacher School Practicum (3) Education Program and other requirements are discussed in the ED 341 Adolescent Literature (3) Education section of the catalog. CA 111 Fundamentals of Oral Communication (3)* CA 311 Critical Public Address (3) The Integrated Language Arts major includes the following core AH 110 Writing the Self in Culture (3)* content courses (48 hours): EN 260 Language Structure (2) CA 130 Introduction to Film (3) EN 270 Advanced Composition (3) CA 311 Critical Public Address (3) EN 325 Post Colonial Literature (3) CA 345 Media and Cultural Criticism (3) EN 345 American Literature (3) ED 243 Phonics and the Foundation of Reading (3) ED 341 Middle and Adolescent Literature (3) Mathematics – 31 hours ED 346 Reading Diagnosis and Remediation: Middle MA 106 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (4) Childhood (3) MA 115 Principles of Geometry (3) ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) MA 201 Analytical Geometry and Calculus I (4) ED 355 Integrated Reading/Language Arts Methods (4) MA 300 History of Mathematics (3) EN 260 Language Structure (2) MA 301 Linear Algebra (4) EN 270 Advanced Composition (3) MA 305 Discrete Math (3) EN 275 Creative Writing (3) MA 306 Probability and Statistics (4) EN 290 Introduction to Language and Literary Criticism (3) ED 220 Principles of Middle Childhood Math (3) EN 325 Postcolonial Literature (3) ED 342 Teaching Mathematics in Middle School (3) EN 335 Shakespeare (3) EN 345 American Literature (3) Science - 27 hours EN 355 British Literature (3) BI 120 Principles of Biology I (4) Besides the Integrated Language Arts content courses, the major BI 129 Principles of Biology II (4) includes these core Education courses (36 hours): BI 320 Ecology (4) ED 201 Phonics (1) CH 123 General Chemistry I (4) ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) PH 100 Physical Science (4) ED 221 Foundations of American Public Education (3) 45 45 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) SO 120 Life in Society ED 370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) SO 235 Social Problems (3) ED 371 Secondary Field Experience (1) ED 354 Social Studies Methods: Grades 7 – 12 (3) ED 497 Advanced Field Experience (2) One elective: selected from integrated social studies core ED 458 Internship (7-12) (12) courses (3) ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) Plus 38 hours: ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) PY 227 Adolescence & Adulthood (3) ED 221 Foundations of Education (3) ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) This major leads to a licensure to teach Integrated Mathematics in ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) grades 7 - 12. The major requires: ED 354 Social Studies Methods (Grades 7-12) (3) MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1 (4) ED 370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 11 (4) ED 371 Secondary Practicum (1) MA 203 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) ED 497 Advanced Field Experience (2) MA 300 History of Mathematics (3) ED 458 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools (12) MA 301 Linear Algebra (4) ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) MA 302 Modern Abstract Algebra (4) ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) MA 304 Modern Geometry (4) MA 305 Discrete Mathematical Structures (3) LIFE SCIENCE MA 306 Probability and Statistics (4) This major leads to a licensure to teach Life Science in grades MA 401 Differential Equations (4) 7 - 12. The major requires: MA 490 Senior Capstone (3) plus BI 120 Principles of Biology I (4) ED 352 Mathematics Methods: Grades 7 – 12 (3) BI 129 Principles of Biology II (4) Plus 41 hours: BI 250 Field Zoology (4) ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) BI 270 Field Botany (4) ED 221 Foundations of American Public Education (3) BI 357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) BI 320 Ecology (4) ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) BI 420 Restoration Ecology (4) ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) BI 480 Genetics (4) ED 352 Math Methods (Grades 7-12) (3) CH 123 General Chemistry I (4) ED 370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) CH 124 General Chemistry II (4) ED 371 Secondary Practicum (1) MA 106 Pre-calculus Math (4) ED 497 Advanced Field Experience (2) NS 198 Natural Science Seminar (2) ED 458 Internship in Adolescent/Young Adult (12) NS 499 Senior Capstone Experience (2-4) ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) PH 202 Introduction to Geology (4) ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) PH 210 General Physics I (4) PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) ED 353 Science Methods: Grades 7 – 12 (3) INTEGRATED SOCIAL STUDIES Plus 41 hours: This major leads to licensure to teach social studies in grades ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) 7 - 12. The major requires: ED 221 Foundations of Education (3) EC 201 Microeconomics (3) ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) GE 231 Geography of the Americas (3) ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) GE 232 World Geography (3) ED 353 Science Methods (3) HI 201 US History to 1877 (3) ED 370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) HI202 US History from 1877 (3) ED 371 Secondary Practicum (1) HI 204 Europe: The Italian Renaissance to the Present (3) ED 458 Internship (7-12) (12) HI 205 The 20th Century World (3) ED 497 Advanced Field Experience (2) HI 340 History of the Middle East (3) HI 350 History of ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) Asia (3) or HI 360 Modern Latin America ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) HI 345 Ohio Area (3) PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) HI 398 Historical Methods & Public History (3) HI 498 Senior Capstone Experience (3) PS 123 Introduction to Political Science (3) PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) 46 46 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

LIFE SCIENCE AND CHEMISTRY PE 222 Pre-K-Grade 3 Field Placement (1) This major leads to a licensure to teach Life Science and PE 224 Health & Physical Activity for Pre-K-3 (3) Chemistry in grades 7 - 12. The major requires: WE 390 Introduction to Wellness Programming (3) BI 120 Principles of Biology I (4) Plus 32 hours: BI 129 Principles of Biology II (4) ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) BI 250 Field Zoology (4) ED 221 Foundations of Education (3) BI 270 Field Botany (4) ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) BI 357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) BI 480 Genetics (4) ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) CH 123 General Chemistry I (4) ED370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) CH 124 General Chemistry II (4) ED 468 Internship in Pre-K to Grade 12 (12) CH 233 Organic Chemistry I (5) ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) CH 234 Organic Chemistry II (5) ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) CH 368 Biochemistry I (4) CH 455 Quantitative Analysis (4) PHYSICAL EDUCATION (PE) MA 106 Pre-calculus Math (4) This major leads to a multi-age licensure to teach Physical NS 198 Natural Science Seminar (2) Education age 3 through grade 12. The major requires: NS 499 Senior Capstone Experience (2-4) BI 229 Essential of Anatomy and Physiology (4) PH 202 Introduction to Geology (4) PE 117 Secondary School Activities (3) PH 210 General Physics I (4) ES 121 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) ES 256 Evaluation and Measurement in Health & Physical ED 353 Science Methods: Grades 7 to 12 (3) Education (3) Plus 41 hours: ES 355 Exercise Physiology (3) ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) ES 356 Kinesiology and Biomechanics (3) ED 221 Foundations of American Public Education (3) ES 481 Organization and Administration of Health, ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) Physical Education and Sport (3) ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) PE 222 Pre-K-Grade 3 Field Placement (1) ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) PE 224 Health and Physical Activities for Pre-K-3 (3) ED 353 Science Methods (7-12) (3) PE 259 Adapted Physical Education, Recreation ED 370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) and Sport (2) ED 371 Secondary Field Experience (1) PE 260 Physical Education in Grades 4-8 (3) ED 497 Advanced Field Experience (2) PE 316 Field Placement (1) ED 458 Internship (7-12) (12) PE 317 Secondary Physical Education Methods (2) ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) PE 358 Motor Learning & Movement Education (3) ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) PE 361 Principles of Coaching (2) PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) one coaching methods course chosen from: PE 362 Methods in Coaching Track (1) MULTI-AGE LICENSURE PROGRAMS PE 363 Methods in Coaching Basketball (1) Multi-Age licensure majors for teaching students from the age PE 364 Methods in Coaching Softball (1) of 3 through the 12th grade are available in Health, Physical PE 365 Methods in Coaching Baseball (1) Education, and Visual Arts. PE 366 Methods in Coaching Football (1) PE 367 Methods in Coaching Volleyball (1) HEALTH EDUCATION (HE) PE 368 Practical Application in Coaching (1) This major leads to a multi-age licensure to teach Health age 3 Plus 32 hours: through grade 12. The major requires: ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) BI 229 Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology I (4) ED 221 Foundations of American Public Education (3) ES 121 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) ES 125 Personal & Community Health (3) ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) ES 256 Evaluation in Health, Physical Education ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) and Sport (3) ED 370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) ES 330 Pharmacology (2) ED 468 Internship in Pre-K to Grade 12 (12) ES 340 Nutrition (2) ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) ES 355 Exercise Physiology (3) ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) ES 481 Organization and Administration of Health, Physical Education and Sport (3) HE 177 School Health, Safety and Services (3) HE 375 Secondary Health Field Placement (1) HE 376 School Health Instruction for Middle School - 12 (2) 47 47 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

VISUAL ARTS The English major core includes the following, for a total of 27 This major leads to a multi-age licensure to teach visual arts pre-K hours: through grade 12. The major requires: EN 220 Topics in Literature (3) AR 111 Color and Design I (3) EN 270 Advanced Composition (3) AR 112 Color and Design II (3) EN 290 Introduction to Language and Literary Criticism (3) AR 221 Drawing (3) EN 325 Postcolonial Literature (3) AR 222 Introduction to Painting (3) EN 335 Shakespeare (3) AR 233 Ceramics (3) EN 345 American Literature (3) AR 236 Photography (3) EN 355 British Literature (3) AR 237 Art History 1 (3) EN 425 Modern and Contemporary Literature (3) AR 238 Art History I 1 (3) EN 490 Literary and Cultural Theory (3) AR 240 Life Drawing (3) Besides the required major core courses, students are to choose 4 AR 332 Sculpture (3) courses from the following list of major electives: AR 367 Printmaking (3) EN 275 Creative Writing (3) AR 373 History of American Art (3) EN 475 Advanced Creative Writing (may be repeated) (3) GD115 Graphic Design Principles (3) CA 123 Media Writing (3) six hours of electives chosen from: CA 130 Introduction to Film (3) GD 214 Basic Computer Design (3) CA 345 Media and Cultural Criticism (3) GD 215 Intermediate Graphic Design (3) GD 315 Advanced Graphic Design (3) MINOR IN ENGLISH AR 321 Advanced Drawing (3) The minor in English is a balance of literature and writing courses AR 322 Advanced Painting (3) and totals 18 hours. It is designed to address the interests of AR 333 Advanced Ceramics (3) students who enjoy literature and the ideas that are part of literary Plus 45 hours: study. The minor in English can be used to deepen the critical ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) thinking skills of students in pre-law and can benefit those whose ED 221 Foundations of Education (3) professional goals include well-styled language. ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) From the lists below students are to choose 6 courses. Of those 6 ED 339 Middle Childhood Field Experience (1) courses at least 2 must be literature courses (Group A) and 2 must ED 340 Principles and Practices of Middle Childhood be writing courses (Group B). Education (3) or ED370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) and Group A: ED 371 Secondary Practicum (1) EN 325 Postcolonial Literature (3) ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) EN 335 Shakespeare (3) ED 360 Art Methods (Pre K – 12) (3) EN 345 American Literature (3) ED 468 Internship in Pre K – 12 (12) EN 355 British Literature (3) ED 497 Adv. Field Experience (2) EN 425 Modern and Contemporary Literature (3) ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) Group B: PY 225 Infancy and Childhood (3) EN 270 Advanced Composition (3) PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) EN 275 Creative Writing (3) EN 475 Advanced Creative Writing (may be repeated) (3) ENGLISH (EN) Associate Professor Mary Catherine Harper; Assistant Professor EXERCISE SCIENCE Todd Comer Professor Timothy Rickabaugh ; Associate Professor Craig Rutter; and Assistant Professors Keith Christy, Myra Stockdale and Kevin The 39-hour Bachelor of Arts English major offers preparation for Tong a number of professions through its dual emphasis: (1) a 27-hour core of literature, writing, and criticism courses, and (2) a 12-hour Exercise Science program majors include: Athletic Training and program of major electives selected by the student. Wellness and Corporate Fitness.

Core courses enable students to deepen their knowledge of Minors in Recreation, Wellness and Corporate Fitness and YMCA a variety of literatures and their practice of critical thinking, Professional Studies are also offered. writing, and interpretation skills. These are foundational to a number of professions. Major elective courses allow students to Refer to the corresponding sections for course requirements. develop skills and knowledge important to professions that benefit from studies in literature and writing.

48 48 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

FORENSIC SCIENCE (FN) AR 236 Photography (3) Professor Stevne Sondergaard; Associate Professors Nathan Griggs One course in art history chosen from: and Spiro Mavroidis; Assistant Professors Kenneth Adair, Somnath AR 238 Art History II (3) or Dutta, Douglas Kane, and Mary Ann Studer AR 373 History of American Art (3) GD 115 Graphic Design Principles (3) Defiance College’s forensic science program brings together the GD 214 Basic Computer Design (3) fields of chemistry, biology, physics, medicine, and criminal GD 215 Intermediate Graphic Design (3) justice. Students in Forensic Science will learn many skills GD 315 Advanced Graphic Design (3) including analyzing evidence from arsons for accelerants, DNA GD 325 Introduction to Web Design (3) fingerprinting, presumptive tests for narcotics, trajectories GD 343 Graphic Design Production (3) for ballistics, human anatomy for drawing evidence from GD 425 Advanced Web Design (3) remains, and the legal procedures for taking evidence to court. MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) Forensic science is a demanding major because of its scientific MK 341 Advertising (3) underpinnings, the skills needed to analyze crime scene evidence CA 123 Media Writing (3) while following legal procedures that preserve the evidence for One area of emphasis chosen from: use in court. The Forensic Science major is designed to provide Fine Arts a student with a strong science background coupled with a 6 hours of electives in Art foundation in criminal justice and legal concepts. The 120-hour Production degree program includes two internship or cooperative education GD 341 2D Digital Animation (3) experiences. GD342 3D Digital Animation (3) Communications The program requires 85 credit hours including: CA 135 Introduction to Media (3) BI 235, 236 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II (4,4) CA 345 Media and Cultural Criticism (3) BI 480 Genetics (4) CH 123, 124 General Chemistry I, II (4,4) ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GRAPHIC DESIGN CH 233, 234 Organic Chemistry I, II (5,5) An Associate of Arts degree is available in Graphic Design. CH 368 Biochemistry I (4) Course requirements total 30 semester hours and include: CH 369 Biochemistry II or BI 431 Molecular Biology (4) AR 111 Color and Design I (3) CH 455 Quantitative Analysis (4) AR 112 Color and Design II (3) CJ 111 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) AR 221 Drawing (3) CJ 155 Criminal Law (3) AR 236 Photography (3) CJ 217 Criminal Investigation (3) Choose one Art History course: CJ 221 Criminal Evidence and Procedure (3) AR 238 Art History II (3) or FN 343 Forensic Science I (4) AR 373 History of American Art (3) FN 353 Forensic Science II (4) GD 115 Graphic Design Principles (3) MA 106 Pre-calculus Math (4) GD 214 Basic Computer Design (3) NS 198 Natural Science Seminar (2) GD 215 Intermediate Graphic Design (3) NS 394 Cooperative Education (3) or One area of emphasis chosen from: NS 391 Internship (3) Fine Arts NS 499 Senior Research Project (3) 6 hours of electives in Art PH 210, 220 Physics I, II (4, 4) Production PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) GD 341 2D Digital Animation (3) GD 342 3D Digital Animation (3) Communications GRAPHIC DESIGN (GD) CA 135 Introduction to Media (3) Assistant Professor Amy Drees CA 345 Media and Cultural Criticism (3) Graphic Design majors focus on using graphics and text to communicate ideas and emotions. The graphic design program at Defiance College prepares students to express ideas visually in service to their employers and the wider good of society. Graphic design students are strongly encouraged to serve at least one internship, preferably more.

A major in Graphic Design requires 51semester hours, including: AR 111 Color and Design I (3) AR 112 Color and Design II (3) AR 221 Drawing (3)

49 49 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

HEALTH SERVICES MANAGEMENT (HS) Two of the following: Professor Susan Wajert HI 340 History of Middle East (3) HI 350 History of Asia (3) The Health Services Management major is a professional HI 360 Latin American History (3) completion program designed for students who have associate One of the following sets of classes: degrees in Allied Health and wish to pursue a bachelor’s degree. HI 311 Colonial America (3) The major provides a combination of business and health care HI 345 The Ohio Area (3) courses that prepare health care professionals with a broader GE 231 Geography of the Americas (3) understanding of the operations of a health care entity. Or HI 328 Political Geography (3) The major requires 60 hours including the following courses: GE 232 World Geography (3) AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) PS123 Introduction to Political Science (3) AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) The History Minor requires 21 credit hours, including: BA 212 Business Statistics (3) HI 201 US History to 1877 (3) or BA 214 Quantitative Business Analysis (3) HI 202 US History from 1877 (3) BA 215 Business Calculus (3) HI 203 Europe: Ancient and Medieval (3) or BA 228 Business Communication (3) HI 204 Europe: The Italian Renaissance to the Present (3) BA 350 Business Finance (3) HI 205 The 20th Century World (3) EC 201 Microeconomics (3) HI 340 History of the Middle East (3), HI 350 History of HS 301 Introduction to Health Care Delivery Systems (3) Asia (3) or HI 360 Modern Latin America HS 325 Health Care Economics (3) HI 398 Historical Methods and Public History (3) HS 360 Health Care Ethics (3) And two of the following: HS 364 Health Care Law (3) HI 311 Colonial America (3) HS 366 Comparative Health Care Delivery Systems (3) HI 336 History of the Constitution (3) HS 370 Health Care Information Systems (3) HI 345 The Ohio Area (3) HS 460 Health Care Financial Management (3) HI 498 Seminar: Senior Capstone Experience (3) HS 495 Current Trends in Health Care (3) MG 331 Management and Org. Behavior (3) INTERNATIONAL AND GLOBAL STUDIES MG 332 Human Resource Management (3) MG 340 Teamwork and Teambuilding (3) (IS) Associate Professor Donald Buerk; Assistant Professors Dean MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) Johnson, Michelle Tabit, and Mary Ann Studer

HISTORY (HI) Because the influence of governments, corporations, schools, Associate Professor Donald Buerk; Assistant Professor Michelle and organizations of all kinds will continue to grow, global Tabit interdependence has become increasingly important. The Bachelor of Arts in International and Global Studies is a 45-48 The History program offers a variety of courses that enable hour major offering students an interdisciplinary program that students to obtain a Bachelor of Arts with either a major or examines the world from multiple perspectives and enables minor in History. The goals of the department curriculum are to them to compete successfully in the international arena. Its encourage an informed, critical, and articulate sense of the past, interdisciplinary curriculum links history, sociology, geography, an appreciation for the diversity of the human experience, and an non-western literature, intercultural communications, awareness of how the past shapes the present. As a major History management, economics, and natural science. develops and emphasizes practical research and communication skills and provides the foundation for graduate work, the study of The International and Global Studies major requires the following law, teaching, and archival sciences. core of 30 hours: IS 211 Intro to International and Global Studies (3) The History major required 39 credit hours: IS 300 Conflict Resolution/Peace Studies (3) HI 201 US History to 1877 (3) IS 450 Seminar in International and Global Studies (3) HI 202 US History from 1877 (3) IS 499 Senior Capstone Project (3-6) HI 204 Europe: The Italian Renaissance to the Present (3) BA 140 Introduction to Business (3) HI 205 The 20th Century World (3) HI 328 Political Geography (3) HI 207 Ages of Empires (3) NS 392 Global Sustainability (3) HI 336 History of the Constitution (3) PS 123 Introduction to Political Science (3) HI 398 Historical Methods and Public History (3) RL 201* Approaches to Religion, or RL 267 Islam, or RL 338 HI 498 Seminar: Senior Capstone Experience (3) Religions of the East (3) SO 265* Cultural Diversity (3 *May also count for general education requirements. 50 50 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

In addition to the above courses are two requirements that the 16 HOURS SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT advisor oversees: CONCENTRATION A foreign language component approved by the major advisor. BA 365 international Business (3) This requirement could be met in a number of ways, such as Two of the following courses: foreign language immersion coursework, CLEP examination, or CA 335 Intercultural Communications (3) other college-approved component. CA 440 Organizational Communication (3) CA 424 Public Advocacy (3) An internship, study-abroad or urban studies experience One Courses from following list: approved by the major advisor. It is strongly recommended that BI 113 Environment Around Us (4) this component of the program include specialization in an area BI 320 Ecology (4) appropriate to the interests and career goals of the student. One Course from the following list: In addition to the core courses, the major requires 15 hours listed HI 340 History of the Middle East (3) below or one of the following three concentrations: HI 350 History of Asia (3) HI 360 Latin American History (3) Without a Concentration the following 15 hours must be completed: THE INTERNATIONAL AND GLOBAL STUDIES MINOR EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) REQUIRES 18 CREDITS: EN 325 Post Colonial Literature (3) IS 211 Introduction to International and Global Studies (3) GE 232 World Geography (3) IS 300 Conflict Resolution/Peace Studies (3) Two Courses from the following list: NS 392 Global Sustainability (3) BA 365 International Business (3) HI 328 Political Geography (3) CA 335 Intercultural Communication (3) SO 265 Cultural Diversity (3) EC 375 International Trade (3) RL 201 Approaches to Religion (3) CA 440 Organizational Communication (3) OR MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) RL 267 Islam (3) RL 353 Leadership and Group Work Theory (3) RL 321 Ethics and Morals (3) MATHEMATICS (MA) Other courses as approved by advisor Assistant Professor David Stuckey OR Mathematics is the body of knowledge centered on such concepts 18 HOURS PEACE STUDIES CONCENTRATION as quantity, structure, space, and change, and also the academic RL 201 Approaches to Religion (3) or RL 267 Islam discipline that studies them. While the majority of math majors at (Students must enroll in one of the above, whichever they did not Defiance College go on to become teachers of mathematics, there take as part of the core) are many opportunities in mathematics outside of the classroom. EN 325 Post-Colonial Literature (3) A math major will get to work with a local community agency PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) using coursework and computer technology to aid them in their Two Courses from the following list: efforts. This experience among others will prepare the Defiance CA 335 Intercultural Communications and Technology (3) College graduate to step into a position in business, industry, CA 442 Public Advocacy (3) actuarial science, government agency or graduate school. PY 310 Social Psychology (3) SO 235 Social Problems (3) The mathematics major requires 36 semester hours, including: One from the following list: MA 201 Analytical Geometry and Calculus I (4) CA 440 Organizational Communication (3) MA 202 Analytical Geometry and Calculus II (4) MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) MA 203 Analytical Geometry and Calculus III (4) RL 353 Leadership and Group Work Theory (3) MA 301 Linear Algebra (4) OR MA 302 Modern Abstract Algebra (4) MA 304 Modern Geometry (4) 18 HOURS INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS CONCENTRATION MA 405 Operations Research (3) AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) MA 490 Senior Capstone Project (3) AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) And either BA 365 International Business (3) EC 201 Microeconomics (3) or EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) PH 210 General Physics I (4) EC 375 International Trade (3) An additional math elective is selected from MA courses numbered MG 331 Management and Organizational 200 or above. Behavior (3) OR

51 51 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

MINOR IN MATHEMATICS BI 235, 236 Anatomy and Physiology I and II (4,4) OR The mathematics minor requires at least 18 semester hours BI 357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) and BI 367 including: Vertebrate Physiology (4) MA 201 Analytical Geometry and Calculus I (4) BI 358 Microbiology (4) MA 202 Analytical Geometry and Calculus II (4) BI 480 Genetics (4) MA 301 Linear Algebra (4) or BI 431 Molecular Biology (4) MA 302 Modern Abstract Algebra (4) BI 320 Ecology (4) 6 additional credits are selected from MA courses numbered CH 123 General Chemistry (4) 200 or above. CH 124 General Chemistry (4) CH 233 Organic Chemistry I (5) MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY CH 234 Organic Chemistry II (5) Associate Professors Nathan Griggs and Spiro Mavroidis; Assistant CH 368 Biochemistry I (4) Professors Kenneth Adair, Somnath Dutta, Douglas Kane NS 198 Natural Science Seminar (2) NS 499 Senior Capstone (3) This is a 3+1 baccalaureate program in medical technology. NS 391 Internship (3) The first three years, taken at Defiance College, include general PH 210 Physics I (4) education requirements, 22 credits in biology and 23 credits in PH 220 Physics II (4) chemistry, for a minimum of 90 credits. The fourth year students MA 201 Calculus I (4) apply for 12 months of clinical experience in a hospital accredited MA 306 Probability and Statistics (4) or SW 230 Behavioral for teaching medical technology, for which 30 credits will be Statistics granted. Acceptance by hospitals is competitive and cannot be guaranteed. The baccalaureate degree will be awarded on MUSIC (MU) successful completion of the hospital program, and the student Dean Emeritus Richard Stroede, Professor Emerita Carolyn Small will then be eligible to take the medical technology registry examination. Music plays an important role in our society and in enriching each of our lives. At Defiance College, students with an interest in Course requirements include: music may participate in one or more of the College’s performing BI 120 Principles of Biology I (4) groups or study performance privately. The Choir and the College BI 129 Principles of Biology II (4) Community Band often perform both on and off campus. BI 235 Anatomy and Physiology I (4) BI 236 Anatomy and Physiology II (4) NURSING (NR) BI 338 Histology (4) Professor Susan Wajert and Assistant Professor Kathleen Holloway BI 358 Microbiology (4) BI 462 Immunology (4) RN TO BSN COMPLETION PROGRAM BI 481 Pathogenic Microbiology (4) The major in Nursing at Defiance College leading to the BSN is CH 123 General Chemistry I (4) a completion program designed for Associate Degree prepared CH 124 General Chemistry II (4) nurses or Diploma nurses who graduated from an accredited CH 233 Organic Chemistry I (5) nursing program and have current active RN licensure. Students CH 234 Organic Chemistry II (5) must also have a GPA of 2.5 or higher to be admitted into the CH 455 Quantitative Analysis (4) program. Students must complete the required Defiance College NS 198 Seminar (2 credits total) general education courses as well as the nursing courses listed NS 499 Senior Capstone Project (1-4) below. The program will be offered in a fast track program MA 106 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (4) with courses being held one day per week to accommodate PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) various working schedules. Some courses may be offered in a blended format using both online and face-to-face classroom MOLECULAR BIOLOGY instruction. Baccalaureate prepared nurses have a broad base Associate Professors Nathan Griggs and Spiro Mavroidis; Assistant of learning that combines the technical aspects of nursing with Professors Kenneth Adair, Somnath Dutta, Douglas Kane and Mary the leadership skills necessary to lead in today’s dynamic health Ann Studer care environments. Students will gain additional knowledge in The Molecular Biology Major is a pre-professional program the liberal arts and take nursing courses to prepare them for geared for those students interested in careers in medicine, leadership positions. research, veterinary science, pharmacy or similar professional careers. Students will be required to take or demonstrate proficiency for the following prerequisites: The program requires 77 or 78 credit hours including: IT 102 Document Production (1) BI 120 Principles of Biology I (4) IT 103 Spreadsheets (1) BI 129 Principles of Biology II (4) IT 104 Presentation Skills (1) 52 52 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) CH 113 Chemistry Around Us (4) AH 120 Writing the World (3) Total Prerequisite Hours (10) AR 110 or Any Art Course (3) Religion (any 200 level, except RL250) (3) Nursing Courses: NR 101 (Nurse Aide Certification) (2) NR 475 Community Health Nursing IT 102, IT 103, IT 104 (if needed) (3) 6 credits 3 Lecture + 2 Clinical (90 clock hours) ES 131-138 Physical Activity Course (1) NR 480 Nursing Leadership and Mgt. Total 12-18 credits 6 credits 4 Lecture + 2 Clinical (90 clock hours) NR 415 Nursing Research (3) To be eligible to transfer into the Northwest State Community NR 400 Nursing Transitions (3) College RN program, students must have a cumulative GPA NR 365 Nursing in Globalized World (3) at Defiance College of at least a 2.5, with a grade of ‘Pass’ on NR 380 Nursing Informatics (2) the nurse aide certification exam (NR 101) at least a ‘C’ in the Professional Elective (3) following classes: Chemistry 113; Arts & Humanities 110, 120; Choose one of the following courses to meet Professional Elective: Math 105; IT 102, 103 &104. MG 332 Human Resource Management MG 340 Teamwork and Teambuilding In addition to the courses listed above, to be eligible to transfer MG 470 Organizational Leadership into the Northwest State RN program, students must have taken HS 325 Health Care Economics High School Biology with Lab and received a minimum grade of HS 360 Health Care Ethics ‘B’ or, if they received a ‘C’ in High School Biology they must have Total Nursing Hours 26 credits an ACT science score of >24 or a NLN Pre-admission science raw score of >42. If students do not meet these minimums, they must 1-2-1 BSN PROGRAM IN PARTNERSHIP WITH take a college-level Biology course and pass with at least a ‘C.’ NORTHWEST STATE COMMUNITY COLLEGE In partnership with Northwest State Community College, For students in the 1-2-1 program, the Defiance College RN to Defiance College offers a BSN in a four-year format for students BSN completion courses are as follows for year four. with no prior college experience. The first year is taken at Defiance College (courses listed below). For their second and Senior Year third years, students will transfer to Northwest State Community NR 400 Nursing Transitions (3) College and complete the Associate Degree/RN program. NR 415 Nursing Research. (3) Students will transfer back to Defiance College after completing PY 230 Behavioral Stats (3) the Associate Degree Program at Northwest State Community EN 220 Topics in Literature (3) College. To be admitted into the BSN completion program upon NR 380 Nursing Informatics (2) their return to Defiance College, students must successfully Professional Elective (3) complete the NCLEX-RN Exam during the summer after their Total 17 credits third year, and be in good academic standing (at least a 2.5.gpa). NR 475 Community Hlth Nursing (6) To be eligible for this special partnership program, students NR 480 Nsg. Ldrshp. and Mgt. (6) must apply to Northwest State Community College prior to NR 365 Nursing Globalized World (3) matriculation at Defiance College. Ten places in the RN program Total 15 credits will be guaranteed to students who complete the first year at Defiance College, meeting all the requirements below. Availability Nursing Program at Northwest State Community College of seats in the Northwest State program are competitive and following first year at Defiance College students will be notified after review of the full first year transcript no later than June 1, pending nurse aide certification. Students Second Year at Northwest State Community College who meet requirements but do not receive one of the ten Fall Semester – Total 15 credit hours guaranteed spaces in the 1-2-1 program may still be accepted into BIO 231 Anatomy and Physiology I the Northwest State nursing program on a space available basis. NRS 106 Nursing Perspectives NRS 107 Basic Concepts The Defiance College courses are as follows for year one. PSY 230 Human Growth and Development First Semester Spring Semester – Total 15 credit hours AH 110 Writing Self in Culture (3) BIO 232 Anatomy and Physiology II FS 101 First Year Seminar (3) NRS 108 Nursing Care of Clients with Physiological CA111 Fund. Of Oral Comm. (3) Health Needs I CH 113 Chemistry Around Us (4) NRS 110 Pharmacology MA 105 Quant. Reasoning (3) NRS 313 Physical Assessment Total 16 credits Second Semester 53 53 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

Summer Semester – Total 6 credit hours PSYCHOLOGY (PY) NRS 213 Nursing Care of the Childbearing Family Associate Professor Deborah Dalke; Assistant Professor Kristin NRS 214 Nursing Care of the Childbearing Family Sorensen

Third Year at Northwest State Community College Psychology is a science and a profession. Courses in psychology Fall Semester – Total 15 credit hours are intended (1) to contribute toward better personal and social BIO 257 Microbiology adjustment by enhancing students’ understanding of themselves NRS 215 Nursing Care of Clients with Psychosocial and others; (2) to prepare students for graduate study leading Health Needs to careers in the field of psychology; (3) to provide a basis for NRS 216 Nursing Care of Clients with Physiological pre-professional study (as in pre-law, pre-medical, and related Health Needs II careers); (4) to provide an understanding of psychological SSC 101 Sociology principles, theories and techniques that will result in more Spring Semester – Total 15 credit hours effective functioning in various vocational fields, such as business, HUM 210 Humanities & Cultures: Renaissance to Present education, criminal justice and social work; and (5) to contribute NRS 217 Nursing Care of Clients with Physiological to the students’ general cultural enrichment. Health Needs III NRS 218 Concepts in Management of Groups of Clients The psychology major requires 39 credit hours including: PHI 220 Ethics in Health Care PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) PY 225 Infancy and Childhood (3) ORGANIZATIONAL SUPERVISION PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) PY 280 History and Systems of Psychology (3) AND LEADERSHIP PY 290 Abnormal Psychology (3) Associate Professor Wayne Buchanan; Assistant Professor Michael PY 301 Research Methods (3) Wolfe PY 302 Research Methods II (3) PY 315 Theories of Personality (3) A major in Organizational Leadership and Supervision is PY 430 Memory and Cognition (3) available only as a completion program for individuals holding PY 498 Senior Seminar (3) an Associate’s Degree. It is not available as a stand-alone major. plus 9 credit hours selected from: The goals of the program are to provide courses in business PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) that will add value to an Associate Degree from an accredited PY 310 Social Psychology (3) two-year institution. Students will develop an understanding PY345 Addictive-Compulsive Behavior (3) and knowledge in the functional areas of business including the PY 450 Psychobiology (3) ethical principles and concepts of those functional areas. Students finishing the program will be able to assume first-line or higher MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY management positions with the skills, knowledge and abilities to The psychology minor requires 21 credit hours including: make ethically informed operational decisions. PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) PY 225 Infancy and Childhood (3) The program totals 36 semester hours including: PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) PY 280 History and Systems of Psychology (3) AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) PY 301 Research Methods (3) EC 201 Microeconomics (3) plus 6 credit hours of Psychology electives, one of which must EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) be at the 400 level MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) MG 332 Human Resource Management (3) MG 340 Teamwork and Teambuilding (3) MG 470 Organizational Leadership (3) MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) One Communication course : BA 228 Business Communication (3) One additional 300- or 400-level Business courses. Students should check with their advisors to make sure they have any required prerequisites. Senior Capstone BA 490 Business Policy (3)

54 54 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, RELIGIOUS RL 475 Administrative Policies and Practices (3) EDUCATION AND CHRISTIAN RL 497 Field Experience, senior level EDUCATION The major in Christian Education totals 42 hours of Associate Professor Marian Plant, Assistant Professor Dean Johnson coursework plus 12 hours of field work, including: RL 122 Foundations of Christian Religious Education (3) Students may choose from two major programs in religion: RL 175 Beyond Volunteerism (3) Religious Studies and Christian Education. While the two RL 191 Church Life and Leadership Service Learning (1) programs share many courses in common, they are designed RL 198 Seminar in Religious Studies (0.5 hrs. per semester, to meet different needs. The Religious Studies major focuses on total of 2 hours) historic and understanding of religious ideas, values, and practices RL 211 Introducing the Old Testament: Chaos, Calamity within Christianity as well as other religious traditions that we and Covenant (3) find in our own communities and around the world. The religion RL 212 Introducing the New Testament: Teachings of Jesus faculty engage students in open inquiry, dialogue, research and and the Early Church (3) study in an ecumenical Christian environment that values people RL 250 Curriculum Theory and Resources (3) from differing religious and cultural traditions. The Religious RL 321 Ethics and Morals (3) Studies major provides pre-professional preparation through an RL 353 Leadership and Group Work Theory (3) excellent overview of important methods and areas of study in RL 356 Forming One’s Faith (3) the field for students considering Christian ministry or graduate RL 360 Women and Men through the History of study in religion. Christianity (3) RL380 Theories and Methods in the Study of Religion (3) The Christian Education major focuses on balancing theory RL 397 Field Experience (3+3 hours) and practice, scholarship and application. Students in this RL 475 Administrative Policies and Practices (3) professional program engage in experiential learning and research RL 497 Field Experience (3+3 hours) that equip them to work with adults, families, youth, and children PY 225 Infancy and Childhood (3) in a variety of educational and faith formation ministries. Student PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) internships take place in local churches or church-related agencies Optional elective courses include: where students work with ministers and lay leaders to develop RL 201 Approaches to Religion (3) and nurture varied and challenging ministries. Graduates in RL 210 Spirituality and Wholeness (3) Christian Education are prepared for professional positions RL 265 The Black Church in America (3) such as Christian religious educators, youth workers, or mission RL 267 Islam (3) workers. RL 395 Special Topics (3)

The major in Religious Studies totals 36 hours, including: MINOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES RL 191 Church Life and Leadership Service Learning (3) The Religious Studies minor works well in tandem with a RL 198 Seminar in Religious Studies (total of 3 hours) variety of majors. Recent graduates and current students RL 201 Approaches to Religion (3) have added religious studies minors to majors in international RL 211 Introducing the Old Testament: Chaos, Calamity studies, English, wellness and corporate fitness, social work and and Covenant (3) psychology. RL 212 Introducing the New Testament: Teachings of Jesus and the Early Church (3) The minor in religious studies totals 18 hours, including: RL 265 The Black Church in America (3) RL 211 Introducing the Old Testament: Chaos, Calamity RL 321 Ethics and Morals (3) and Covenant (3) RL 356 Forming One’s Faith (3) RL 212 Introducing the New Testament: Teachings of Jesus RL 360 Women and Men through the History of and the Early Church (3 Christianity (3) RL 360 Women and Men through the History of RL 380 Theories and Methods in the Study of Religion (3) Christianity (3) RL 499 Senior Capstone (3) RL380 Theories and Methods in the Study of Religion (3) Optional courses to complete the 36 hours and elective courses The additional 6 credit hours are to be selected from the include: Religion Studies or Christian Education major listings. RL 122 Foundations of Christian Religious Education (3) RL 175 Beyond Volunteerism (3) MINOR IN CHRISTIAN EDUCATION RL 210 Spirituality and Wholeness (3) The Christian Education minor works well in tandem with a RL 250 Curriculum Theory and Resources (3) variety of majors. Recent graduates and current students have RL 267 Islam (3) added Christian Education minors to majors in art education, RL 353 Leadership and Group Work Theory (3) social work, communication arts, and religious studies RL 395 Special Topics (3) The minor in Christian Education totals 21 hours including: RL 397 Field Experience 55 55 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

RL 122 Foundations of Christian Religious Education (3) RL 211 Introducing the Old Testament: Chaos, Calamity The requirements for the Defiance College Church Education and Covenant (3) Certificate total 36 semester hours including: RL 212 Introducing the New Testament: Teachings of Jesus and the Early Church (3) Year One RL 191 Church Life and Leadership Service Learning (total DL 122 Foundations of Christian Religious Education (3) of 3 hours) or RL 397 Field Experience (3) DL 250 Curriculum Theory and Resources (3) DL 211 Introduction to the Hebrew Bible (formerly The The additional 9 hours are to be selected from the courses in the Bible: Old Testament) (3) Christian Education major in consultation with the Religion and DL 212 The Life and Teachings of Jesus and the Early Christian Education faculty. Religious Studies majors may not Church (3) duplicate courses for these nine hours. DL175 Beyond Volunteerism: Effective Involvement of the Laity (3) RELIGIOUS EDUCATION AND DESIGN FOR LEADERSHIP DL 226 Child Development and Faith Formation (3) All programs of the Design for Leadership are described in detail in a separate catalog available online at http://www.defiance. Year Two edu/pages/design_for_leadership.html, by emailing a request to DL 227 Adolescent Development and Environment (3) [email protected] or by writing to: Coordinator of the Design DL 228 Adult Understanding, Education, Action (3) for Leadership, Defiance College, 701 N. Clinton St., Defiance, DL 353 Leadership and Group Work Theory (3) OH 43512. DL 356 Forming One’s Faith: Theological Foundations (3) DL 360 Women & Men through the History of The Design for Leadership is a Distance Learning program Christianity (3) created in 1971 to serve persons who seek a career in religious DL 475 Administrative Policies and Practice (3) education, but whose geographical location makes it impossible for them to pursue studies in a college offering a major in DENOMINATIONAL CERTIFICATION IN RELIGIOUS religious education. The Design for Leadership also serves EDUCATION persons already employed in religious education, but needing Certification criteria are established by each denomination. For formal education in the profession. Most students in the Design this reason it is important for the student to secure complete for Leadership are re-entry or non-traditional students; that is, information from his/her own denomination regarding the they are beyond the traditional college age of 18-25. exact requirements of that denomination. Denominational requirements vary widely and completing this program does not The program was initiated and continues to be supported by the imply that a particular denomination will accept it, per se, as Schauffler Endowment. Funds from the United Church Council meeting its particular certification criteria. on Higher Education and various churches have enabled the program to move beyond Ohio and serve students anywhere in YOUTH MINISTRY LEADERSHIP MODULE the United States, Canada or the Armed Forces. Graduates find This module is geared for persons currently active in youth employment in both part-time and full-time positions in churches ministry or motivated toward a career in youth ministry with or or continue their studies in graduate institutions. without prior formal training. This program of study can result in a certificate of completion of the module and/or progress toward a The Design for Leadership offers both certificate and degree Church Education Certificate or a B.A. or an A.A. degree. A nine programs. Certificate programs available include the Church hour introductory module and a fifteen hour mid-module are Education Certificate, the Youth Ministry Leadership Module, both available. These options are described more completely in and the African American Ministry Leadership Module. Degree the Design for Leadership Catalog referenced at the beginning of programs include an A.A. in Religious Education and a Bachelor this section. of Arts in Religious Education. The 9 hour introductory module includes: CHURCH EDUCATION CERTIFICATE DL 357a How to Think Theologically (1) The Church Education Certificate is composed of on-line courses DL 211a Introduction to the Hebrew Bible (formerly The that are completed in one’s home and community. Each of the Bible: Old Testament) (1) on-line courses employs a variety of educational resources and DL 212a The Life and Teachings of Jesus and the Early approaches often including experiential learning and field-based Church (1) application in the student’s locale. Students can complete the full DL 227 Adolescent Development and Environment (3) Defiance College Church Education Certificate program detailed DL 395 Building Effective Youth Ministry (3) below, or they can select courses from the Church Education Certificate program to meet requirements for certification in their The 15 hour mid-module adds 2 semester hours of additional denomination. For students choosing to continue their studies, work to complete 3 hours each of DL 214, DL 215 and DL 357. courses completed may be applied toward a B.A. or A. A. degree without loss of credit. 56 56 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

AFRICAN AMERICAN MINISTRY LEADERSHIP MODULE RESTORATION ECOLOGY This module is geared for persons working in, or motivated Associate Professor Spiro Mavroidis; Assistant Professor Douglas toward, a career in religious education in an African American Kane context, with or without prior formal training in religious education. This program of study can result in a certificate of This practical, applied program prepares students in the field of completion of this module and/or progress toward a Church restoration ecology and it also prepares students for graduate Education Certificate or a B.A. or an A.A. degree. The Design for work in fisheries, biology, wildlife management and ecology. Leadership Catalog referenced at the beginning of this section gives a more complete description of how these courses will fit The Restoration Ecology major requires 60 semester hours and into a degree program. includes: BI 120 Principles of Biology I (4) Courses in the African American Ministry Leadership Module BI 129 Principles of Biology II (4) include: BI 250 Field Zoology (4) DL 123 Christian Education in the African American BI 270 Field Botany (4) Church (3) BI 320 Ecology (4) DL 216 African American Biblical Hermeneutics (3) BI 350 Wildlife Management (3) DL 327 African American Youth Ministry (3) BI 420 Restoration Ecology I (4) DL 329 African American Pastoral Care (3) BI 421 Restoration Ecology II (4) BI 422 Restoration Ecology III (4) BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE CH 123 General Chemistry I (4) The Bachelor of Arts degree is comprised of 120 semester hours CH 124 General Chemistry II (4) and uses the courses listed above under the Church Education CH 233 Organic Chemistry I (5) Certificate Program (with substitutions possible from the other NS 198 Seminar (total of 2 credits) certificate modules) for the major courses, coupled with four NS 499 Senior Capstone semesters (12 semester hours) of supervised field experience in a an internship, cooperative education or field experience church or church related agency. MA 106 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (4) PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) In addition, there are two other elements: 1) Defiance College’s General Education Requirements (listed earlier in this catalog), and 2) elective courses. General degree requirements are SELF-DESIGNED MAJOR identified by the Defiance College faculty, but may be taken at a Defiance College’s organization of traditional academic disciplines local accredited college or university. Electives may also be taken into “umbrella” areas makes it easier for students to create an through Defiance or at local institutions. A Bachelor of Arts individual major. Under the umbrella of natural science, for degree is necessary preparation for study at most seminaries and instance, students might concentrate on environmental studies all graduate schools of religion. It also constitutes a recognized or conservation. Students are also free to design a major which credential in denominational and local church settings, crosses academic areas. particularly if the major is in Christian Education. Students interested in a self-designed major may begin planning ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE it at the end of their freshman year, working closely with their The Associate of Arts degree in Religious Education requires 61 academic advisors and securing the approval of the Academic credits or semester hours. Thirty-four of those semester hours Dean or the Academic Affairs Committee. Such a program are included as the major, using courses noted in the Church could include a combination of on-campus courses, cooperative Education Certificate Program. In addition there are nine education, internships or field experience, independent study or semester hours of supervised field experience (achieved over three work at other institutions. This major must be submitted to the semesters) and 18 hours of general degree requirements. The Registrar by the beginning of the second semester of the student’s Associate of Arts degree is sought when a person feels that such junior year. a degree meets his or her needs at a particular stage of life. If one anticipates participation in graduate school, a Bachelor of Arts SOCIAL WORK (SW) degree is required. Professor Jeffrey Weaner, Program Director; Assistant Professors Alesia Yakos-Brown, Field Coordinator and Elizabeth Collardey Considerable additional information about the Design for Leadership and its programs is included in the separate catalog Mission Statement: The Defiance College Social Work Program referenced at the beginning of this section. strives to be a learning and nurturing community where the facets of students are developed through self-reflection, academics, experiential learning, and openness. Our aim is to develop professional generalist social workers who embody the values of our profession, while striving to understand the complexity of people and their circumstances, and are dedicated 57 57 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

to strengthening the communities, groups, and individuals that SW 356 Practice II: Groups and Families Generalist comprise our diverse world. The program also strives to develop Practice (3) servant leaders who seek to enrich opportunities for the oppressed SW 379 Applied Behavioral Science (3) and are advocates for social justice. SW 397 Field Experience (3) SW 457 Practice III: Macro Systems Generalist Practice (3) Program Goals: SW 476 Social Welfare and Policy Development (3) 1. To prepare the student for immediate entry into SW 488 Senior Seminar (3) employment in a social work field at the beginning SW 486 Field Instruction (9) practice level. 2. To prepare the student for licensure as a baccalaureate The pre-professional sequence courses are prerequisites for social worker (L.S.W.) in the state of Ohio. upper division social work courses and must be completed prior 3. To prepare the student for graduate school education to admission into the program. These courses are: in social work by giving them an adequate foundation PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) in the five component parts of our curriculum: social PY 290 Abnormal Psychology (3) research, social welfare policy and delivery, human PY 225 Infancy and Childhood (3) behavior and social environment, social work practice PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) skills, and field practicum in addition to curriculum SW 265 Cultural Diversity (3) content in values, ethics, diversity, social and economic SW 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) justice and populations-at-risk. SW 120 Life in Society (3) 4. To promote life-long learning and professional growth SW 239 Marriage and Family (3) for students and area social work practitioners. SOCIOLOGY (SO) Program Admission Policies and Procedures: Sociology is a service area; no major is offered. The course Students who chose to major in social work must make formal offerings in this area should be considered as cognate courses for application to the Social Work Program. Applications should be such areas as social work, criminal justice, pre-law, history and submitted to the Social Work Program Director during the Spring pre-theology. semester of the Sophomore year (by Fall of the Junior year for transfer students) to ensure the sequencing of required practice courses and field placement. SPORT MANAGEMENT (SM) Professor Timothy Rickabaugh; Associate Professor Craig Rutter; Students must meet the following criteria in order to be accepted Assistant Professors Matthew Lydum and Keith Christy; Instructor for admission to the Defiance College Social Work Program: Jenni Morrison 1. Sophomore standing and completion of 21 credits in Social Work pre-professional sequence courses. The Sport Management Major (47 credits) is designed for the 2. Have a cumulative grade point average of 2.25 or above. individual planning to pursue a career as: recreation leader, 3. Have a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or above in sporting goods retailer, professional team administrator, Social Work courses completed in the pre-professional sports lawyer, sports psychologist, resort manager, golf course sequence or permission of the Social Work Program or country club manager. It is also appropriate for those Director. considering careers as a sports consultant to businesses, 4. Complete a written application. churches, camps, etc. and for those interested in employment as 5. Submit a written autobiographical paper. a sports information director or sports journalist. The program 6. Submit three completed professional reference forms. is designed to prepare students to obtain either an entry- 7. Complete a personal disclosure form. level position upon graduation or to continue their studies in 8. Participate in an interview with Social Work faculty. graduate school. 9. Read the Defiance College Social Work Program Student Handbook and agree to abide by its contents The Sport Management Major (61-63 hours) includes: including the NASW Code of Ethics, the Ohio Code ES 121 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) of Ethical Practice and Professional Conduct, and the ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) Policy for Dismissal from the Program. ES 481 Organization and Administration of Health, Physical Education, and Sport (3) Course Requirements: SM 270 History of Sports in the United States (3) The Social Work major (42 credits) includes 30 credits in social SM 320 Sociology of Sport (3) work courses and 12 credits in field placement. SM 130 Sport Management (3) SW 121 Introduction to Social Work (3) SM 220 Economics of Sport (3) SW 235 Social Problems (3) SM 330 Advanced Sport Management (3) SW 278 Interviewing and Interpersonal Communication (3) SM 397 Field Experience (3) SW 301 Research Methods (3) SM 491 Internship with capstone (3) SW 355 Practice I: Generalist Practice (3) CA 123 Media Writing (3) 58 58 |MAJOR REQUIREMENTS |

AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) MINOR IN WELLNESS AND CORPORATE FITNESS AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) The minor in wellness and corporate fitness requires 23 hours, BA 140 Introduction to Business (3) and includes: BA 212 Business Statistics (3) BI 229 Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology (4) EC 201 Microeconomics (3) ES 121 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) ES 125 Personal and Community Health (3) MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) ES 330 Pharmacology (2) MK 341 Advertising (3) ES 340 Nutrition (2) two courses chosen from: ES 355 Exercise Physiology (3) CA 231 Interpersonal Communication (3) WE 390 Wellness Program Implementation (3) CA 300 Public Relations (3) WE 490 Advanced Wellness Program Implementation (3) CA 324 Persuasion (3) A Red Cross First Aid and CPR card should be secured by CA 335 Intercultural Communication (3) the student. CA 424 Public Advocacy (3) MINOR IN RECREATION MINOR IN SPORT MANAGEMENT A minor program in Recreation is offered in the Sport Science A minor in Sport Management is available, totals 21 hours, and area. Requirements total 18 to 19 hours and include: includes: PE 117 Secondary School Activities (3) ES 121 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) ES 122 Camp Counseling and Administration (3) ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) ES 129 Recreation Theory and Leadership (3) ES 481 Organization and Administration of Physical WE 237 Recreation for Special Populations (3) Education and Sport (3) PE 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) SM 130 Sport Management (3) ES 372 Recreation Programming and Administration (3) SM 270 History of Sports in the United States (3) and one course chosen from: SM 320 Sociology of Sport (3) PE 259 Adapted Physical Education, Recreation, and SM 330 Advanced Sport Management (3) Remedial Exercise (2) SM 397 Field Experience (3) PE 260 Physical Education in the Elementary School (3) PE 361 Principles of Coaching (2) WELLNESS AND CORPORATE FITNESS ES 481 Organization and Administration of Physical Education, Health, and Recreation (3) (WE) Professor Timothy Rickabaugh , Associate Professor Craig Rutter; MINOR IN COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT/YMCA Assistant Professors Keith Christy, Matthew Lydum, Myra Stockdale PROFESSIONAL STUDIES PROGRAM and Kevin Tong; Instructor Jodie Holava, Randi Lydum and David The minor in Community Engagement/YMCA Professional Kwan Studies Program (YPSP) prepares students to assume leadership roles in community organizations, specifically the YMCA of The Wellness and Corporate Fitness Major (38 credit hours.) is the USA, and increases students’ understanding of how to work designed for individuals pursuing careers in allied health settings, effectively within their communities in a professional or volunteer and corporate, YMCA, and community-based wellness and fitness capacity. Coursework emphasizes both the business skills programs . necessary in the not-for-profit environment, and the community health knowledge essential in organizations dedicated to the well- Required courses for the Wellness and Corporate Fitness major being of the community. The Minor in Community Engagement/ include: YPSP may be combined with any major. BI 229 Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology (4) ES 121 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) AC 221 Financial Accounting ES 125 Personal and Community Health (3) MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) MG 332 Human Resources Management ES 330 Pharmacology (2) MK 340 Principles of Marketing ES 340 Nutrition (2) MG 340 Teamwork and Teambuilding ES 355 Exercise Physiology (3) ES 125 Personal and Community Health ES 357 Muscle Structure and Function (2) SO 265 Cultural Diversity SW 340 Health Care Issues (3) RL 175 Beyond Volunteerism WE 237 Recreation for Special Populations (3) WE 390 or WE 490 Wellness Program Implementation WE 297 Field Experience (3) WE 397 Field Experience (must be at a YMCA for YPSP WE 390 Wellness Program Implementation (3) certification) WE 490 Advanced Wellness Program Implementation (3) WE 491 Internship (3) For YMCA Professional Studies Program only: YMCA Principles and Practices (off campus) 59 59 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

ACCOUNTING AC 400 Accounting Fundamentals (3) AC 221 Financial Accounting (3) Introductory survey of accounting, financial statements for both Survey of financial accounting and reporting for all business profit-making and nonprofit organizations, tax requirements, division majors: accounting terminology and concepts, tax and internal controls, cost analysis, cost accounting, budgeting, payroll requirements, internal controls, interpretation of financial decision analysis, accounting terms and concepts. Open only to statements prepared by business and nonprofit organizations. MBOL students without previous coursework in accounting.

AC 222 Managerial Accounting (3) AC 421 Advanced Accounting Problems (3) Accounting information used for purposes of planning and This course will expand the student’s understanding of control: product costing, breakeven, budgeting, performance corporate expansion and accounting for business combinations, evaluation, pricing, decision analysis. Prerequisite: AC 221 intercorporate investments in common stock, reporting entity and consolidated financial statements, branch operations, segment AC 321,322 Intermediate Accounting I, II (3,3) and interim reporting, and partnerships; formation, operation, In-depth study of financial accounting and reporting changes in membership, and liquidation. emphasizing both practice and underlying theory: review of the accounting cycle; control of cash, receivables and bad debts; AC 429 Auditing and Accounting Ethics (3) inventory systems and valuation; payroll accounting; fixed Introduction to auditing and the professional work of Certified assets; depreciation and amortization; bonds and notes payable; Public Accountants; auditing standards and procedures, capital stock and retained earnings; earnings per share; income evaluation of internal control, legal liability, professional ethics, taxes; pensions; leases; cash flow statements; and reporting and auditor opinions. Prerequisite or concurrent: AC 322. requirements. Prerequisite: AC 222 AC 440 Federal Taxation II (3) AC331,332 Cost Management I, II (3, 3) More advanced problems in taxation of individuals and business The preparation and use of cost information needed to manage firms, based on the Internal Revenue Code and court cases. an organization. Topics include: manufacturing costs, job-order Topics include: tax planning by individuals and corporations to and process cost accumulation systems, activity-based costing and minimize tax liability, formation and dissolution of partnerships, management, allocation of service department costs, cost analysis estate and gift taxes and the effect of tax law on business decisions. and estimation, cost-volume-profit models, operating and capital Prerequisite: AC 340 budgets, standard costing and variances, performance evaluation of business segments, customer profitability, transfer pricing, financial planning, and cost-based decision-making. Prerequisite: ART AC 222 AR 111, 112 Color and Design I, II (3,3) The elements of art and principals of design are explored: two- AC 340 Federal Taxation I (3) dimensional in AR 111, three-dimensional in AR 112 A survey of federal taxation of individuals, corporations, and partnerships. Preparation of Form 1040, including taxation of AR 210 Art Appreciation (3) wages, dividends, interest, pensions, capital gains and losses, Examines the role of the artist and art in the context of and business income; deductions and tax credits. Taxation of contemporary and historically significant issues. This course corporate and partnership income; allocation of partnership develops the student’s understanding of aesthetics and art income to partners. Prerequisite: AC 221 criticism. Included are in-studio explorations of the basic elements of creative expression. Does not count toward an art or AC 360 Nonprofit Accounting (3) Graphic Design major. Introduction to accounting and financial reporting for nonprofit organizations, such as government agencies, public schools, AR 221 Drawing (3) universities, social welfare agencies, churches and other not- Designed to develop the student’s ability to make accurate visual for-profit entities. The system of fund accounting to record observations. Subject matter will progress from real objects revenues, expense assets, and liabilities of various funds. in natural situations to the development of conceptual image- Budget preparation and interpretation of financial statements. making. A wide variety of media will be explored, including Prerequisites: AC 221 graphite, conte, ink, and wash.

AC 370 Accounting Information Systems AR 222 Introduction to Painting (3) An introduction to the common body of knowledge of Studio problems as a basis for study of line, value, and color. accounting information systems (AIS). This course emphasizes Problems designed for the beginning painter, using various the user of information systems approach with an emphasis on techniques. Media: watercolor and oil (or acrylic). Prerequisite: the resources, events, agents, (REA) model. The student will learn AR 221, 240, or permission of instructor. the terminology, reports, documents, procedures, and controls inherent in a modern AIS. Prerequisite: AC 322

60 60 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

AR 233, AR 333 Ceramics, Advanced Ceramics (3,3) AR 197, 297, 397, 497 Field Experience Projects in the various ceramic processes including hand building, wheel throwing, decorating, glazing, and firing. AR 199, 299, 399, 499 Independent Research Advanced Ceramics may be repeated.

AR 236 Photography ARTS AND HUMANITIES The basics of 35 mm camera operation and black and white AH 109 Writing Workshop (2) darkroom practice with an introduction to digital imaging. Writing Workshop focuses intensively on college-level analysis Offered even alternate years. and writing skills. Topics include learning how to identify important ideas in a text, generate a thesis, organize and support AR 237, 238 Art History I, II (3,3) an argument in writing, and revise and edit for grammatical The first semester is a survey of the history of painting, correctness. Must be taken concurrently with AH 110, by architecture and sculpture from a prehistoric to Renaissance placement only. Western Art as well as units on Islamic and Asian. The second semester covers from the Renaissance to the present. AR 237 and AH 110 Writing the Self in Culture (3) AR 238 are offered in odd alternate years. This is a writing course that focuses on American culture. Topics will be interdisciplinary and vary from section to section. Writing AR 240 Life Drawing (3) is taught as a process involving drafting, revision, and editing, Study from the living model with stress on structure, line, value, and the following skills and modes of writing are introduced: anatomy, proportions, and the dimensional effects of the human audience awareness, analysis, paraphrase, summary, synthesis, figure. May be repeated. Prerequisite: AR 221. and critique. Offered each semester. AH110 is the prerequisite for AH120, AH220 and all EN courses. AR 321 Advanced Drawing (3) Advanced Drawing is a continuation of the concepts and AH120 Writing the World (3) theories in Drawing I with special focus on technique, media This is a writing-intensive interdisciplinary arts and humanities and creativity, and the development of personal style. May be course. Topics focusing on world cultures vary from section to repeated. Prerequisite: AR 221 section. Writing is taught as a process involving drafting, revision, and editing, and the following skills and modes of writing are AR 322 Advanced Painting (3) practiced: analysis, paraphrase, summary, and critique. In Creative expression through painting. Problems in abstract and addition, web-literacy skills are introduced, and introductory realistic painting worked out according to the interests of the research skills are introduced, and particular attention is given individual student. Prerequisite: AR 222. May be repeated. to the synthesis of multiple sources and written argumentation. Prerequisites are successful completion of AH110. AH120 is the AR 332 Sculpture (3) prerequisite for AH220. Exploration of various media including clay, steel, stone, wood, and metal casting. Emphasis on three dimensional composition AH220 Global Civilization (3) and personal interpretation. May be repeated. Prerequisite: AR 112 This is a writing-intensive study of topics in global civilizations or permission of instructor. from the perspectives gained from other arts and humanities disciplines. The writing skills of AH110 and 120 are practiced in AR 367 Printmaking (3) the context of the research writing process, with emphasis on a The printing processes of basic Intaglio and Relief are explored. deepening of global cultures and a clearer sense of the academic Prerequisite: AR 111 or 221 or 240. May be repeated. Offered process of using primary and secondary source materials in a alternate years. detailed research essay. The prerequisite for AH220 is AH120 or permission of the instructor. AR 368 Metals (3) The processes of working ferrous and non-ferrous, precious, and AH 498 Liberal Arts Interdisciplinary Seminar (3) semi-precious metals including fabricating, casting, and smithing. The student will develop a topic of interest which will require May be repeated. Prerequisite: AR 112. Offered in alternate years. cross-disciplinary critical thinking skills and/or research. The course may include presentations by outside speakers, faculty AR 373 History of American Art (3) members, and students with particular skills and knowledge A survey of painting, sculpture, architecture, and the decorative within the humanities and arts. arts from early native American cultures to the contemporary. Offered alternate years.

AR 191, 291, 391, 491 Internship

61 61 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

ATHLETIC TRAINING AT 100 Introduction to Athletic Training (2) AT 420 Therapeutic Exercise (3) This course is an introduction to the basic concepts of athletic Essential components of a comprehensive rehabilitation program training within the realm of sports medicine. The course will including goals, objective, exercise selection, methods of orient the student to the athletic training knowledge and skills evaluating and recording progress and development of criteria for needed for the prevention, evaluation, and treatment of athletic progression and return to competition. This course requires two injuries. Offered in the fall semester. hours of class time and one hour of laboratory time each week to instruct students in the rehabilitation process. Offered in the AT 200 Orthopedic Injury Pathology (3) spring semester. Prerequisite: acceptance into the ATP. This course will instruct the student about the mechanisms, development, and progression of injuries sustained during athletic AT 481 Organization and Administration of Health, Physical activity. Taping, bandaging, and bracing skill are also developed. Education and Sport (3) Offered in the spring semester. Prerequisite: successful completion This course will instruct the student in the knowledge and of AT 100 skills needed to properly administrate the policies, facilities, and equipment required to offer athletic training services. The AT 210 General Medical Conditions (3) first five weeks of the course will discuss concepts pertaining to This course will instruct the student about the knowledge and everyone in the Sport Science department. The remaining ten skills needed to recognize, treat, and refer, when appropriate, weeks will be spent with a certified athletic trainer discussing general medical conditions and disabilities of athletes and those concepts pertaining specifically to athletic training. Offered others involved in physical activity. Offered in the fall semester. in the fall semester. Prerequisite: acceptance into the ATP. AT 490, 492 Practicum V and VI (1,1) AT 250 Therapeutic Modalities (3) These courses are for the senior level ATP students only. The Examination of the application and physiological responses to courses will allow the ATP students to develop clinical skills while selected therapeutic modalities including cold, heat, electrical, working under the supervision of a certified athletic trainer/ traction and massage to the athletic trainer. This course clinical instructor in on and off-campus settings. The students’ requires two hours of class time and one hour of laboratory proficiency in the clinical skills will also be evaluated. At the time to provide the student with the opportunity to learn about completion of this field placement each student will be expected modalities in athletic training. Offered in the fall semester. to give an oral presentation (capstone experience) to the Sport Prerequisite: acceptance in ATP. Science Faculty, for the final assessment. AT 490 is offered in the fall and 492 is offered in the spring. Prerequisite: s AT 290, 292 Practicum I and II (1,1) successful completion of Practicum I-IV. These courses are for the sophomore level ATP students only. The courses will allow the ATP students to develop clinical skills while working under the supervision of a certified athletic trainer/ AUTISM STUDIES clinical instructor. The students’ proficiency in the clinical skills HA110 Introduction to Autism Spectrum Disorders and will also be evaluated. AT 290 is offered in the fall and 292 is Developmental Disabilities (3) offered in the spring. Prerequisite: acceptance into the ATP. This course would provide an overview of autism disorders and other intellectual and developmental disabilities AT 310, 311 Evaluation of Athletic Injuries I and II (3,3) including a historical perspective, assessment and diagnosis These courses will be completed in consecutive semesters. The as well as contemporary theories of etiology and treatment. course will provide students the opportunity to learn about Communication, language and sensory issues common to the commonly accepted techniques and procedures for clinical disorders and challenges for each stage of the lifespan will be evaluation and recognition of the signs and symptoms of athletic discussed. injuries. This course requires two hours of class time and one hour of laboratory time each week to instruct the students in the HA210 Behavior Management and Self-Determination (3) evaluation process. AT 310 is offered in the fall semester and AT This course introduces students to the theories and techniques 311 is offered in the spring semester. Prerequisite: acceptance into of managing and changing behavior and the principles of the ATP. self-determination. The elements of measuring and recording behavior, behavior analysis and plan development within the AT 390, 392 Practicum III and IV (1,1) context of least restrictive alternatives and client empowerment These courses are for the junior level ATEP students only. The will be presented. Philosophical, ethical and legal issues will be courses will allow the ATP students to develop clinical skills discussed. Prerequisites: HA110 while working under the supervision of a certified athletic trainer/clinical instructor. The students’ proficiency in the clinical HA250 Families and Communities (3) skills will also be evaluated. AT 390 is offered in the fall and This course explores the impact of a person with intellectual 392 is offered in the spring. Prerequisite: successful completion of and developmental disabilities on the family. Family strengths, Practicum I and II. resources, and stressors will be examined in the context of their 62 62 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

communities. Identification and development of community BA 250 Personal Finance (3) resources, parent/professional collaboration, advocacy, and public Personal financial planning and management: family budgeting, policy issues will be addressed. Prerequisites: HA110 income taxes, insurance, saving, borrowing, real estate, and investments. Offered on demand. HA 390 Behavior Intervention Practicum (3) Students will apply their knowledge and skills in a supervised BA 260 Business Ethics (3) setting which provides services to persons with autism and/or This course examines corporate citizenship and social other intellectual and developmental disabilities. Through responsibility in a business context. It is designed to broaden and observation and consultation with professional staff, students deepen a student’s understanding of ethical issues that businesses will receive 120 hours of experience with direct service provision need to consider as part of responsible decision-making. Analysis and enhanced training on effective assessment, planning and of stakeholders integrates the external and internal factors such as intervention strategies. Prerequisites: HA110, 210 political factors, global forces, employee issues, etc.

BA 350 Business Finance (3) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Financial aspects of business management: financial rations, BA 140 Introduction to Business (3) financial forecasting and budgeting, breakeven analysis and This course is an introductory course in business and provides a operations leverage, working capital management, cash and credit general overview of the business environment and the practical management, short-term and long-term sources of financing, vocabulary needed in actual work situations. This course offers stocks and bonds, capital budgeting, lease financing, and dividend information and career suggestions on functional business policy. Prerequisite: AC 222 areas such as accounting, information systems, management, marketing, finance and economics. Required for all freshman BA 363 Business Law (3) business majors and recommended for those students who are Introduction to commercial law: torts, contracts, sales, negotiable undecided. (Course may be waived by advisor for transfer and instruments, agency, patents, copyrights, and bankruptcy. adult students). Prerequisite: junior standing.

BA 212 Business Statistics (3) BA 365 International Business I (3) Statistical measures and analysis, probability, sampling, Introduction to the field of International Business. This course hypothesis testing, regression, and correlation applied to business examines the broad perspective of international business related decision-making. to the internal and external forces impacting global operations of domestic and multinational businesses. BA 214 Quantitative Business Analysis using Spreadsheets (3) Mathematical techniques applied to management decision- BA 397 Management Internship (3) making. Time value of money, matrix algebra, functions, graphs, Students work as no pay for local employers in a management linear programming, business decision models. Problem- trainee capacity; designed mainly for students without previous solving and data analysis will be completed using spreadsheets. full-time experience. Graded P-F. Prerequisite: junior standing and The course will combine lecture and laboratory components. major in Business Administration department. Prerequisites: MA 105, IT 103 BA 490 Business Policy (3) BA 215 Business Calculus (3) A senior capstone course which applies what has been learned Introduction to calculus with applications to Business, Life, and in previous courses to realistic business situations. Business Social Sciences. The course will cover Functions, Graphs, Limits, strategies, policy-making, and management philosophy are the Derivative, Techniques of Differentiation, Curve Sketching, developed by means of case studies of actual companies. Maximum-minimum problems, Exponential and Logarithmic Prerequisite: senior standing and completion of substantially the Functions, and Exponential Growth and Decay. Applications and entire business Core. problem-solving will be completed as calculus applies to business. Prerequisite: MA 105, IT 103, BA 214 BA 194, 294, 394, 494 Cooperative Education (1-8) Cooperative education is a supervised work experience related BA 228 Business Communication (3) to a student’s major or field of interest. A student should be A study of the principles of effective written communication employed full-time with pay and should not be enrolled in and their application to business situations. A comprehensive other courses except by special permission of the coordinator of study of business writing including letters, memos, interoffice cooperative education. A student may earn up to 16 credits upon correspondence and complete analytical report writings. A study completion of two, three-month summer terms (four credits of technology and the use of electronic devices to aid in business each) and one six-month internship (eight credits). Other work communication will be completed. Prerequisite: AH 110. arrangements must be approved by the coordinator of cooperative education and the Registrar.

63 63 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

BA 199, 299, 399, 499 Independent Research (1-3) homeostasis, reproduction and development, nervous system Independent research may be either project or research-oriented. and special senses; and behavior, population and community Such topics are not a normal part of the curriculum and serve ecology and conservation biology. There is a 3 hour laboratory. two needs: first, the student investigates an area of special interest; Prerequisite: BI120, grade of “C” or better or permission of and second, the student works closely with a faculty member in instructor. planning, executing and evaluating the program. BI 195 Biological Science (4) This course provides a basic understanding of biological BIOLOGY concepts. It will cover cell function, plants, animals, genetics, BI 110 Introduction to Biology (4) gene technology, evolution and a description of the human body A study of life as an evolving system and the way biologists systems. Current issues in science will also be covered. The investigate the various aspects of such a multidimensional, laboratory component will explore the scientific method and dynamic system. Particular emphasis is placed on the nature and develop an understanding of how experimentation answers function of man as such a system. Credit does not apply to the questions in biology. Natural Science majors. BI 229 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology (4) BI113 Environment Around Us (4) This one-semester lecture and lab course will provide the essential This course examines the characteristics of communities, knowledge required to understand human anatomy and various ecosystems, and landscapes, the ways in which they change physiological processes. Major topics include cell structure and with time, and the impact of human activities on those changes. function, tissues, organ systems, homeostasis, and disease. The Included will be the study of the science behind current issues organ systems covered are: integumentary, skeletal, muscular, such as resource management, pollution, and global climate nervous, endocrine, cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, change, etc. In this course students will be introduced to the digestive, urinary, and reproductive. Sport science majors basic principles of ecology and environmental science, investigate may count this course toward the general education science how these affect the Earth’s capacity to sustain life, and be able requirement. to apply these principles to understanding the environmental consequences of human activities. BI 235, 236 Human Anatomy and Physiology I,II (4,4) A systematic approach to the structure and function of the BI 120 Principles of Biology I (4) human body. This two course sequence will cover the structure The primary goal of the course is to provide natural science of the human body and a systems approach to the functions, majors with a sound basis in basic biological concepts that homeostasic mechanisms, and the interrelationships of human will serve them well in their academic track that lies ahead. organ systems. Sport Science majors may count these courses It will cover the following topics: structure and function of toward the general education science requirements. BI 235 must macromolecules, cellular respiration, communication and cycle; be taken first. photosynthesis; Mendelian genetics, inheritance, and DNA structure and function; and evolution, speciation, phylogenetics, BI 250 Field Zoology (4) and systmatics. To maximize success in this course, successful Identification and ecological relationships of the fauna of completion of high school biology and chemistry are Northwestern Ohio, and methods of designing research projects, recommended. There is a 3 hour laboratory. collecting and analyzing data, to monitor these populations. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: BI 129 BI 125 Modern Genetics (4) The fundamentals of classical genetics and the basic principles of BI 270 Field Botany (4) human genetics are presented for the non-science major. Genetic The study of plant communities and ecosystems in the engineering in bacteria, domestic plants and animals, and in field. Taxonomy, collection, and preservation for the College human medicine will be discussed with the ethical issues raised herbarium, and additional laboratory exercises using keys are by this new technology. Credit does not apply to the Natural included. Prerequisite: BI 120. Offered in alternate years. Science majors. BI 320 Ecology (4) BI 129 Principles of Biology II (4) Principles of ecology including the organization, This course is intended for students majoring in a natural science interrelationships, and dynamics of populations, communities, and is the continuation of Biology 120. The course deals mainly and ecosystems. Local terrestrial and aquatic communities will be with the organismal and supra-organismal levels of biological studied in the field and laboratory. Prerequisites: BI 120, BI 129, organization. Evolution will be the unifying theme. The course BI 250, BI 270, or permission of the instructor. Offered in alternate will cover the following topics: origin of life, prokaryotic years. and eukaryotic diversity; plant evolution and diversity; fungi, invertebrate and vertebrate diversity and evolution; plant and animal form and function; circulation and gas exchange,

64 64 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

BI 338 Histology (4) BI 422 Restoration Ecology III (4) Examines the microscopic anatomy of major cell types and tissues The principle area of study is aquatic ecosystem restoration and of the human body. Their form and function will be examined includes both freshwater and marine habitats. Efforts to restore as observed with slides of human and animal cells and tissues. the world’s oceans, lakes, rivers, and streams are discussed. Relationships of cell types and tissues structures to physiological Hydrology, especially as it relates to ground water sources, is functions will also be studied. Prerequisite: BI 120, BI 129. also emphasized. Laboratories focus on experimentation that Offered in alternate years. promotes critical thinking and solving problems related to aquatic habitat restoration. Offered alternate years, spring semester. BI 350 Wildlife Management (3) Prerequisite: BI 420 or permission of instructor. The art and science of encouragement and management of wildlife. Historical aspects of wildlife management, major federal BI 431 Molecular Biology (4) wildlife legislation, and application of ecological principles in An in depth study of modern laboratory techniques used in wildlife management in federal, state, and private lands and recombinant DNA technology. Emphasis is placed on cloning waters. Prerequisite: BI 320 or permission of instructor. Offered in strategies and nucleic acid detection schemes. Laboratory 3 alternate years. hours. Prerequisites: Chemistry 234 (grade of “C” or better). Offered alternate years, spring semester. BI 357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) The phylogenetic relationships of vertebrates, living and extinct, BI 462 Immunology (4) as revealed by their morphology. Prerequisite: BI 129 or permission Study of the human immune system. Includes innate and of instructor. Offered in alternate years. adaptive immunity, vaccination and immunity, autoimmune disease, hypersensitivity, and immunodeficiency. Immunological BI 358 Microbiology (4) laboratory methods and cell culture techniques will be Morphology, physiology, genetics and taxonomy of introduced. Prerequisites: BI 120, BI 129, and CH 124. Offered in microorganisms affecting humans and their environment. alternate years. Culture methods and laboratory techniques for studying bacteria will be introduced. Prerequisites: BI 120, BI 129, and CH 124. BI 480 Genetics (4) Offered in alternate years. Mechanisms of inheritance in bacteria, plants, and animals. Emphasis on genetic inheritance in man. The current DNÅ BI 367 Vertebrate Physiology (4) technology and the ethical concerns surrounding these methods Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical processes will be discussed. Laboratory will introduce genetic crosses, underlying biological function. The focus of the course will be on mitosis and meiosis and current DNA techniques. Prerequisites: the physiology of vertebrates, primarily mammals. Prerequisites BI 120, BI 129, and CH 124. Offered in alternate years. — BI 357, Grade of “C” or better or permission of instructor. Offered alternate years. BI 481 Pathogenic Microbiology (4) The etiology of human pathogens. Emphasis on bacterial and BI 420 Restoration Ecology I (4) viral diseases, and host-parasite relationships. Laboratory An introduction to the new science of restoration ecology. methods for identifying and isolating pathogenic organisms will The most recent research regarding the rebuilding of complete be introduced. Prerequisite: BI 358 or permission of instructor. ecosystems will be reviewed and basic ecological restoration Offered in alternate years. principles studied. Laboratories will include using applied research techniques at the Thoreau Wildlife Sanctuary located BI 490 Honors Anatomy and Physiology (1-3) near Defiance College. Prerequisite: BI 320, or permission of An advanced human anatomy and physiology course designed instructor. Offered in alternate years. for upper level students who have demonstrated the ability and desire to learn these subjects in lower level classes. The course BI 421 Restoration Ecology II (4) uses a number of excellent teaching modalities including human Advanced principles and techniques of restoring damaged or cadaver dissection and Biopac physiology. Enrollment is limited destroyed ecosystems will be studied. Emphasis will be placed to a maximum of six students and the final selection is based upon the restoration of forest, and prairie ecosystems. Extensive upon invitation by the course professors with final approval by field laboratory work will include hands on experience at three the Chairperson of the Division of Science and Mathematics. major ecological restoration sites within easy driving distance of Prerequisites: BI 235 and BI 236. Course may be repeated for up the college campus. Prerequisite: BI 420 or permission of instructor. to six credit hours. Offered in alternate years.

65 65 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

CHEMISTRY membrane transport, organelle biology, signal transaction and CH113 Chemistry Around Us (4) cancer biology. Emphasis on theoretical and practical use of This course and corresponding lab will facilitate a better molecular biological research techniques. Prerequisites: CH 368 understanding of the world in which we live through chemistry, or permission of the instructor. Offered in alternate years. suitable for students pursuing studies outside of the sciences. An exploration of the basic principles of chemistry and the CH 455 Quantitative Analysis (4) scientific method will unravel the mysteries behind topics such An intensive study of four places to the right of the decimal as nuclear energy, alternative fuels, nutrition, biochemistry and including precise laboratory methods; infra-red analysis, pharmacology. Through observation, experimentation, and chromatography, volumetric, gravimetric methods, acid-base application students will gain an appreciation for how atoms and theory and equilibrium reactions. Special emphasis is placed molecules, the basis for all matter interact, cause reactions and on data collection and statistical analysis. The rules and laws impact their everyday lives. governing science are explored and explained. Prerequisites: CH 123 and 124 or equivalent as approved by division chairperson and CH 123, 124 General Chemistry I and II (4.4) quantitative analysis instructor. A two-semester course dealing with the fundamental principles of chemistry, including chemical stoichiometry; understanding and balancing the major reaction types, the properties of gases COMMUNICATION ARTS (emphasizing gas laws), liquids and solids; solutions; atomic and CA 111 Fundamentals of Oral Communication (3) molecular structure, the periodic table, Quantum understanding This course is an introduction to human communication. It of atomic and molecular systems, reaction kinetics, chemical includes the fundamentals of interpersonal, small group and equilibria; an introduction to thermodynamics, discussion of the public communication. Students will participate in a variety of chemical properties of selected elements and the laws and rules interpersonal, small group, and public speaking activities. The that presently form our understanding of basic chemistry. The course focuses on the theory and practice of discourse with course emphasizes scientific problem-solving skills as well as immediate audiences. Theory includes thesis analysis, reasoning those topics which are essential for further work in chemistry and strategies; arranging organizational patterns; preparation and for professional school. The laboratory is designed to support and delivery, audience analysis, critical listening; and ethics of illustrate chemical concepts studied in the lecture portion of the persuasive discourse. Practice emphasis is placed on developing course, as well as to introduce important laboratory techniques vocal variety, articulation and enunciation; direct eye contact; an and encourage analytical thinking. The laboratory work extemporaneous style of delivery; and physical appearance. emphasizes physio-chemical measurements, basic quantitative analysis and synthesis. In order to maximize success in this two- CA 123 Media Writing (3) semester course, high school chemistry, physics, and a strong An introduction to the process of writing for the mass media. background in mathematics are recommended. Students will learn to report, write, and edit stories for print and broadcast media. The course also emphasizes specific skills CH 233, 234 Organic Chemistry I and II (4,4) in interviewing and basic principles of communication law. A two-semester progressive study of structure, property, Prerequisite: AH110 spectroscopy and reactivity of organic compounds. Students will learn nomenclature, covalent and ionic bonding, reaction CA 130 Introduction to Film (3) mechanisms, functional groups with special emphasis on mono This course provides an introduction to the history and and polyfunctional compounds, stereochemistry, interactions techniques of film and includes the study of the purposes of film and laws and rules governing aromatic reactions. Prerequisite: and influence of film upon varied audiences. Students will learn Chemistry 123 and 124 or equivalent as approved by division to appreciate film as an aesthetic medium and develop strategies chairperson and the organic chemistry instructor. to comprehend, interpret, and evaluate contemporary motion pictures. CH233x, 234x Organic Chemistry I and II lab (1,1) CA 135 Introduction to Media (3) CH 368 Biochemistry I (4) An introduction to some key themes in the study of popular An introduction to the biochemical principles including: media and to debates about the role of media in contemporary macromolecules (proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and nucleic societies. A range of media will be analyzed in detail. Theories acids), enzyme structure, function and regulation, energy of production, technology, audience and representation will transformations, and carbohydrate, protein, and lipid metabolism. be explored in relation to a variety of media forms and social Prerequisites: CH 234, BI 120, and BI 129 or permission of relations. A project will encourage limited investigative research. instructor. Offered in alternate years. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: CA 111

CH 369 Biochemistry II (4) CA 212 Small Group Communication (3) An introduction to the biochemistry of the cell including: nucleic The course combines the theories of small group communication acids, nucleic acid metabolism, gene regulation, membranes, with the actual experience of working in small groups. Students will learn about leadership, conflict resolution, problem-solving 66 66 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

techniques, in addition to assertiveness, rhetorical sensitivity, and CA 324 Persuasion (3) verbal and nonverbal elements of messages as they apply to the This course involves a study of theories of persuasion and an small-group process. Offered in alternate years. analysis of the process of persuasive communication. It examines the role of persuasion within multiple contexts and as a social CA 215 Communication Theory (3) force. Students will write at least one persuasive paper and deliver This course examines the history of communication an oral presentation based on that paper. Offered in alternate incorporating Aristotle to the present. Fundamental theories of years. communication and rhetoric are explained and given practical modern application. Components investigated are verbal and CA 325 Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) nonverbal messages, interpersonal relationships, group and public This course examines the various purposes of language, communication, intercultural and gender communication. Co- how public opinion is formed, and the communication and requisite: CA 216 or permission of instructor. Offered in alternate organizational strategies used to influence the formation and years. change of public opinion for different audiences and purposes. Propaganda is examined historically from both negative and CA 216 Sophomore Portfolio Development (1) positive perspectives. Offered in alternate years. This course is a co-requisite to CA215 Communication Theory. The goal of the course is for students to create a portfolio CA330 Audio and Video Production (3) of their current work to prove that they are achieving both Fundamentals of audio and video equipment operation and their own career goals and the stated learning outcomes of production principles. Includes the basics of writing, producing the Communication Arts department. Co-requisite:CA215 and directing video; pre-production, production and editing Communication Theory . Prerequisite: CA 111. techniques. Prerequisite: IT102, 103 and 104 or demonstrated proficiency. Offered in fall of odd alternate years. CA 221 Introduction to Acting (3) An introduction to the basic concepts of acting. Topics include CA 333 Communication and Performance (3) characterization, focus, use of space, character and text analysis, This course consists of the study of the human vocal mechanism, and improvisation. physical techniques of performance, and strategies for enhancement of oral interpretation and performance. The CA 231 Interpersonal Communication (3) student will develop vocal ability and interpretation skills through The course involves theoretical backgrounds as well as practical the selection and performance of a variety of materials focused on applications. It is designed to provide students an improved a range of performance purposes and delivery methods. Offered awareness and understanding of themselves as communicators. in alternate years. The course will teach students how to use this understanding in their everyday lives and how to enrich both their professional and CA 335 Intercultural Communications and Technology (3) personal communication experiences. Offered in alternate years. This course will provide practical skills for intercultural communications, as they are required both within modern CA 300 Public Relations (3) multicultural communities and internationally. It will also The course involves the history of public relations, the function examine theories of intercultural relations through case studies of the public relations practitioner, the basic skills of the science, dealing with the impact of television, film texts, and the Internet and the differences between public relations and marketing. which have been imported from different cultures. Prerequisite: CA 123. Offered in alternate years. CA 336 Mass Media Theory (3) CA 311 Critical Public Address (3) An introduction to theory and research in the field of mass This course concentrates on the rhetoric, delivery skills, and communication. The course provides an overview of the critical analysis of public speeches. Students will develop historical development of the theoretical perspectives, advanced skills in resource use, topic selection and development, emphasizing the major research trends that have influenced the organization, and outlining of speeches. They will demonstrate understanding of mass communication. Prerequisite: CA 135 or knowledge of modes of inquiry, reflection, and expression as permission of instructor. they prepare and deliver speeches. Students will also practical critical analysis of speeches, focusing on a variety of audiences CA 345 Media and Cultural Criticism (3) and purposes. The course is designed for students interested in This course will provide an introduction to contemporary communication careers or in careers requiring communication approaches for interpreting media texts and constructing meaning expertise. Prerequisite: CA 111. Offered in alternate years. from media. Students will learn to apply a variety of critical methods (including psychoanalytical criticism, postmodern CA 321 Advanced Acting (3) criticism and cultural studies) to popular culture. Students will The focus of this course is on performance skills for the actor learn how to evaluate the aesthetic quality of print and broadcast including in-depth character and scene study and certain staging messages and to evaluate the techniques used by mass media techniques. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: CA 221 to influence audiences. In addition, students will learn how to

67 67 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

analyze the meanings various audience groups construct around CA 295, 395, 495 Special Topics (1-3) media texts. Offered in alternate years. Although frequently presented in a manner comparable to regularly listed courses, the subject matter of special topics is CA 421 Theatre Directing and Design (3) often of a more timely nature or for some other reason is not a A practical course which involves all aspects of play production: regular part of the curriculum. Special topics are usually designed directing, set design and construction, lighting, sound, costumes, by a faculty member and are listed with the other courses in the stage management, props, make-up, publicity, box office, and schedule. house management. Prerequisite:CA 321 CA 499 Independent Study (1-3) CA 424 Public Advocacy (3) These are projects or papers which have been designed by The course involves the study of informal logic as it applies in students who wish to investigate an area of interest related to their multiple contexts. Each student will learn to develop and present major area of study. These courses must be approved by a faculty logical appeals in support of social issues. The student will member who will serve as an advisor for the project; they must formulate claims, apply reasoning techniques, gather and evaluate also be approved by the Division Chair and the Academic Dean. evidence, prepare case construction and cross-examinations for debate, and defend and refute ideas before a critical audience. CA 499 Seminar/Capstone (3) The course will support the institutions commitment to service This senior capstone experience involves independent research learning by having the student address issues of community that may be either a project or research oriented. Seniors will concern in public forums. Prerequisite: CA 111 and CA 123 or work closely with a communication arts faculty member in permission of instructor. Offered in alternate years. planning, executing, and evaluating the project.

CA 440 Organizational Communication (3) In this course the emphasis is on current theories of CRIMINAL JUSTICE organizational communication, the structure of organizations, CJ 111 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) how communication functions within organizations, and The philosophical, historical and operational aspects of criminal management styles. It examines conflict and resolution, networks, justice in present society. The administration and definition superior/subordinate communication, communication patterns of scope of interest of criminal justice agencies and how they inside and outside of the organization. Prerequisite: CA 212 or interrelate. permission of instructor. Offered in alternate years. CJ 127 Introduction to Juvenile Delinquency (3) CA 442 Media, Race and Gender (3) The philosophical, historical and operational aspects of justice in This course explores the ways in which race and gender are juvenile law enforcement and courts. represented in newspapers, magazines, television, film, news, and advertising. The course also examines the cultural forces CJ 155 Criminal Law (3) that influence how such representations are produced and Study of elements and proof in crimes of frequent concern, received, their political and behavioral consequences, and various procedural consideration of criminal law, and rules of law. methods for analyzing popular culture. The course also examines Prerequisite: CJ 111. the history and status of people of color and women as media professionals. Prerequisite: CA 135 or permission of instructor. CJ 217 Criminal Investigation (3) Offered in alternate years. Introduction to criminal investigation procedures including theory of investigation, conduct at crime scene, collection and CA 191, 291, 391, 491 Internship (1-3) preservation of physical evidence, introduction to related forensic This is an on-the-job learning experience related to the study of science, and follow-up legal investigation. Prerequisite: CJ 155. communication. An internship is supervised by both a college faculty sponsor and a qualified person in the field where the CJ 221 Criminal Evidence and Procedure (3) student is working as an intern. No salary is received for an Rules of evidence of particular import in criminal justice: internship. Graded Pass/Fail. testimony, privileges, search and seizure, and exceptions. Prerequisite: CJ 155. CA 194, 294, 394, 494 Cooperative Education (1-3) A cooperative education course is a supervised work experience CJ 223 Introduction to Corrections (3) related to a student’s major or field of interest. The student is An introduction to the various aspects of correctional systems employed with pay, and work arrangements must be approved by and their historical development and an examination of societal the Office of Career and Student Assistance, the advisor, and the influences and reactions to treatment of offenders and victims. Registrar. Graded Pass/Fail. CJ 351 Introduction to Criminalistics (3) Scientific approach to criminal investigation; collection, preservation and transportation of physical evidence; crime

68 68 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

laboratory capabilities and limitations. Prerequisite: CJ 217. prevent and control criminal behavior. Prerequisite: CJ 111 and Offered in alternate years. SO 120. Offered in alternate years.

CJ 352 Police-Community Relations (3) CJ 472 Social Deviance (3) The professional concept in policing and its implications; An analysis of the sociocultural factors leading to deviant changing nature of social controls; community and police behavior with an emphasis on deviance causation theories and allocation of resources to deal with problems. Prerequisite: CJ 111. prevention, control, and treatment of deviant behavior. Offered in alternate years. CJ 473 Violent Crime (3) CJ 353 Institutional Corrections (3) An analysis of the sociocultural factors leading to violent crime Historical examination and development of correctional emphasizing the correlates and causes of violent crime, and a institutions and jails. An examination of various types of current review of the sources and procedures to classify and measure jails and penal institutions and their functions. The course will violent crime. Offered in alternate years. include a discussion of past and present issues of correctional institutions, a brief look at international approaches and future CJ 478 Criminal Justice Seminar (3) trends. Prerequisites: CJ 111, 223 and SO 120. Offered in alternate Senior capstone experience. Completion of a major paper and a years. presentation of this paper to a professional panel on an approved topic. Discussion and evaluation of policies and practices in the CJ 354 Noninstitutional Corrections (3) field with accepted theories and procedures.Prerequisites: CJ 217, Examination of all noninstitutional correction programs 223 and 413. including pre-trial diversion, probation, parole, community-based correction programs, innovative approaches, and correctional CJ 495 Special Topics counseling. A discussion of problems, concerns, and trends. Although frequently presented in a manner comparable to Prerequisites: CJ 111, 223 and SO 120. Offered in alternate years. regularly listed courses, the subject matter of special topics is often of a more timely nature, or for some other reason, is not a CJ 361 Delinquency Prevention and Control (3) regular part of the curriculum. Special topics are usually designed A critical evaluation of delinquency causation theories and the by a faculty member and are listed with the other courses in the social structures and their interrelationships with delinquency schedule. prevention and control. Prerequisite: CJ 111 and SO 120. CJ 194, 294, 394, 494 Cooperative Education CJ 373 Civil Liability (3) A cooperative education course is a supervised work experience Study of the general concepts of state tort law, negligence, search related to a student’s major or field of interest. A student should and seizure violations, deadly force, and jail management. The be employed full-time or part-time with pay. A student must student will also examine the basis of civil liability grounded complete 120 hours of work for each academic credit hour and with federal law under 42 U.S.C. ~1983. The concept of liability may earn up to 16 credits. Other work arrangements must be will then be studied as it pertains to criminal justice supervisors, approved by the coordinator of cooperative education and the including a discussion of defenses and policy decisions involving Registrar. civil liability. Offered in alternate years. CJ 247 Field Experience (Lower-Level) (3) CJ 413 Criminal Justice Organization and Administration (3) A basic exposure to a particular criminal justice agency through Principles of organization and management as applied primarily observation and limited participation. This course will provide to law enforcement and correctional agencies. Practical and an understanding of how this agency fits into the entire criminal theoretical aspects of management, such as organization, decision justice system and the local community. (This is graded on a making, human relations, and values. Prerequisites: CJ 217. pass-fail basis.)

CJ 451 The Juvenile Probate System (3) CJ 497 Field Experience (Upper-Level) (3-9) Examines the legal principles and procedures of the juvenile and This level meets the same basic objectives as the lower-level, as probate courts as it relates to the criminal justice and educational well as working directly with offenders under supervision when systems. The basic structure and operation of the American legal possible. (This is graded on a pass-fail basis.) system is considered along with legal provisions related to: crime and delinquency; child welfare; education; family; mental health; CJ 199, 299, 399, 499 Independent Research guardianships, and the alternatives to these procedures. Offered in Independent research may be either project or research-oriented. alternate years. Such topics are not a normal part of the curriculum and serve two needs: first, the student investigates an area of special interest; CJ 471 Criminology (3) and second, the student works closely with a faculty member in An analysis of the sociocultural factors leading to crime with planning, executing and evaluating the program. an emphasis on crime causation theories and methods used to

69 69 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

DIGITAL FORENSIC SCIENCE CF 215 Computer Forensics and Security Ethics (3) CF 105 CompTIA A+ Computer Essentials Exam Preparation This course brings together philosophy, law and technology to (2+2) (3) provide a rigorous, in-depth exploration and analysis of a broad This is the first of two courses intended to prepare students range of topics regarding the ethical implications of widespread to earn the CompTIA A+ certification with the IT Technician use of computer technology. It is designed to provoke students designation: a prerequisite to enter the Digital Forensic Science to reflect upon the social and ethical ramifications of managing major of study. In this course, the student learns the basics of information. Special consideration will be given to current topics computer hardware and operating systems, covering skills such involving computer forensics or computer security issues. as installation, building, upgrading, repairing, configuring, troubleshooting, and preventive maintenance. At the end of the CF 305 Seizure and Forensic Examination of Computer course, the student should be prepared to complete the Systems (3) CompTIA A+ Essentials Exam, validating the basic skills needed This course will introduce students to the processes involved in by an entry-level service technician. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab) seizing hardware, computer equipment and data, and searching Prerequisites: Familiarity with PCs and Windows applications. them for evidence. This includes how information can be altered, This is not a course for the novice user. deleted and hidden on various digital media. Topics to be covered will include: establishing probable cause for a search, evidence CF 106 CompTIA A+ 220-602 Exam Preparation (2+2) (3) protection, and the chain of evidence. This includes the industry This is the second of two courses intended to prepare students best practices for examining computers that might contain crime to earn the CompTIA A+ certification with the IT Technician related information. This course will involve hands-on experience designation: a prerequisite to enter the Digital Forensic using software to capture and search for evidence.Prerequisite: CF Science major of study. In this course, the student continues to 110,CF 205,CF 210,CJ 217,CJ 221. develop and refine abilities in installation, building, repairing, configuration, troubleshooting, optimizing, diagnosing and CF 310 Advanced Topics in Computer Data Analysis and preventive maintenance, preparing for such activities in an Recovery (3) enterprise environment or interacting with customers. At the end This course will build on the fundamentals covered in CF 305. of the course, the student should be prepared to complete the Students will continue the examination of digital evidence, using CompTIA A+ 220-602 Exam, earning the A+ certification as an commercially available and alternative tools. Advanced topics will IT Technician. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab) Prerequisites: CF 105 include: cell phone and Personal Data Assistant (PDA) forensics. Operating system specifics will be explored. Cryptography and CF 110 Introduction to Computer and Digital Forensics (3) steganography will be studied along with password defeating This course will provide students with a working foundation of strategies. Lab management utilizing the Scientific Working the types of computer and electronic crimes being committed Group on Digital Evidence (SWGDE) guidelines, along with today. This course will identify techniques used by offenders technical writing and case organization will also be covered. to compromise computer systems as well as vulnerabilities of Prerequisites: CF 305 computer and electronic systems. Emphasis will be placed on criminal theory/behavior of this type of offender. CF 315 Fundamentals of Computer Networks (3) This course is a study of data communication concepts, network CF 120 PC System Software (3) delete topologies, transmission media, wireless transmission, network This course will introduce students to a variety of commonly used access control, communication protocols, network architecture, computer software systems and their respective security concerns. LANs, and WANs. Emphasis is placed on analysis of common Specific areas to be studied include wireless technology, PDAs, communication protocols. Topics covering managing the network remote computer access, file transfer mechanisms, networking will also be covered. Prerequisites: A+ or Network+ certification tools, and various backup devices. Prerequisites: IT 100 or equivalent. CF 405 Network Forensics (3) Computer and network forensics studies cyber-attack prevention, CF 205 Computer Security Fundamentals (3) planning, detection, and response with the goals of counteracting This course will introduce students to a variety of commonly cybercrime, cyberterrorism, and cyberpredators, and making used computer software systems and their respective security them accountable. It incorporates many areas of concern, concerns. Specific areas to be studied include wireless technology, including network security, intrusion detection, incident response, PDAs, remote computer access, file transfer mechanisms, infrastructure protection, and computer crime investigation. The networking tools, and various backup devices. Prerequisites: “A+ topics covered in this course include fundamentals of computer certification” and network forensics, forensic duplication and analysis, network surveillance, intrusion detection and response, incident CF 210 Operating Systems (3) response, anonymity and pseudonymity, cyber law, computer This course provides an overview of operating systems with an security policies and guidelines. Emphasis will be placed on emphasis on widely used operating systems and how operating hands-on laboratory exercises to learn to effectively use tools systems manage memory and file allocation. Prerequisites: “A+ certification” 70 70 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

such as WireShark/Ethereal for analyzing network packet data in EC 220 Economics of Sport (3) order to build a foundation for performing network surveillance This course will provide students with an opportunity to apply and intrusion detection in the more advanced course, CF 410. principles of economic theory to various aspects of the sport and Prerequisite: CF 205 and 315. leisure fields. Additionally, students will analyze the relationship between supply and demand for services related to sport and CF 410 Intrusion Detection (3) leisure. Finally, students will examine the evolution of economic This course will introduce students to the various methods used factors in sport to include: professional specialization in sport, to detect external and internal intrusion of computer systems. The gender issues in sport, and the evaluation of individual and team importance of setting up anomaly and misuse detection measures, performance in sport settings. Prerequisite: AC 221 (can be taken host based, multi-host based and network based monitoring concurrently). strategies and techniques and types of responses will be covered. Various investigative tools will be presented. This course will EC 305 Money and Banking (3) involve hands-on experiences using intrusion detection software. Role and uses of money, the flow of funds, concepts of the money Prerequisite: CF 405. supply, the Federal Reserve system, tools and effects of monetary policy, international monetary relations. Prerequisite: EC 201 and CF 450 National Certification (2) EC 205. Offered in alternate years. Each student must complete one of the national certification training programs from an approved list. The approved list EC 310 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) includes, but is not limited to, the International Association of This course examines utility maximization, profit maximization, Computer Investigative Specialists (IACIS-Law Enforcement and price theory at levels consistent with articles published in personnel only), the Seized Computer Evidence Recovery scholarly journals. Concepts are investigated through application Specialist (SCERS-Law Enforcement personnel only), the to concrete microeconomic issues. Prerequisite: EC 201. SANS GIAC Certified Forensic Analyst (GCFA) and the ISFCE Certified Computer Examiner (CCE).. Prerequisites: complete EC 320 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) a sufficient number of the computer forensics courses to qualify This course concentrates on the empirical evidence behind key for the certification examination and have the permission of the macroeconomic relationships. Accordingly, significant attention instructor. will be paid to implications for monetary and fiscal policies. A review of constitutional and legislative constraints on policy CF 497 Computer Forensic Field Experience and Seminar (4) will be undertaken as well. Prerequisite: EC 205, BA 212 (or This course will serve as the capstone course and will require a equivalent). final paper to demonstrate completion of the learning outcomes of the program. The student gains a basic exposure to an agency EC 325 Health Care Economics (3) involved in computer forensics, and experiences the investigation This course examines supply and demand of health care services of high-tech crimes through observation and participation. This and its impact on the pricing of health care in relation to managed course will allow the student to observe professionals at work, care in both the private and public sector. Other topics examined and to test out their own computer forensics skills for a minimum include resource allocation and utilization, user, employer and of 120 hours. Prerequisites: complete a sufficient number of the provider concerns. Prerequisite: EC 201 computer forensics courses to prepare for the specific agency’s requirements and have the permission of the instructor. EC 355 Public Finance (3) Economic aspects of government spending, taxation, and indebtedness; allocation of resources between public and private ECONOMICS goods. Prerequisite: EC 201 and 205. Offered in alternate years. EC 201 Microeconomics (3) An investigation of the principles of production, distribution, EC 375 International Trade (3) consumption, and price as they relate to the individual consumer Economic and political aspects of world trade: free trade vs. or firm. Not open to freshmen. protectionist policies, institutions affecting world trade, currency exchange rates, and world economic development. Prerequisite: EC 205 Macroeconomics (3) junior standing. Offered in alternate years. Analysis of national economic policies: laissez-faire, Keynesian, and monetarist theories applied to the questions of inflation, EC 452 Investment Analysis (3) unemployment, government spending and taxation, world trade Functioning of stock exchanges and other capital markets; and finance, the Federal Reserve, and monetary policy. Not open financial analysis from the investor’s point of view. Emphasis is to freshmen. on security analysis, valuation, investment timing, and portfolio theory. Prerequisite: EC 205, BA 212, and BA 350. Offered in alternate years.

71 71 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

EDUCATION ED 220 Principles of Middle Childhood Math (3) ED 201 Phonics (1) This course is designed to provide education students in the MC A study of the sounds (phonemes) of the English language and math licensure program with opportunities to study the topics of the developmental sequence of teaching these sounds to children. number, number sense and operations, measurement, patterns, Must be taken before or concurrently with ED 233 or ED 243. functions and algebra, and data analysis and probability. Process skills addressed are problem solving, reasoning, communications, ED 202 Instructional Technology (3) connections, and representation. The focus will be on the This course is designed to provide experiences to teacher conceptual understanding of these math contents and processes. candidates in the use of technology in teaching and learning. Content will be aligned with the Ohio Academic Content Data collection, software selection, production and application of Standards. technologies in lesson plans for use in classrooms will be studied. In this course, students will explore critical issues surrounding ED 221 Foundations of American Public Education (3) the use of technology in educational settings. Students will also The introductory course for all teacher licensure programs. The cultivate skills in the use of technological advances relevant to format for the course is Problem Based Learning. Students work current and future educational and professional experiences. This in collaborative groups to research and present findings about course will be required of all license-seeking students Pre-K to major problems related to contemporary and current issues in Young Adult. education. Student assessments include self and faculty evaluation of the dispositions (behavior) identified as required for becoming ED 203 Seminar I, Learning about the Profession (1) an effective teacher. Should be taken in the second semester of the The exploration of becoming an early childhood educator by freshman year. reading the professional literature and attending a conference. The course will include studying the National Association for the ED 228 Education of Exceptional Children (2) Education of Young Children’s Code of Ethics and reading case A study of the characteristics of children with disabilities studies based on ethical dilemmas faced by teachers. In addition, including those who are at risk, those with developmental students will have the opportunity to attend the Ohio Association variations and those with specialized abilities (gifted) will be for the Education of Young Children’s annual conference to hear addressed. The related services and adaptive technologies for nationally known speakers and participate in workshops. children with exceptionalities as well as the impact of family, cultural, racial, and ethnic diversity on learning are explored. The ED 204 Becoming a Professional II (1) course also addresses the law as it relates to services for children The exploration of becoming a professional in early childhood with disabilities and the role of the classroom teacher in the education by preparing for Praxis II exams and Pathwise lesson process. Prerequisites: ED 221, PY 110, and 225 or 227 plans. The course will include preparing and filling a Praxis II organizer and study materials for the test. Students will learn the ED 229 Educational Psychology (3) categories for the Pathwise lesson plans. The course gives teacher education majors the opportunity to learn about developmental stages of children, the study of theories ED 217 Principles of Math (3) and principles of learning and ways these theories impact learning A study of basic mathematical concepts and processes in the and teaching. Theories of motivation, impact of learner diversity areas of Number, Measurement, Geometry, Patterns & Algebra, (ethnic, socioeconomic and cultural) learning style variations, and Data & Probability (which are compatible with the Ohio multiple intelligences, brain hemisphericity, physically challenging Academic Content Standards) and designed for early childhood conditions, and cognitive styles are all addressed as ways that pre-service teachers preparing for early childhood licensure. classroom practice is influenced and changed. Prerequisites: ED This course must be taken and passed (with a C or better) 221, PY 110, and 225 or 227 before students may take ED 330 (Math Methods) and ED 332 (Integrated Practicum I). ED 230 Principles of Early Childhood Education (3) The study of the nature, history, philosophy and organization of ED 218 Social Studies Content: K-3 (3) early childhood programs including the characteristics of effective Using the Ohio Academic Content Standards in Social Studies teachers of young children and the ethical principles they uphold. as the foundation, Early Childhood majors will learn about the Introduction to the concepts of developmentally appropriate content that is specific to Ohio and US History, World Geography, practices and teaching approaches that support learning and the major economic concepts, Government and Citizenship that developmental needs of children ages three through eight. Must are needed for teaching Pre-K through Grade 3. A Problem be taken concurrently with ED 232. Prerequisites: ED 221, PY 110 Based Learning Approach will be used in order to integrate and and 225. coordinate the content from areas listed above. Prerequisites: AH 220 and SO 120. Successful completion (C or better) of this ED 231 Curriculum and Practices of Early Childhood (3) course is a prerequisite for ED 334, Early Childhood Social Studies A study of the guidelines of developmentally appropriate Methods. curriculum to meet the needs of all learners including the culturally diverse, at risk and exceptional learners (including gifted) and consideration of the context of the children including 72 72 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

multicultural perspectives, socioeconomic status, home ED 238 Health and Physical Education for the Classroom language, and home cultural practices as part of curriculum Teacher (2) development. The course includes planning, implementation, and The course is designed for the Early Childhood Education teacher evaluation of learning experiences to facilitate play, cooperative (Pre K-3). It will provide an understanding of the importance learning environments, inquiry and problem solving in early of health and physical education for youngsters of this age. The childhood classrooms. Must be taken concurrently with ED 234. students will develop learning goals and instructional plans Prerequisites: ED 221, 230, 232 and PY 225. within both areas along with exploring school laws topics and current issues. Students will also have the opportunity to teach ED 232 Early Childhood Practicum (1) PE lessons to Pre K youngsters on a weekly basis. Prerequisites ED Students observe (one half day per week) in a variety of early 221 and PY 225. childhood classrooms to understand the scope and variety of programming that is available for young children and to ED 243 Foundations and Survey of Reading and Phonics: observe and discriminate aspects of appropriate practice in early Middle Childhood (3) childhood programs. Prerequisites: ED 221, 230, 231 and PY 225. The Ohio Academic Standards in Reading and English are used to organize the instruction in the course. The course emphasizes ED 233 Phonics and Emergent Literacy (4) reading strategies that are validated by scientifically-based A study of the association of speech sounds (phonemes) with research in the teaching of reading and phonics. It presents printed symbols (graphemes) as a major word identification research-based perspectives about readers and programs strategy with emphasis on the role of phonics in emergent designed to meet reader needs. Knowledge of the reading literacy. A study of the impact of the diversity of language in the process is addressed through understanding its relationship home is addressed. Reading acquisition and development from with phonemic, morphemic, semantic, and syntactic systems of linguistic, cognitive, psychological and curricular perspectives, language. Attention is given to word recognition, vocabulary and developmentally appropriate activities involving literature, and comprehension strategies used to develop fluent readers. patterns, games, and writing to foster literacy development are Prerequisites: ED 201, 202, 221, 228, 229. explored. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, and PY 225. NOTE: Prerequisites for 300 and 400 level Methods classes ED 234 Early Childhood Practicum II (1) include ED 202, 221, 228, 229, PY 225 or PY 227, appropriate Students will spend 2 half days per week (80 total hours) in a pre- 200 level prerequisites and admission to the Teacher Education k, kindergarten, or primary classroom serving as an apprentice Program. Students who register for 300 and 400 level courses and to a master teacher. Students will also learn about: the school’s do not have admission to the Teacher Education Program will be philosophy, curriculum (scope and sequence), human and withdrawn from those courses. physical resources and school classroom procedures. Students will be expected to rework a teacher’s or commercial lesson plans ED 305 Becoming a Professional III (1) into a written format & teach the lesson as appropriate to the The exploration of becoming an early childhood educator by classroom situation. Must be taken with ED 231 and/or ED 233. studying the teacher standards set forth by the Ohio Department Prerequisites: ED 221, ED 230, ED 232, PY 110 and PY 225. of Education (ODE). The course will include in-depth investigation of the ODE website to train students how to access ED 235 Expressive Arts (3) teacher resources. Students will learn how to find materials A study of the young child’s artistic, symbolic, and aesthetic they will need to become a Highly Qualified Early Childhood development in art, music, and movement. Students will Educator. experience, critique, and develop appropriate expressive art experiences. Techniques for adapting materials and activities for ED 330 Reading and Math Field Experience (2) special needs learners will also be explored. Students will earn Teacher education candidates will spend 2 half days per week 2 credit hours through scheduled class time and 1 credit hour in a kindergarten or primary classroom for 10 weeks and through participation in “hands on” laboratory experiences. then 4 half days per week for the later 5 weeks serving as an Prerequisites: ED 221, AR 210/237/238 or CA210 and PY 225. apprentice to a master teacher. Candidates will plan, implement and evaluate their teaching of a set(s) of lessons and/or units ED 237 Children’s Literature (3) in Math and Reading as appropriate to the school’s curriculum A survey of literature appropriate for children ages three through content and/or school context. They will demonstrate ability to grade three with emphasis on identification of quality literature sequence instruction that is developmentally appropriate; develop within several genres and a variety of ways to incorporate appropriate methods for students to demonstrate learning; and literature into the curriculum within group and classroom will be video taped during the semester and jointly critique the settings. Interactive technology will be explored. Students will tapes with college supervisors. Must be taken concurrently have opportunities to read to children in a variety of contexts. with ED 332 and 335. Prerequisites: ED 201, 202, 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 237, and admission to the Teacher Education Program.

73 73 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

ED 332 Math Methods (2) ED 336 Reading Diagnosis and Remediation with Early The new Ohio Academic Standards in Math and the Pathwise Childhood Practicum (4) Criteria will be used to learn about content curricular planning, The study of appropriate reading and reading readiness diagnostic teaching methodologies and implementation. Students will and remedial procedures for assessing strengths and weaknesses critique and evaluate curriculum materials. Students learn about in young learners are included. The use of the results of these the development of numeric and mathematical concepts, how procedures to create appropriate teaching strategies is addressed. best to facilitate their development with young learners and the Students will have the opportunity to develop and implement characteristics of what is called “reform” math. Emphasis will be diagnostic and remedial strategies. Must be taken with ED 338 or placed on both skill-based learning and integrating math content an appropriate practicum placement. Prerequisites: ED 201, 202, to other curricular areas to provide “real-life” experiences. Must 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 237, 335 and PY 110 and be taken with ED 335 and ED 330. Prerequisites: Ed 201,202, 225 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 237, and PY 225 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. ED 338 Integrated Practicum (3) Students will spend 3 half days per week in a pre-k, kindergarten ED 333 Science Methods (2) or primary classroom serving as an apprentice to a master teacher. The new Ohio Academic Standards in Science and the Pathwise They will plan, implement and evaluate their teaching of a set(s) Criteria will be used to learn about content curricular planning, of lessons and/or units in Math, Social Studies and Science as teaching methodologies and implementation related to science. appropriate to the school’s curriculum content and/or school Students will critique and evaluate curriculum materials. context. They will demonstrate ability to sequence instruction Students will learn how to plan and implement curriculum that that is developmentally appropriate, develop appropriate methods relies on inquiry-based “minds on, hands on learning” and is for students to demonstrate learning and use that information to appropriate for young learners using concrete materials and alter future instruction. Students will be video taped at least twice experiences to built science concepts. Emphasis will be placed during the semester and jointly critique the tapes with college on integrating science content with other areas to provide supervisors. Must be taken concurrently with ED 337 and 430. meaningful, “real-life” experiences. Must be taken with ED 334, Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, ED 336, ED 338 and ED 430. Prerequisites: Ed 201, 202, 221, 228, 237, 335 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 237,330, 332, 335 and PY 225 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. ED 339 Middle Childhood Field Experience (1) Students will spend 1 half day per week (40 total hours) in ED 334 Social Studies Methods (2) middle childhood classroom(s) (grades 4 to 9 in the content The new Ohio Academic Standards in Social Studies and the areas of licensure ) serving as apprentices to master teachers. Pathwise Criteria will be used to learn about content curricular Students will learn about: the school’s philosophy, curriculum planning, teaching methodologies and implementation. Students (scope and sequence), human and physical resources and school will critique and evaluate curriculum materials. In social studies, classroom procedures. Students will be expected to rework a students will learn how to plan and implement curriculum that teacher’s or commercial lesson(s) into written format and teach relies on inquiry-based “minds on, hands on learning” and is the lesson(s) as appropriate to the classroom situation. Must be appropriate for young learners. Emphasis will be placed on taken concurrently with ED 340. Prerequisites: ED 202 221, 228, integrating social studies content to provide meaningful, “real- 229,243, PY 110 and PY 227. life” experiences. Must be taken with ED 333, ED 336, ED 338 and ED 430. Prerequisites: ED 201, 202, 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, ED 340 Principles and Practices of Middle Level Education (3) 232, 233, 234, 235,237, 330, 332, 335 and PY 225 and admission to An examination of the nature, philosophy, and organization the Teacher Education Program. of the middle school: the nature of the middle school learner; characteristics of effective middle school administrators and ED 335 Integrated Reading/Language Arts Methods: Early teachers; buildings and specific room utilization, interdisciplinary Childhood (3) team organization, block scheduling, exploratory curriculum The Ohio Academic Standards in Reading and English are used time, teaching methodologies, advisor-advisee programs, to organize the instruction in the course. The course emphasizes family/house identity. Development of appropriate programs in reading strategies that are validated by scientifically-based a supportive school environment along with the exploration of research in the teaching of reading. Provides the preservice classroom and behavior management strategies which uniquely teacher with competency in the methods of teaching reading serve middle school students are also addressed. Students will and language arts to early learners. The course emphasizes have training in the Pathwise Criteria and plan, implement and comprehensive, creative approaches and specific techniques evaluate appropriate activities for the classroom environment. involved in integrating listening, speaking, writing, grammar, Must be taken concurrently with ED 339. Prerequisites: ED 221, reading, spelling and handwriting experiences for the young 228, 229,243, PY 110 and PY 227. child. Focus on integrated development of communication skills. A one half day per week (40 clock hours total) practicum is required. Prerequisites: ED 201, 202, 221, 228, 229, 230, 231 232, 233, 234, 237 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. 74 74 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

ED 341 Middle Childhood and Adolescent Literature (3) ED 345 Integrated Reading/Language Arts Methods: Middle An overview of quality literature that is appropriate for use with School (4) preadolescent and adolescent readers. Focus on understanding The Ohio Academic Standards in Reading/English are used and application of evaluative criteria, successful techniques to organize the instruction in the course. The course provides for incorporating literature across the curriculum, analysis of methods of teaching reading and language arts to middle school elements of literature, and ways of encouraging enjoyment and students with emphasis on content reading. The course also appreciation of literature. Interactive technology will be explored. includes methods of using curriculum embedded strategies to assess and monitor instruction based on that assessment. Focus ED 342 Teaching Mathematics in Middle School (3) on various ways of integrating language instruction including The Ohio Academic Standards in Math are used to organize the literature, interdisciplinary units, and organizational variations instruction in the course. The course emphasizes developmentally are presented. Students are to take this course concurrently appropriate strategies, instructional techniques and materials with 342, 343, 345 and/or 449 (or other arranged practicum). proven effective for middle childhood learners. Mathematics Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 242, 243, 341, and PY 227, curriculum, mathematical problem solving, use of models and and admission to the Teacher Education Program. manipulatives, applications to real-life situations, calculators, and computer programs will all be used in this course. The need ED 346 Reading Diagnosis and Remediation: Middle and use of content embedded authentic assessment strategies as Childhood (3) well as adaptation for learners with special needs are included. The study of appropriate reading diagnostic and remedial Integration of mathematics with other curricular disciplines is procedures for assessing strengths and weaknesses in middle-aged also demonstrated. The course must be taken concurrently with learners are included. The use of the results of these procedures ED 449. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 243, 339, 340, and to create appropriate teaching strategies is addressed. Students PY 227, most of the mathematics content, and admission to the will have the opportunity to develop and implement diagnostic Teacher Education Program. and remedial strategies. Must be taken with ED 348, 448 and 498. Prerequisites: ED201, 202, 221,228, 229, 243,339 and 340; 342, ED 343 Teaching Science in Middle School (3) 343 and/or 344; 345, 449, and admission to the Teacher Education The Ohio Academic Standards in Science are used to organize Program. the instruction in the course. This course emphasizes developmentally appropriate strategies, instructional techniques ED 347 Reading in the Content Field (3) and materials proven effective for middle childhood learners. Using the Academic Content Standards in Reading/English as a Science curriculum, scientific inquiry and problem solving, use focus, the course highlights the principles, techniques, strategies of models and manipulatives, applications to real-life situations, and resources which aid teachers in developing and strengthening and computer programs will all be used in this course. The need student reading ability within school content areas. Focus and use of content embedded authentic assessment strategies as on comprehension through attention to textbooks and their well as adaptation for learners with special needs are included. organizations, readability, student interests, schema theory and Integration of science with other curricular disciplines is also cultural factors. Visual literacy is addressed. This course should be demonstrated. The course must be taken concurrently with ED taken concurrently with ED 370 and 371. Prerequisites: ED 202, 449. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 243, 339, 340, and PY 221, 228, 229, and admission to the Teacher Education Program. 227, most of the science content, and admission to the Teacher Education Program. ED 348 Reading Diagnostic and Remedial Field (1) Taken during the Internship. Students implement diagnostic ED 344 Teaching Social Studies in Middle School (3) procedures with middle childhood learners and plan content- The Ohio Academic Standards in Social Studies are used to based remedial strategies to aid in the reading process. Must be organize the instruction in the course. The course emphasizes taken concurrently with ED 346, 448, and 498. Prerequisites: developmentally appropriate strategies, instructional techniques ED201, 202, 221,228, 229, 243,339 and 340; 342, 343 and/or 344; and materials proven effective for middle childhood learners. 345, 349, and admission to the Teacher Education Program. Social Studies curriculum, historical problem solving and inquiry, use of models and simulations, and applications to ED 349 Advanced Methods Practicum: Middle Childhood (2) real-life situations will all be used in this course. The need and Students will spend 2 half days per week in a middle school use of content embedded authentic assessment strategies as classroom(s) serving as an apprentice to a master teacher. They well as adaptation for learners with special needs are included. will plan, implement and evaluate their teaching of a set(s) of Integration of social studies with other curricular disciplines is lessons and/or units in the content area of their license (Math, also demonstrated. The course must be taken concurrently with Social Studies, Science or Reading/Language arts) as appropriate ED 449. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 243, 339, 340, and to the school’s curriculum content and/or school context. PY 227, most of the mathematics content, and admission to the They will demonstrate ability to sequence instruction that is Teacher Education Program. developmentally appropriate, develop appropriate methods for students to demonstrate learning and use that information to alter future instruction. Students will be video taped at least twice

75 75 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

during the semester and jointly critique the tapes with college is also addressed. Must be taken concurrently with ED 497. supervisors. Must be taken concurrently with ED 342, 343, 344, Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 341, 347, 370, 371, and PY and/or 345. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 339, 340, and 227, most of the integrated language arts content, and admission to PY 227, most of the content courses, and admission to the Teacher the Teacher Education Program. Education Program. ED 360 Arts Methods: Pre-K-12 (3) ED 352 Mathematics Methods: 7-12 (3) The Ohio Competency-Based Model for the Visual Arts is the The Ohio Academic Standards in Math are used to organize the basis for the course. Instructional methodology in visual arts instruction in the course. The course emphasizes developmentally will be presented with close attention to its relationship to the appropriate strategies, instructional techniques and materials developmental stages of the learners. Students will learn about proven effective for adolescent learners. Mathematics curriculum materials, methods, resources, and techniques in relation to (including traditional and reform math programs), mathematical teaching the visual arts. The need and use of content embedded problem solving, use of models and manipulatives, applications authentic assessment strategies as well as adaptation for learners to real-life situations, calculators, and computer programs will all with special needs are included. The course must be taken with be used in this course. The need and use of content embedded ED 497. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229; 339/340 or 370/371; authentic assessment strategies as well as adaptation for learners and PY 225 and 227; and admission to the Teacher Education with special needs are included. Integration of mathematic Program. content areas is also demonstrated. The course must be taken concurrently with ED 497. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, ED 370 Teaching Secondary Students (3) 347, 370, 371, and PY 227, most of the mathematics content, and An examination of the nature, philosophy, and organization admission to the Teacher Education Program. of the secondary school: the nature of the adolescent learner; appropriate teaching methodologies; characteristics of effective ED 353 Science Methods (7-12) (3) administrators and teachers; buildings and specific room The Ohio Academic Standards in Science are used to utilization, interdisciplinary team organization, block scheduling, organize the instruction in the course. This course emphasizes exploratory curriculum time, advisor-advisee programs, and developmentally appropriate strategies, instructional techniques integrated curriculum. How to develop appropriate programs in and materials proven effective for adolescent learners. Science a supportive school environment along with the exploration of curriculum, scientific inquiry and problem solving, use of classroom and behavior management strategies for high school models and manipulatives, applications to real-life situations, and students are also addressed. Students will have training in the computer programs will all be used in this course. The need and Pathwise Criteria and plan, implement and evaluate appropriate use of content embedded authentic assessment strategies as well activities for the classroom environment. Must be taken as adaptation for learners with special needs are included. The concurrently with ED 371 and 347. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, course must be taken concurrently with ED 497. Prerequisites: 228, 229, PY 110, PY 227. ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 347, 370, 371, and PY 227, most of the science content, and admission to the Teacher Education Program. ED 371 Secondary Practicum (1) Students will spend 1 half day per week (40 total hours) in a ED 354 Social Studies Methods (7-12) (3) high school classrooms (grades 7 to 12 in the content areas of The Ohio Academic Standards in Social Studies are used to their licensure areas) serving as apprentices to master teachers. organize the instruction in the course. The course emphasizes Students will learn about: the school’s philosophy, curriculum developmentally appropriate strategies, instructional techniques (scope and sequence), human and physical resources and school and materials proven effective for adolescent learners. Social classroom procedures. Students will be expected to rework a Studies curriculum, historical problem solving and inquiry, use teacher’s or commercial lesson into a written format & teach the of models and simulations, and applications to real-life situations lesson as appropriate to the classroom situation. Must be taken will all be used. The need and use of content embedded authentic concurrently with ED 370 and ED 347. Prerequisites: ED 221, 228, assessment strategies as well as adaptation for learners with 229, PY 110 and PY 227. special needs are included. Integration of social studies with other curricular disciplines is also demonstrated. The course ED 430 Assessment of Young and Atypical Children (3) must be taken concurrently with ED 497. Prerequisites: ED 202, Concepts and principles of measurement and active participation 221, 228, 229, 347, 370, 371, and PY 227, most of the social studies in assessing young and atypical children ages three through content, and admission to the Teacher Education Program. eight for the purpose of strategic program planning, developing individualized educational plans (IEPs-IFSPs), transition planning ED 355 Integrated Reading/Language Arts Methods (4) and interpreting assessment results to parents and professionals. The Ohio Academic Standards in Reading/English are used as The need and use of curriculum embedded authentic assessment the basis for the instruction in the course. Preservice teachers strategies as well as adaptation for learners with special needs develop competency in the use of appropriate methods for are included. Must be taken concurrently with ED 337 and 338. teaching reading and language arts to adolescent students. Focus Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, on various ways of integrating language arts instruction including 237, 335 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. literature, interdisciplinary units, and organizational variations 76 76 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

ED 432 Family and Community Relationships (2) ED 468 Internship in Pre-K-12 (12) Approaches for educators in collaborating with parents, agencies, An intensive, 15 week, full day teaching experience in the content and other professionals, in addressing the identified needs of all area(s) of the license). Students will work in partnership with children. Students will learn about the procedures used for IEP a master teacher(s) to practice the art and craft of teaching conferences and how to conduct parent conferences. Students and develop skills of planning and facilitating learning that are will be expected to conduct at least one parent conference and/or transferable to multiple contexts. Assignments, depending upon home visit. Must be taken concurrently with ED 433 and 498. the school district may be divided between age levels. Students Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, will be assessed using the Pathwise Criteria and develop their own 237, 335, 336, 338, 430 and admission to the Teacher Education assessment portfolios using the Pathwise Criteria. The student Program. must meet the requirements for the Internship as described in the Teacher Education Handbook including passage of the ED 433 Early Childhood Internship (12) appropriate Praxis II content test(s). Must be taken concurrently An intensive, 15 week, full day teaching experience in a pre-k, with ED 498. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229; 339/340 or kindergarten or primary classroom (must be a different age level 370/37; 360 and 497; PY 225 and 227; and admission to the than in ED 338.) Students will work in partnership with a master Teacher Education Program. teacher to practice the art and craft of teaching and develop skills of planning and facilitating learning that are transferable ED 497 Advanced Methods Practicum; Grades 7 to 12 (2) to multiple early childhood contexts. Students will be assessed Students will spend 80 hours in a high school classroom(s) using the Pathwise Criteria and develop their own assessment serving as an apprentice to a master teacher. They will plan, portfolios using the Pathwise Criteria. The student must meet implement and evaluate their teaching of a set(s) of lessons and/or the requirements for the Internship as described in the Teacher units in the content area of their licensure area as appropriate Education Handbook including passage of the appropriate Praxis to the school’s curriculum content and/or school context. II content test(s). Must be taken concurrently with ED 433 and They will demonstrate ability to sequence instruction that is 432. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, developmentally appropriate, develop appropriate methods for 234, 235, 237, 335, 336, 338, 430 and admission to the Teacher students to demonstrate learning and use that information to Education Program. alter future instruction. Students will be video taped at least twice during the semester and jointly critique the tapes with college ED 448 Middle Childhood Internship (11) supervisors. Must be taken concurrently with 352, 353, 354, or An intensive, 15 week, full day teaching experience in a 355. Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 341(integrated Language middle school classroom(s) (must be in both content areas of Arts only), 347, 370, 371, and PY 227, most of the content, and the license). Students will work in partnership with a master admission to the Teacher Education Program. teacher(s) to practice the art and craft of teaching and develop skills of planning and facilitating learning that are transferable to ED 498 Internship Seminar (2) multiple contexts. Students will be assessed using the Pathwise A weekly seminar designed to support the activities of the Criteria and develop their own assessment portfolios using the interns during the internship. Interns meet each week with their Pathwise Criteria. The student must meet the requirements college supervisors and then participate in whole group activities for the Internship as described in the Teacher Education including but not limited to teacher/principal panels, instruction Handbook including passage of the appropriate Praxis II content in journaling, using the Pathwise Criteria for self assessment, and test(s). Must be taken concurrently with ED 346, 348, and 498. making application for licensure. Must be taken with ED 433, Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 243, 339, 340, 345, 346; 342, 448, 458 or 468. Prerequisites: See prerequisites for the respective 343, and/or 344; 449; and PY 227; and admission to the Teacher internships. Education Program.

ED 458 Internship in Adolescent/Young Adult (12) ENGLISH An intensive, 15 week, full day teaching experience in a high EN 220 Topics in Literature (3) school classroom(s). Students will work in partnership with An introduction to the study of literature. This course is a study of a master teacher(s) to practice the art and craft of teaching fiction, poetry, and drama genres. Texts include modern and/or and develop skills of planning and facilitating learning that contemporary literature as well as literature written before 1800. are transferable to other contexts. Students will be assessed Topics vary from section to section. See the Course Schedule for using the Pathwise Criteria and develop their own assessment topic choices. Course may be repeated if topic is different from portfolios using the Pathwise criteria. The student must meet that completed. Prerequisite: None for English major; AH 110 for the requirements for the Internship as described in the Teacher non-majors. Offered each semester. Education Handbook including passage of the appropriate Praxis II content test(s). Must be taken concurrently with ED 498. EN 260 Language Structure (2) Prerequisites: ED 202, 221, 228, 229, 347, 370, and 371; 452, 453, A study of theories that explore the nature of language. The 454, or 455; 497; PY 227, and admission to the Teacher Education areas studied include models of syntax, grammar, morphology, Program. and phonology, with emphasis on form, function, and those

77 77 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

relationships that can be explained through transformational and understanding of junior-level major expectations. Offered in structural approaches. Offered in alternate years. alternate years.

EN 265 Technical Writing (3) EN 355 British Literature (3) Study and practice of writing in professional fields. Language A study of selected texts in British literature. A major concern and format style, layout, audience, and purpose are examined as is the canon, how it is defined, how it operates discursively, and students practice writing business proposals and reports, articles how it has been undermined by postcolonial and feminist writers, for professional journals and magazines, and popular magazines. among others. Each text is examined in its particular social and Prerequisite: AH 110. Offered in alternate years. historical context. Prerequisite: AH 110. Open to non-majors with the understanding of junior-level major expectations. Offered in EN 270 Advanced Composition (3) alternate years. A skills-development course that focuses on the conventions of a variety of disciplines, genres, and nonprint electronic EN 425 Modern and Contemporary Literature (3) texts. Included are audience profiles, visual and written A study of significant writers and texts of the twentieth composing processes, formal research processes, and techniques century, including but not limited to American, British, and of proofreading and documentation. Analysis, critique, Commonwealth writers. When possible, emphasis will be placed and synthesis are practiced in ways that reflect a deepening on the relationship between literature and the other arts as well as understanding of a variety of purposes and audiences. on developments in cultural and intellectual history. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: AH 110. Offered in alternate years. Two EN courses numbered above 199 and junior standing. Offered in alternate years. EN 275 Creative Writing (3) A course is designed to develop both the imaginative and EN 475 Advanced Creative Writing (3) technical resources of those students interested in creative Workshop course focused on developing professional writing writing. The course includes writing poetry, short stories, drama, skills in poetry, fiction, or drama. The study of professional texts and nonfiction essays as well as critiquing peer and professional and techniques is included as students engage in meaningful writers’ works. Prerequisite: AH 110. Offered in alternate years. critique and produce portfolios of near-professional quality. May be repeated. Prerequisite: EN 275 and junior standing. Offered in EN 290 Introduction to Language and Literary Criticism (3) alternate years. An overview of topics related to the study of language and literary criticism. Emphasis is on the social elements of language and EN 490 Literary and Cultural Theory (3) criticism, including topics in sociolinguistics and developments The capstone of the English major. This course examines in literary criticism as they relate to class, ethnicity, and gender. current trends in literary theory with concrete application Prerequisite: AH 110. Offered in alternate years. to literary and filmic texts. Each interpretive theory will be examined comparatively with and against other theories. There EN 325 Postcolonial Literature (3) will be special emphasis on self-identity, power, and textuality A study of texts created in response to colonization, emphasizing with additional attention to issues in the English profession. the indigenous writing of Africa, Asia, Ireland, and/or the Prerequisite: EN 290 and senior standing. Offered in spring. Americas. The course includes representative colonial texts where appropriate. Prerequisites: AH 110, AH 120, AH220. EN 395 Special Topics (1-3) Open to non-majors with the understanding of junior-level major Although presented in a manner comparable to regularly listed expectations. Offered in fall of alternate years. courses, the subject matter is not part of the regular curriculum. Special topics courses are designed by a faculty member, and, EN 335 Shakespeare (3) when they are offered, they are listed with the other courses in the A study of representative plays of Shakespeare, including class schedules. Comedy, Tragedy, History, and Romance. The course includes close reading and a study of critical responses to the plays and EN 496 Readings (1-3) their social context. Attention is also paid to the element of Through a readings program, students may explore a special performance, especially as it relates to critical interpretation. literary or linguistic topic to fill a void in their background. Prerequisite: AH 110. Open to non-majors with the understanding The readings program is directed toward some specific goal or of junior-level major expectations. Offered in alternate years. purpose. The student submits an application to the Division Chair and the Academic Dean through a faculty supervisor. EN 345 American Literature (3) A study of selected American literature. Representative texts EN 499 Independent Research (1-3) are chosen to illustrate distinctive elements of genre and Independent research may be either project or research oriented. literary movements. Special attention is paid to the expanding The student plans and creates the final product in an area related canon of women and ethnic writers and to social and historical to his or her major area of study. The faculty member who serves contexts. Prerequisite: AH 110. Open to non-majors with the as an advisor for the project must approve the student-generated

78 78 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

design for the project or research. The Division Chair and the ES 132 Racket Sport Activities (1) Academic Dean must also approve. This course is designed to promote small group participation in fitness activities that involve racket sports such as tennis, racquetball, badminton, or pickle ball. Students will learn about EXERCISE SCIENCE the rules and strategies involved with these racket sports and will have the opportunity to play them twice weekly. Can be repeated ES 121 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) up to a total of 3 hours for ES131, ES132, ES135 and ES138. The history and philosophy of health, physical education, and sport are presented with career research and planning along with ES 135 Group Recreational Activities (1) the psychological and sociological implications of current physical This course is designed to promote small and/or large group education, health, and sport issues. Students are introduced to participation in a variety of fitness activities that include professionals in their major area of study. They will examine volleyball, basketball, soccer, and other court games. Students closely all professional organizations pertinent to their area of will learn about the rules and strategies involved within these study. games and will have the opportunity to play them twice weekly. Can be repeated up to a total of 3 hours for ES131, ES132, ES135 ES 122 Camp Counseling and Administration (3) and ES138. This course develops knowledge of camping skills that include everything from nature crafts to various water craft skills. Learn ES 138 Strength and Conditioning (1) the various responsibilities and duties of required camp staff in This course is designed to promote individual participation in a day camp and extend camp settings. Identify with leadership strength training activities that will maintain or increase personal process, organization structure and personnel management. An levels of muscular strength and power. The instructor will work awareness of State and Federal Health and Safety Standards, and with students to develop a sound strength-training regimen and the importance of fiscal management is also stressed within this will supervise biweekly exercise sessions. Can be repeated up to a course. total of 3 hours for ES131, ES132, ES135 and ES138. ES 125 Personal and Community Health (3) ES 234 Community First Aid and CPR (1) An overview of current personal and community health issues Students can meet the requirements for Red Cross certification in which enables students to understand causes of, and solutions to community first aid and CPR, including infant, child, and adult present day health problems. CPR. The course concentrates on the immediate, temporary care given to the victim(s) of an accident or sudden illness until ES 129 Recreation Theory and Leadership (3) professional help is secured. After satisfactorily completing the This course develops recreation leadership skills and abilities practical requirements and tests, students will receive community through the study of group dynamics activities. Identify with the first aid and CPR cards. A field-service component is required as various leadership techniques as they relate to group dynamics. part of the course. Study the history of recreation and how it has become important to all age group in the present. Become aware of professional ES 237 Recreation for Special Populations (3) journals, professional organizations and agencies and their Designed to provide the student with an understanding of activity involvement in the many aspects of recreation today. analysis and selection, then presentation to a variety of special populations, after evaluating the results from the screenings and ES 130 Fitness for Life (2) appraisals. This course is designed to increase students knowledge and appreciation of skill-related and health-related fitness principles. ES 256 Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Students will develop and apply their knowledge of healthy Education (3) lifestyles through lecture and laboratory opportunities by writing Designed to develop philosophy and skills with measurement, about, and engaging in their own fitness programs based on evaluation, and testing in health, physical education, and sport. personal needs, interests, and expectations. Students will have opportunities to collect and interpret data using descriptive and inferential statistical methods. Most ES 131 Individual Fitness and Conditioning (1) assignments will be tailored to fit settings within the student’s area This course is designed to promote individual participation in of study. fitness activities that will maintain or increase personal levels muscular strength, muscular endurance, muscular flexibility, and ES 330 Pharmacology (2) cardiovascular endurance. The instructor will work with students This course will instruct the student in the knowledge of to develop a sound physical fitness regimen and will supervise medications used to treat injuries and illness. The course will biweekly exercise sessions. Can be repeated up to a total of 3 also include the discussion of elicit drugs and how health care hours for ES131, ES132, ES135 and ES138. professionals can intervene on behalf of those individuals using elicit drugs. Offered in the spring semester in alternate years.

79 79 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

ES 340 Nutrition (2) FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR This course will instruct the student in the concepts of proper FS 101 First-Year Seminar (3) nutrition and how it can benefit physically active individuals. This course is designed as an introduction to college and helps These concepts include the basic nutritional components students adjust to the academic and interpersonal challenges (proteins, carbohydrates, fats, vitamins, minerals, and water), of college life. Special attention is focused on learning more caloric intake, weight management, pre-game meals, and eating about Defiance College’s educational and service opportunities disorders. Offered in the spring semester in alternate years. in addition to exploring the practical value of a liberal arts education. The course includes an orientation to the Pilgrim ES 355 Exercise Physiology (3) Library, various speakers, and an introductory civic engagement Exercise physiology is the study of how the body adapts to the experience. This semester-long course is required of all full- acute and chronic stress of physical activity. It develops a basic time freshmen students below the age of 21 who have not had a understanding of how the body works by incorporating anatomy, successful college experience elsewhere. motor learning, kinesiology, biomechanics, and systematic physiology. Prerequisite: BI 235 and BI 236 or BI229. FS 102 College Success Strategies (1) This course reinforces skills needed for college success such ES 356 Kinesiology and Biomechanics (3) as test-taking, note-taking, reading and time management. A The course is designed to investigate four components of physical workshop format is employed allowing students to take ownership activity: a) location, origin insertion, and action of the major for their own success. muscles involved in physical activity; b) principles of motion and how they apply in the physical education/sport domain; c) FS 281 First-Year Seminar Peer Leader (1) analysis of various aspects of human movement for efficiency A First-Year Seminar Peer Leader will serve as a teaching assistant and effectiveness; d) improvement of movement style based by being an active leader within the seminar. Peer leaders will on application of physics principles to analysis of movement. help students get to know one another, communicate upcoming Prerequisite: BI 235 and BI 236 or BI229. events, facilitate student involvement on campus by sharing personal experiences, refer students to appropriate resources ES 357 Muscle Structure and Function (2) on campus and serve as a resource to the faculty member by This course focuses on the functional anatomy of muscle origin, communicating student needs, assisting with class planning insertion, action and innervations. Applying their muscle and presenting material. Peer leaders will be assigned to one knowledge, students will determine the exact muscles used during section of FS101 and will collaborate with the designated FS101 individual weight training exercises. Conditioning programs will instructor. All peer leaders must have completed FS101, maintain be developed for individual sports that include specific weight a 2.5 GPA, and participate in the Peer Leadership Training training, plyometerics and cardiovascular programs. Prerequisite: Workshop. BI235/236 or BI229.

ES 372 Recreation Programming (3) Identify and design a variety of recreational activities suitable for FORENSIC SCIENCE various recreational settings. Become aware of organizational FN 343 Forensic Science I (3) strategies suitable for these activities in their specific settings. Forensic Science I (2). Prerequisites: Chemistry 234 (grade of “C” or better). A study of modern techniques used in forensic ES 481 Organization and Administration of Health, Physical science. Topics include evidence collection, proper processing Education, and Sport (3) and analytical instrumentation. Offered in alternate odd years. Organization and administration of health, physical education, sports medicine, and wellness programs with an emphasis FN 353 Forensic Science II (3) on facilities, equipment, budget, scheduling, community Forensic Science II (2). Prerequisites: FN 343 (grade of “C” or relationships, use of community resources, current issues, and better). An in depth study of modern techniques used in forensic ethical concerns. After the first five weeks, the course will involve science. Topics include evidence collection, proper processing team teaching. Students will be placed in groups according to and analytical instrumentation. Offered in alternate odd years. their major area of study. Open to juniors and seniors only. GENERAL STUDIES GS 111 Portfolio Development (1) Covering the basics of portfolio design and content, this course includes the study of skills, values, methods, and objectives of a variety of disciplines in relation to individual competencies gained through work and/or life experience. There is a primary focus on the development of an effective-portfolio. Offered in spring semester.

80 80 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

GEOGRAPHY GD 343 Graphic Design Practicum (3-6) GE 132 Physical Geography (3) A practicum course in designing for clients. The focus in this Landforms, weather and climate, soils and vegetation, and natural course is on finding graphic design solutions that meet the clients’ hazards. Nature and distribution of these environmental elements need while still complying with design principles. Prerequisite: and their significance to man. Offered on demand. GD 215 or instructor’s permission. May be repeated up to six hours. GE 231 Geography of the Americas (3) The natural resources, physical environment, economy, GD425 Advanced Web Design (3) population, and cultural patterns of North and South America. A continuation of the concepts covered in GD325 Introduction to Web Design, this course focuses on implementing site wide GE 232 World Geography (3) solutions for dividing content and formatting. Creation of The geography of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with dynamic sites and using scripting to create a more interactive user emphasis on the natural resources, political conditions, economy, experience is emphasized. Maintaining and planning for the life population and cultural patterns of each area. To a lesser extent cycle of web sites is covered. Prerequisite: GD325 Introduction to the geography of the Americas will be studied. Web Design or permission of instructor.

GRAPHIC DESIGN HEALTH EDUCATION GD 115 Graphic Design Principles (3) HE 177 School Health, Safety, and Services (3) Principles of design including an introduction to design This course provides an overview of health service programs principles and theories. Includes elements of layout, typography, including health appraisal, healthy environment, safety, and imagery, and visual communications. Prerequisite: AR 111. community agencies and how they relate to health education in school and community settings. Health history is emphasized, GD 214 Basic Computer Design (3) along with student interviews and observations of school An introduction to the use of the computer as a tool in graphic personnel. Ohio school law is discussed with identification of design and illustration. Prerequisite: GD 115 mandated and permissive curriculum content.

GD 215 Intermediate Graphic Design (3) HE 375 Secondary School Health Field Placement (1) A computer-based course containing elements of design theory This course provide hands-on experience for health education applied to visual communication and design applied to print, students in secondary school health environments. Students are packaging and display. Prerequisite: GD 214 required to observe and then lead learning activities throughout the semester at an assigned secondary school health field GD 315 Advanced Graphic Design (3) placement. This course is for health education candidates only Computer-based problems with an emphasis on professional and and must be taken with HE 376. creative solutions. Prerequisite: GD 215 HE 376 School Health Instruction for Middle School through GD 325 Introduction toWeb Design (3) 12 (2) An introduction to web design, the course presents practical This course, and its associated field experience, will focus application of commercial web design software. It includes on teaching and learning experiences in secondary health discussion of the aesthetic factors considered when creating instruction. Students will investigate curriculum development, multimedia using the web and the internet. Students will design classroom organization, and teaching methodology in health and develop web pages and place them on a server. education for middle school through high school. Practical application of teaching principles in a school setting will be GD 341 2D Digital Animation (3) provided at our partnership school. This course and field This course introduces the basic concepts of 2D digital animation. experience are prerequisites to student teaching and are offered It focuses on web purposed animation including animated each spring semester. Only students that have been accepted into GIF and Flash technology. Physics will be addressed but not the Teacher Education Program may enroll in this course. emphasized. Prerequisites: GD 214. Offer in alternate years.

GD 342 3D Digital Animation (3) This course introduces the basic concepts of 3D animation. It focuses on the basics of modeling, skinning, bump mapping, lighting, inverse kinematics, kinematics, and motion. Physics will be addressed but not emphasized. Prerequisites: GD 214. Offered in alternate years.

81 81 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

HEALTH SERVICES MANAGEMENT HS 495 Current Trends in Health Care (3) HS 301 Introduction to Health Care Delivery Systems (3) This course is the capstone course of the program and will This course provides a broad overview of the various functions examine the current trends in health care. Students must work of the United States health care system. The historical evolution with their health care services advisor in selecting a final project of health care is examined. The student is introduced to the that examines a current trend in health care. Students may various forms of provider models and service delivery systems examine a health related issue and complete a research paper or found in private and public health sectors, including ambulatory, complete a work-related project related to health care. acute, mental, and long-term care. The financing of health care and its influence on health care delivery and quality are outlined. The role of state and local politics in policy formation HISTORY and implementation are reviewed. Students will be required to HI 201 US History to 1877 (3) complete a project on a health delivery issue. A survey of U.S history from European contact to 1877, covering the major themes and issues in this country’s early history. Major HS 325 Health Care Economics (3) themes include the Colonial and Revolutionary Eras, Jacksonian This course examines supply and demand of health care services America, and the Civil War. and its impact on the pricing of health care in relation to managed care in both the private and public sector. Other topics examined HI 202 US History from 1877 (3) include resource allocation and utilization, user, employer and A survey of US history from Reconstruction covering the major provider concerns. Prerequisite: EC 201 themes and issues in this country’s post-Civil War period. Major themes include Populism, Westward Migration, Industrialization HS 360 Health Care Ethics (3) and America’s involvement in the wars of the late 19th and 20th This course is an analysis of ethical methods of use in health centuries. care ethics and a study of a variety of medical ethical issues. It is a general overview and introduction to health care ethics. It HI 204 Europe: The Italian Renaissance to the Present (3) includes a general ethical typology which will give students A survey of European history from the Renaissance to the French knowledge of the vocabulary and approaches usually used in Revolution and industrial ages, followed by the study of nation medical ethics. states, ideologies Imperialism and World Wars One and Two. Special attention is paid to European religious, cultural, political, HS 364 Health Care Law (3) social, and economic transformations that shaped the modern Discusses legal implications and ramifications of conduct world. in health services administration. Introduces principles of administrative law that form the foundation of decision-making HI 205 The 20th Century World (3) processes in the health services arena. Prerequisite: HS 301 This course examines the major themes and events of the 20th century up to World War II and beyond, continuing to the HS 366 Comparative Health Care Delivery Systems (3) present. A comparative analysis of health systems which seeks to understand the relevance of national responses to existing and HI 207 Ages of Empires (3) emerging problems. The course will examine the role, structure, This course will survey world civilizations of the Ancient and function of individual systems from an interdisciplinary Near-East, India, China, Greece, Rome, Islam and Africa from perspective. Health care systems of countries in different stages of prehistory to 1500 CE. It will examine how and why human economic development will be studied. Health policy, transitions civilizations arise, the differences and similarities between and health care reform will be examined. civilizations of the world, and why some civilizations succeeded and others failed. The course will examine the development of HS 370 Health Care Information Systems (3) politics, religion, philosophy, economic and the variety of cultures This course addressed the changing role of information present in these regions. Offered in fall of alternate odd years technology and the management of information systems and technology in today’s organizations. It is designed to bring HI 311 Colonial America (3) together in one learning experience the various concepts An in-depth study of the Colonial Era, from European contact managing information systems (MIS) and information technology through the Revolutionary War. Themes that will be investigated (IT). Prerequisites: MG 331, AC 221, BA 214 will be Indian-white relations, the role of women and minorities in colonial America, and the social and cultural institutions, HS 460 Health Care Financial Management (3) which helped shape American culture and history. This course examines the budgeting process in health care facilities with emphasis on operational and capital budgets in a HI 325 History of Geopolitics (3) managed care environment. Cost/Volume/Profit analysis and This course examines diplomacy and international relations evaluation of future projects will be discussed along with third during the last two centuries and will investigate how the world party reimbursement implications. has changed from a geopolitical standpoint during that time in

82 82 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

Europe and the Americas. Commencing with the Congress of HI 395 Special Topics Vienna, readings will focus on such topics as transformations in Among others, the following courses may be offered periodically the Atlantic world and expansion and decline of imperialism. as special topic courses: African-American History HI 326 History of Geopolitics II (3) Modern Latin America This course examines diplomacy and international relations The History of Women in America during the last two centuries and will investigate how the world Trans-Mississippi West has been fundamentally “reordered” during this time in Asia, The Civil War Africa, and the Middle East. Social and Cultural History of the United States Germany, from Bismarck to Hitler HI 328 Political Geography (3) Political geography will examine diplomacy and international HI 398 Historical Methods and Public History (3) relations in the last two centuries. The course will examine This course introduces and reinforces the major skills and geopolitics from the local, national, and global perspectives and methods of the historical profession. Topics covered include discuss how the world has been fundamentally “reordered.” A historical writing and the proper documentation of that writing, variety of themes will be discussed including, but not limited to, advanced research skills, oral interview techniques, and basic state building, the role of imperialism, colonial legacies, terrorism, archives and records management. and national self interest. Offered in spring of even alternate years. HI 496 Readings Through a readings program, students may explore the literature HI 336 History of the Constitution (3) of a specific field in preparation for a later independent research The background of our constitutional development from natural project, can fill a void in their background, or read the literature law to the present. Offered in alternate years. of a subject for its own value. The program is directed toward some specific goal or purpose. The student is expected to submit HI 340 History of the Middle East (3) application through a faculty supervisor. A survey of the history of the Islamic Middle East and North Africa with special attention paid to the Arab expansion of HI 498 Seminar: Senior Capstone Experience (3) the medieval period, the Ottoman Empire, and particularly In a seminar for credit, the faculty leader selects a topic or theme the modern Middle East in crisis. Offered in alternate years. which is published in the regular schedule. The student works Prerequisites: AH110, AH220, and a 200-level history course. independently to a greater degree than in a regular course. A seminar meets on a regular basis for discussion of materials HI 345 The Ohio Area (3) relative to the topic. History of the Ohio area from prehistoric to post-Civil War times. A survey of regional geography and economic and social HI 199, 299, 399, 499 Independent Research influences. Offered in alternate years. Independent research may be either project or research-oriented. Such topics are not a normal part of the curriculum and serve two HI 350 History of Asia (3) needs: first, the student investigates an area of special interest; A survey of the early histories of China and India, followed by and second, the student works closely with a faculty member in major developments in Asia before the modern period, and planning, executing and evaluating the program. culminating with the emergence of modern Japan, India’s struggle for independence, China’s ongoing 20th century revolution, and the crisis in southeast Asia. Offered in alternate years. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Prerequisites: AH110, AH220, and a 200-level history course. IT 102 Word Processing/Clip Art Skills (1) This module introduces the concepts for creating and enhancing HI 360 Modern Latin America (3) word processing documents on microcomputers. Students creat An in-depth survey of Latin America since independence, with reports, resume with cover-letter, and flyers with clipart. special attention paid to the history of Mexico and Central America. A thematic approach will be used, with a focus on IT 103 Spreadsheet Skills (1) the social and cultural aspects of this tumultuous time in Latin This module introduces the concepts for designing and using American history. Prerequisites: AH110, AH220, and a 200-level spreadsheets on microcomputers. Students create worksheets, history course graphs and learn to perform “what is” analyses.

IT 104 Presentation Skills (1) This module introduces the concepts for designing and using presentation software (PowerPoint) with microcomputers. Students create electronic slides and organize complete presentations.

83 83 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

INTERNATIONAL AND GLOBAL introduce students to phonics, vocabulary, and the ability to understand, read, write and speak simple Chinese as well as STUDIES explore the cultures of the Chinese speaking world. The lectures IS 211 Introduction to International and Global Studies (3) will be highly interactive with skits and pair/group situational This course provides an overview of the multidisciplinary aspects dialogues that reflect daily activities. With active participation in of International and Global Studies including the following class and adequate practice out of class, students will increase not areas: business, religion, political science, history, environmental only the knowledge of Chinese vocabulary, common expressions, management, geography, communication and literature. grammar, improving listening and communication skills, but will gain a better understanding of the culture of Chinese people as IS 300 Conflict Resolution/ Peace Studies (3) well. This course discusses from a philosophical, moral, diplomatic, and historical-political point of view international conflict resolution strategy, with some case studies (e.g. South Africa), war and peace, violence and terror, and especially, issues in MANAGEMENT international law and human rights. MG 331 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) Basic principles of management with an emphasis on the IS 450 Seminar in International & Global Studies (3) human relations approach. Includes studies of organizational A topics and methods course that examines current hotspots development issues, practical applications of motivational theory, and conflicts around the world. Topics might include any of and leadership approaches all relative to both profit and not-for the significant areas of study in the major. The emphasis is on profit organizations. Prerequisite: junior standing. understanding the methods of the various disciplines of the major. MG 332 Human Resource Management (3) A study of the basic functions associated with human resource IS 499 Senior Capstone Project (3-6) management including recruitment, selection, development and The senior capstone serves to fully integrate the educational compensation of personnel, performance evaluation, quality of experiences and disciplinary approaches and topics of the major. work life, and employment practices and policies. Prerequisite: The capstone incorporates both a classroom component and junior standing and completion of MG 331. independent research. Students design and execute a research project that employs sound methodology and results in a MG 340 Teamwork and Teambuilding (3) comprehensive paper. The capstone culminates in a presentation This course uses a collaborative learning environment to study at one of the honors symposia or other similar event. team development and characteristics while also exploring interpersonal issues and personal feelings in group involvement. The course setting becomes a laboratory for group interaction where one’s effectiveness as a team member increases. The course LANGUAGE teaches management of conflict between and within groups and LA 101, 102 Conversational Spanish I, II (2,2) decision-making and problem-solving styles. Prerequisites: MG This course is designed to introduce students to phonics, 331. vocabulary, and the ability to understand, read, write and speak simple Spanish as well as explore the cultures of the Spanish MG 370 Management Information Systems (3) speaking world. With active participation in class and adequate This course addresses the changing role of information practice out of class, students will increase not only the knowledge technology and the management of information systems and of Spanish vocabulary, common expressions, grammar, improving technology in today’s organizations. It is designed to bring listening and communication skills, but will also gain a better together, in one learning experience, the various concepts of understanding of Spanish culture, using materials from Spain, managing information systems (MIS) and information technology Mexico, and Central and South America. (IT). Prerequisites: MG 331, AC 221, BA 214

LA 111, 112 Conversational Arabic I, II (2,2) MG 470 Organizational Leadership (3) This course is designed to introduce students to phonics, An analysis of various theories and approaches. The course vocabulary, and the ability to understand, read, write and speak includes skill development, experiential activities, theoretical simple Modern Standard Arabic as well as explore the cultures constructs and guest speakers who are leaders in a variety of of the Arabic-speaking world. With active participation in class settings. Prerequisites: MG 331 and adequate practice outside of class, students will increase not only the knowledge of Arabic vocabulary, common expressions, MG 485 Small Business Management (3) grammar, improving listening and communication skills, but will Practical problems in operations, marketing, and finance facing gain a better understanding of the culture of the Arabic people as the small businessman or entrepreneur; readings, case studies, well. and consulting projects with local firms. Prerequisites: junior standing and permission from instructor. LA 121, 122 Conversational Chinese I, II (2,2) Conversational Chinese I & II – This course is designed to 84 84 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

MARKETING marketing. May be repeated more than once based upon the MK 340 Principles of Marketing (3) content of the course and the permission of the instructor. An introductory survey of the marketing function: product Prerequisite: MK 340 or permission of the instructor. design, distribution, pricing, and integrated marketing communication. MATHEMATICS MK 341 Advertising and Promotion (3) MA 105 Quantitative Reasoning (3) Role of advertising in business and society; concepts and strategy This course explores commonly used mathematical topics to in the administration of advertising programs; budgets and media develop reasoning skills. An interdisciplinary approach is used selection; evaluation of advertising effectiveness.Prerequisite: MK with examples from various academic fields. Topics include 340. logical reasoning, introduction to statistical concepts, unit conversion, formulas and linear modeling, and probability. This MK 344 Retail Management (3) course meets the general education requirement for mathematics Principles of retailing as applied to the marketing of goods and prepares students to continue in math and statistics. and services to ultimate consumers. Store location, consumer behavior, promotion, and personal selling skills are examined. MA 106 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (4) Purchasing practices and price setting for retail managers. Topics in algebra, trigonometry, and functions that are essential Prerequisite: MK 340. for success in calculus. Intended for majors in mathematics, computer science, natural science, and others who will go into the MK 348 Sales Management and Professional Selling (3) calculus sequence. Credit will apply to the mathematics major. A study of basic personal selling techniques: steps in the selling Prerequisite: MA 105 with grade of “C-” or better, or satisfactory process, buyer behavior, obligations, and personality factors in result on the placement test. the selling process and overall management of the sales function. Prerequisite: MK 340. MA 115 Principles of Geometry (3) This course is designed to provide an in-depth understanding MK 410 E-Marketing (3) of the concepts of Euclidean geometry. The content topics An in-depth study of the role of the internet in transforming include measurement in U.S. and metric units, conversion of marketing decision making and activities. Emphasis is placed units, formulas for perimeter, area, volume and surface area, on developing internet based marketing strategies and utilization similar triangles and proportions, transformations of area of the electronic channel to add customer value. Students are and volume, classification of geometric objects and shapes, required to create an E-Marketing plan. Prerequisite: MK 340 properties of angles, lines and geometric objects, coordinate geometry, congruence, symmetry and constructions. Process MK 442 Marketing Management (3) skills will include problem solving, conjecturing, reasoning, This course uses case studies to examine marketing problems finding counterexamples, communications, connections and faced by companies. Students will examine the marketing representation. Topics will include but not be restricted to those function in detail and how it interrelates with other functional aligned with the Ohio Academic Content Standards for grades 4 areas of the organization. Students will also examine case studies – 9. Prerequisite: MA 106 or permission of the instructor. Offered from a strategic management view and how marketing is a key in alternate years. component of a company’s strategic plan. Prerequisite: MK 340 and junior standing. MA 201, 202, 203 Analytical Geometry and Calculus I, II, III (4,4,4) MK 449 Marketing Research (3) A three-course sequence covering limits, derivatives, This course examines the methods of planning and conducting antiderivatives and the definite integral, elementary vector market research projects; analysis and interpretation of research analysis, infinite series, related topics in analytic geometry, data. Prerequisites: BA 212, MK 340 and selected relationships within mathematics and connect mathematics to scientific applications and to other disciplines in MK 450 Buyer Behavior (3) real world situations. Prerequisite: MA 106 or equivalent. Study of business, consumer and non-profit organizational buying processes. Emphasis is placed upon understanding the MA 300 The History of Mathematics (3) internal and external determinants of buyer behavior, including Mathematics as it existed at various stages of history—Babylonian its social, cultural, information processing and psychological and Egyptian, Greek, Chinese, Hindu, Arabian, and Modern. aspects. Prerequisite: MK 340 or permission of instructor. Significant stages in the development of different branches of mathematics, such as geometry, algebra, and calculus. Ancient MK 460 Special Topics in Marketing (3) problem-solving techniques, as well as contributions from In-depth study of selected topics and problems that confront the underrepresented groups and from diverse cultures will be marketing decision-maker. Examples include problems in global explored. Prerequisite: MA 201. Offered in alternate years. marketing, social marketing, services marketing and industrial

85 85 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

MA 301 Linear Algebra (4) MA 490 Senior Capstone Project (3-4) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations, isomorphism, A senior project is required of all mathematics majors. Each matrix algebra, matrix eigenvectors, and determinants. student will complete an independent project under the Prerequisite: one semester of calculus or permission of instructor. supervision of a mathematics faculty member and present the Offered in alternate years. results to the mathematics faculty and students. Seniors engaged in senior projects are expected to attend all presentations. MA 302 Modern Abstract Algebra (4) Students investigate using a problem-solving approach to A study of algebraic structures, this course includes and the investigation and demonstrate and understanding of introduction to groups, rings, integral domains and fields, mathematical content using every day mathematical language. examining both concrete examples, and axiomatic structure. They must be able to make and evaluate mathematical conjecture Prerequisite: two semesters of calculus or permission of instructor. and arguments and validate their own mathematical thinking. Offered in alternate years.

MA 304 Modern Geometry (4) McMASTER SCHOOL A re-examination of Euclidean geometry and an introduction MC 371, 372, 373 (1-3) to new geometries including classical non-Euclidean. Geometry An MC course integrates community-based research and is examined both as an axiomatic system and as a group of extended off-campus field experiences with international or transformations. The understanding and application of the national partners. McMaster Student Scholars will develop an process of measurement is included. Prerequisite: calculus or in-depth understanding of the issues surrounding the location permission of the instructor. Offered in alternate years. of study and investigate community-defined needs within a multidisciplinary framework that includes but is not limited MA 305 Discrete Mathematical Structures (3) to study of the culture, history, arts, economics, and politics Topics from graph theory, combinatorics, logic and set theory. relative to the geographic and social environments. Each Scholar Includes making conjectures and an examination of the structure produces a research project and a publishable quality article at the of proofs. Prerequisite: MA 106. Offered in alternate years. end of the academic term. Enrollment in this course is required and restricted to approved McMaster Scholars. 371 is the course MA 306 Probability and Statistics (4) number for the Belize learning community, 372 is Cambodia and An examination of probability both in theory and application, 373 is New Orleans in the 2009-10 academic year. Grading is graphical and numerical analysis of data, random variables, pass/fail. probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing and linear regression. Emphasis on computer and handheld technology. Prerequisite: one semester calculus. Offered in alternate years. MUSIC MA 401 Differential Equations (4) MU 131, 132,133,138 Private Applied Music (1) Methods of solution of ordinary differential equations, numerical Private applied music requires the approval of the instructor. computation and estimation techniques extended to algebraic Enrollment for one credit entitles the student to 14 one-half hour expressions, selected applications, Laplace transforms and power lessons on a weekly basis, and the student is required to practice series solutions to equations, fundamental matrix solutions, and five hours per week. series solutions. Prerequisite: MA 203. MU 131 Organ MA 405 Operations Research (3) MU 132 Piano Mathematical programming and models. Topics will include MU 133 Voice linear programming, integer programming, network models, MU 138 Guitar game theory, and Markov chains. The main emphasis of the course will be to introduce students to the concepts of building MU 134, 139 Ensembles (1) models and applying these to a variety of situations. Students Ensembles are restricted in enrollment and may require an will be expected to build and implement models of their own audition with the director. using computer simulation for solutions. Prerequisite: MA 301 or MU 134 Choir equivalent. Offered in alternate years. MU 139 Concert Band

MA 410 Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) Applications of advanced mathematics to include Fourier series and Boundary-value problems, Green’s functions, calculus of variations, Sturm-Liouville eigenvalue problems, and tensor analysis. Prerequisite: MA 203 (MA 401 recommended).

86 86 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

NATURAL SCIENCE NS 198 Seminar (.5) NS 394 Cooperative Education or NS 391 Internship A regularly scheduled series of seminars is an integral part of Natural Science faculty realize the value of a field-type experience the Natural Science program. The purpose of the seminars is to in today’s educational curriculum. Faculty also realize that broaden the student intellectually by exposure to presentations enabling a student to have a valuable educational experience by outside speakers, faculty members, and students who have had at the on-site location, the basic courses which will allow the significant field experiences. Four semesters (2 credit hours) of work experience to be an enlightening and expandable part of enrollment are required of Natural Science majors. Attendance by education must have been taken. The following criteria have all Natural Science majors is greatly encouraged. been established by the Natural Science faculty for students desiring science credit while enrolled in cooperative education NS 200 Earth in the Cosmos (4) or an internship; (1) Students must achieve junior standing. (2) This class allows for the exploration of the scientific method, the Students must not be on academic probation. (3) Students will development of hypotheses, and an understanding of the physical meet with appropriate staff members of the Division and present universe through observation, investigation, and inference. The a rationale indicating how the work experience will enhance their students will gain an appreciation for the physical mechanisms of science education. If the rationale for cooperative education or the universe and the synergistic links between these processes, the an internship is acceptable and meets the criteria above, the staff natural sciences, and human culture. will approve the proposal. Upon completion of the educational experience, the student will present a seminar for the faculty NS 201The Development of Life on Earth (4) and students as a part of a regularly scheduled Natural Science This course is designed to meet the life science requirement for seminar. Following the completion of the seminar presentation, non-science majors. Areas of emphasis are the cell, inheritance, the student will be graded. evolution, animal anatomy and physiology, and ecology. Particular attention will be given to the human species and how it NS 496 Readings fits in the environment. A laboratory component is required. Through a reading program, a student may explore the literature of a specific field in preparation for a later independent research NS 199, 299, 399 Independent Research project or can fill a void in his/her background. In all cases, the Independent research may be either project or research-oriented. program is directed toward some specific goal or purpose. The Such topics are not a normal part of the curriculum and serve student must apply through a faculty supervisor. two needs: first, the student investigates an area of special interest; and second, the student works closely with a faculty member in NS 499 Senior Capstone Project (2-4) planning, executing and evaluating the program. A senior capstone project is required of all Natural Science majors and can be completed by one of the following methods: NS 390 Art of the Exam (1) The student shall complete an independent research project under A one credit hour course designed to prepare preprofessional the supervision of a Natural Science faculty member. During science majors for the rigors of entrance exams. Attention is his/her senior year, the student will present the research during focused on GRE and MCAT formats. Topics include test tactics a Natural Science seminar. If circumstances preclude a student to improve performance on timed exams, reading comprehension from completing an independent research project, the following and vocabulary, and preparation for the scientific portion of the method can be used to fulfill the requirement. During the junior GRE and MCAT tests. Actual timed exams including two hour year a student prepares a literature analysis and review of a tests are given, graded, and discussed. Prerequisites: Junior or specific topic approved by two Natural Science faculty members. senior status and permission of the instructor. Offered in alternate During the senior year the student will present a Natural Science years. seminar covering the topic.

NS 392 Global Sustainability (3) NURSING This interdisciplinary course explores those factors that are NR 101 Nurse Aide Certification (2) key indicators of global environmental conditions including An introductory course in which students learn the basics of food/agriculture development, energy consumption/ production health care delivery and are able to work in a variety of health care , atmospheric conditions and issues of hydrology, trends in settings. Upon completion students will be eligible to sit for the biodiversity, and health, social and population concerns. Each state certification exam. Lecture + Clinical: taken off-site. of these concepts is observed not only from the perspective of current conditions but looking at the evolution of conditions from NR 365 Nursing in a Globalized World (3) past to future. The course uses this knowledge base to support This course will focus on the global aspects of health care delivery. study of the shift from current condition to global sustainability Country comparisons will be completed and students will provide and the roles of society, business and government in that cultural an analysis of a selected country’s health care system. The U.S. evolution. Prerequisites: Must have met general education science health care delivery system will be studied in relation to its requirement or with permission of the instructor. increasing diverse population groups. Administrative, workforce, client, and funding issues will be addressed.

87 87 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

NR 380 Nursing Informatics (2) OS 471W (Online Only) Leadership Principles (3) This course will review the evolution of nursing informatics and This course will examine leadership principles and theories that beginning concepts used in the management and processing impact the workplace. Topics will include: leadership as a journey of data, including the information and knowledge to support and interaction with others, the assessment of leadership, ethics, nursing practice. Students will be introduced to the hardware, values and attitudes of the leader, followership and situational software, databases and communication systems. Concepts related leadership. Students will conduct an investigation of a leader to information literacy, computerized information systems, (approved by the instructor) and write a research paper reflective evaluation of online health resources, issues and trends in of the leadership style of the individual. Prerequisite: junior informatics and emerging technologies will be explored. or senior standing – students in the Organizational Supervision and Leadership Program should take MG 470 Organizational NR 400 Nursing Transitions (3) Leadership This course is designed for the RN who is making the transition to baccalaureate nursing. The course focuses on gathering, OS 472W (Online Only) Leadership Case Studies (3) analyzing and synthesizing information obtained in the delivery This course will examine leadership issues through the use of of health care and on looking beyond the medical field into other case studies. Students will analyze case studies and explain areas that may impact the health and well-being of clients. the leadership concepts in their case analysis. Students will also provide a practical application of their learning and its NR 415 Nursing Research (3) implication to the workplace. Prerequisite: senior standing or in This course focuses on nursing research in the context of the Organizational Supervision and Leadership Program. MG 470 evidence-based practice. Nursing theories and nursing literature or OS 471 or permission of the instructor. will be examined in the relationship to nursing practice. Students will be expected to critically evaluate articles in the nursing OS 475W (Online Only) Leading Organizational Change (3) literature. Ethical considerations will also be discussed. This course examines the change process and how selected companies have made changes to their organizations. Other NS 475 Community Health Nursing (6) topics will include: diagnosis and resistance to change, This course focuses on maintaining the health and well-being implementing change, linking vision to the change and of individuals and groups of individuals. Topics for discussion communicating the change process. Case studies will be used to include a collaborative approach to health care, transcultural examine the various topics. Prerequisite: senior standing or in the nursing, health promotion activities, quality assurance and the Organizational Supervision and Leadership Program. OS 472 or evolution of community nursing. 3 hrs lecture and 2 hrs clinical permission of the instructor. (90 clock hrs) OS 476W (Online Only) Leadership Communication (3) NR 480 Nursing Leadership and Management (6) This course examines leadership communication from the core This course focuses on managerial and leadership principles in processes of preparing documentation, interacting with others, the health care setting. Topics for discussion include strategic and analyzing and critiquing strategic communication in the planning, organizational structure and culture, communication, corporation. Students will also prepare written case studies conflict resolution, budget planning and evaluation, human and conduct an investigation of the communication literature. resource issues, power and politics and teambuilding. 4 hrs Prerequisite: senior standing or in the Organizational Supervision lecture and 2 hrs clinical (90 clock hrs) and Leadership Program., AH 110 and/or BA 228.

OS 477W (Online Only) Current Readings in Leadership (3) ORGANIZATIONAL SUPERVISION AND This course will examine the current leadership literature. Students will write annotated bibliographies and/or reflective LEADERSHIP papers of articles Students will be required to complete a research OS 469W (Online Only) Principles of Supervision (3) paper in this course with the topic approved by the instructor. A study of the basic principles of supervision that includes the Prerequisite: senior standing or in the Organizational Supervision various aspects of the themes related to supervision. Topics will and Leadership Program. OS 472 or permission of the instructor. include: Supervisory challenges that occur in today’s modern and dynamic business environment; Major functions of a supervisor in reaching organizational goals and objectives; Basic Skills that supervisors need in today’s complex and diverse working environments, and how to utilize human resources skills in recruiting, selecting, orienting and appraising employees in the workplace. Students will also gain an appreciation for theory and how it can be applied in a practical sense. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing

88 88 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

PHYSICAL EDUCATION PE 317 Secondary Physical Education (2) PE 117 Secondary School Activities (3) This course, and its associated field experience, will focus This course is designed to give the prospective secondary physical on teaching and learning experiences in secondary physical education major or recreation specialist an understanding of education instruction. Students will investigate curriculum fundamental sport skills, materials, and methods of presenting the development, classroom organization, and teaching methodology various skills. Emphasis will be placed on skill-learning through in physical education for middle school through high school. maximum participation. Practical application of teaching principles in a school setting will be provided at our partnership school. This course and field PE 222 Pre K-3 Field Experience (1) experience are prerequisites to student teaching and are offered This course is to be taken concurrently with PE 224. The each spring semester. Only students that have been accepted into students will be placed in a partnership school, where they the Teacher Education Program may enroll in this course. will be working with a physical education teacher at the Pre K-3 level. Students will be expected to develop and organize PE 358 Motor Learning and Movement Education (3) physical activities for these age levels, and apply them through This course emphasizes movement and movement behavior as appropriate methodology. Students will be video taped, and a basis for learning. Develop an understanding of the factors specific assessments will be carried out by the physical education that affect motor learning, performance, and retention through teacher and the college professor. Prerequisite: education major or the study of skill acquisition, practice settings, types of feedback, permission of instructor. positive and bilateral transfer, speed and reaction time. Library research is required with each assigned laboratory. PE 224 Health and Physical Activity for Pre K-3 (3) Presentation of activities and methodology related to health PE 361 Principles of Coaching (2) and physical education Pre K-3. The methods and selected The general coaching theory and practice course will provide strategies will meet the growth and development needs of these students with information relative to coaching that concerns children. Information included: basic health; safety; nutrition; training, conditioning, communication, motivation, ethics and communicable disease and abuse; basic rhythmic work; creative organization. The course is required before the student schedules play-drama; body management; locomotor and non-locomotor one of the following: PE 362 through PE 367. Offered in alternate and manipulative work; games of low organization. Must be years. taken concurrently with PE 222. Prerequisite: education major or permission of instructor. PE 362 Methods in Coaching Track (1) Methods and techniques for coaching the various track and field PE 259 Adapted Physical Education, Recreation and Sport (2) events. Practice organization and administration is stressed, with The study of challenged youth, identifying the characteristics specific strategies and conditioning. Prerequisite: PE 361. of various groups and the challenges of meeting their needs through the selection of the appropriate activities. The students PE 363 Methods in Coaching Basketball (1) will learn about the importance of developing and working with Methods and techniques for coaching basketball. Practice the IEP, after working with a number of testing and screening organization and administration is stressed, along with the devices. There is a field service component as part of the course specific strategies and conditioning. Prerequisite: PE 361 requirements. PE 364 Methods in Coaching Softball (1) PE 260 Physical Education in Grades 4-8 (3) Methods and techniques for coaching softball. Practice Presentation of skills and methodology in a variety of activities organization and administration is stressed, along with the suitable to meet the needs and characteristics of youngsters in specific strategies and conditioning. Prerequisite: PE 361 grades 4 through 8. The course will include tumbling, elementary gymnastics, rhythmic activities, team and individual sports, PE 365 Methods in Coaching Baseball (1) and wellness/fitness. Evaluation and testing procedures will be Methods and techniques for coaching baseball. Practice identified for the various activities. Prerequisite: education major organization and administration is stressed, along with the or permission of instructor. specific strategies and conditioning. Prerequisite: PE 256

PE 316 Secondary School Physical Education Field Placement PE 366 Methods in Coaching Football (1) (1) Methods and techniques for coaching football. Practice This course provides hands-on experience for physical education organization and administration is stressed, along with the students in secondary school PE environments. Students are specific strategies and conditioning. Prerequisite: PE 361 required to observe and then lead learning activities throughout the semester at an assigned secondary school PE field placement. PE 367 Methods in Coaching Volleyball (1) This course is for physical education candidates only and must be Methods and techniques for coaching volleyball. Practice taken with PE 317. organization and administration is stressed, along with the specific strategies and conditioning. Prerequisite: PE 361

89 89 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

PHYSICAL SCIENCE PS 336 History of the Constitution (3) PH 100 Physical Science (4) The background of our constitutional development from natural An exploration of the physical universe (physics, chemistry and law to the present. Offered in alternate years. astronomy) with the purpose of helping the student develop an understanding and appreciation of physical phenomena. PS 371 Constitutional Law (3) Mathematics used includes arithmetic and elementary algebra. A study of the U.S. constitution through analysis of major Three class periods and one laboratory period per week. Offered Supreme Court decisions and the impact of those decisions upon in alternate years. the American political process. Prerequisite: PS 121. Offered in alternate years. PH 195 Physical Science Concepts (4) This class allows for the exploration of the development of PS 495 Special Topics: These courses may be taken in political modern scientific thought, specifically the development of science. See descriptions of these courses under the Criminal physical science concepts. This students will gain an appreciation Justice section. of how the scientific method facilitates an understanding of the physical universe through observation, investigation, and inference. The students will explore the physical mechanisms of PSYCHOLOGY the universe and the synergistic links between these processes, the PY 110 Introduction to Psychology (3) human culture. The application of psychological principles to the understanding of human behavior (not open to conditionally accepted first PH 202 Introduction to Geology (4) semester freshmen). This course explores the relationships between human beings and their geological environment. The earth is viewed as a PY 225 Infancy and Childhood (3) dynamic planet affected by sudden, violent events such as volcanic An introduction to normative physiological, social, cognitive, and eruptions, earthquakes, and floods, as well as by slower processes emotional development as a continuous process from conception operating over long time spans that create, move, and destroy through late childhood. Prerequisite: PY 110. continents and oceans. Topics will include (1) geological hazards such as earthquakes, volcanoes, and flooding, (2) soil, water, and PY 227 Adolescence and Adulthood (3) air pollution, and (3) the formation of minerals, rocks, soil fossil The course covers biopsychosocial issues of development of the fuels, and other natural resources. Offered in alternate years. human being from puberty through advanced age. Key transitions in the family, interpersonal, educational and occupational realms PH 210 General Physics I (4) of life are highlighted. Prerequisite: PY 110. Introductory course in physics covering the topics of mechanics, sound and heat. Three class periods and one laboratory period per PY 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) week. Prerequisite: MA 106 or permission of instructor. Offered in Quantitative analysis of behavioral measures including alternate years. descriptive, correlational, and inferential methods. Report writing in the behavioral sciences is also emphasized. Knowledge PH 220 General Physics II (4) of basic algebra is recommended. Introductory course in physics covering the topics of electricity, magnetism, optics, atomic and nuclear physics. Three class PY 280 History and Systems in Psychology (3) periods and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: PH 210 A review of major historical and theoretical perspectives in or permission of instructor. Offered in alternate years. psychology. Important figures in the history of psychology as a science and as a profession will be considered. Prerequisite: PY 110. POLITICAL SCIENCE PS 123 Introduction to Political Science (3) PY 290 Abnormal Psychology (3) An overview of American politics that explores the constitution; An examination of the signs and symptoms of behavioral the evolution of democracy, the structure of the national pathology and the interplay of social, learning, and physiological government including Congress; the Presidency; the courts; factors in the etiology of mental disorders. Prerequisite: PY 110. political parties and interest groups; the policy making process; and various public policies. PY 301 Research Methods (3) An introduction to the principles and methods of organizing, PS 325 Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) conducting, and interpreting behavioral and social research. Formation of public opinion in a democracy and its role. Examination of survey, experimental, single case design, Analysis of mass communication and the uses of propaganda evaluation, and observational techniques as well as issues of in democratic and non-democratic states. Focus will be on measurement are addressed. Prerequisite: PY 230. intention, message and effects of uses of propaganda. Offered in alternate years.

90 90 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

PY 302 Research Methods II (3) PY 498 Senior Seminar (3) This course allows students to apply the concepts learned in The primary component of this class is the completion of a Behavioral Statistics and Research Methods . Students will research project designed by the student. Students are expected practice designing research studies and interpreting data sets. to have a proposal for their research project before the first day Students will learn to write a research report that conforms to of class. Students who did not complete a research design in the publication specifications of the American Psychological a previous course (such as PY301) must contact the professor Association. Students will also become familiar with the ethical before enrolling in the course. Students will collect and analyze issues related to the use of human subjects. Prerequisites: PY230 their data and then write a report that meets the publication Behavioral Statistics and PY301 Research Methods . Students who specifications of the American Psychological Association. The received at least a B- in PY230 Behavioral Statistics may take second significant component of the course is the completion of PY301 and 302 concurrently. psychology-related service learning project chosen by the student. In preparation for graduation from Defiance College students PY 310 Social Psychology (3) will research career options and graduate school programs. An analysis of individual, group, and collective behavior from Prerequisites: Students must have completed PY230 Behavioral both psychological perspectives. Topics include general theories, Statistics and Research Methods ( PY301and 302). Students must methods and empirical data on attribution, social perception, also have junior or senior academic standing. attitude formation, and conformity. Prerequisite: PY 110 (not open to freshmen). PY 499 Advanced Independent Research (1-4) An individualized, non-classroom course that involves an PY 315 Theories of Personality (3) independent research design directed toward some specific A comparative study of classical and recent theories of normal hypothesis. The student must submit application and proposal personality structures and development with an examination through a faculty supervisor. Prerequisite: PY 301 and 302. of the supporting research. Prerequisite: PY 290 (not open to Offered on demand. May be repeated. freshmen).

PY345 Addictive-Compulsive Behavior (3) RELIGION AND CHRISTIAN This course will examine a wide variety of addictions such as: drugs, work, food, gambling, and video gaming. It will investigate EDUCATION the addictive processes upon the brain, personality, mood, and RL 122 Foundations of Christian Religious Education (3) motivation. A strong focus will be on addiction’s disruption A foundational survey of biblical, theological, psychological, of family interactions, occupational life, and other social sociological, legal and historical elements of Christian religious complications. Prerequisite: PY110 education. Students will learn to inter-relate and apply these foundational elements in practical settings, and develop a PY 430 Memory and Cognition (3) statement setting forth their philosophy of Christian religious The course explores the information processing approach to education. Offered in alternate years. memory and thinking. Topics include memory processes, concept formation, and reasoning. Prerequisite: PY 110 and junior/senior RL 175 Beyond Volunteerism (3) standing. A critical issue for any organization, secular or religious, is that of involving volunteers. Theoretical and practical elements essential PY 450 Psychobiology (3) to effective involvement of volunteers will be explored. Central An examination of the biological and physiological basis of to the study will be foci on the development of Vision/Mission behavior and development with special emphasis on the neural clarity, good organizational practice/process, and review of substrates. Prerequisite: PY 110, 4 hours of Natural Science and training models from a cross section of disciplines. junior/senior standing. Offered in alternate years. RL 191 Church Life and Leadership Service Learning (1-3) PY 195, 395 Special Topics (3) Students provide 24 hours of voluntary service leadership for Advanced topics of a specific and narrow, but timely, nature a religious community or religious service organization, plus and involving a faculty member’s area of expertise selected for an equivalent or greater amount of time in preparation and examination and discussion. Prerequisite: PY 110 (not open to reflection. An individual plan including guided participation freshmen). Offered on demand. May be repeated. in regular activities of the organization, a special project, and appropriate readings and reflections in writing are included each PY 497 Field Experience (1-6) semester. This course may be taken up to three semesters for a The student is assigned to one of several area agencies to gain maximum of three credit hours. observational experience and to develop professional behavior. Prerequisite: 15 hours of psychology. Offered on demand.

91 91 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

RL 198 Seminar in Religious Studies (1/2) this course in constructing programs for use within local church Offered especially for students majoring and minoring in or church-related settings that include appropriate evaluation religious studies or Christian Education , the seminar is open to tools. Offered in alternate years. This course does not meet the all students interested in engaging in dialogue and exploration 200 level religion general education requirements. of religious topics and issues in a less formal class setting. Topics encourage the exploration of personal faith and its implications. RL 265 The Black Church in America Conversations promote ecumenical understanding and shared This course examines the historical role of the Black Church reflection for students and faculty alike. This course may be taken from antebellum slavery to the present day. Consideration is up to six semesters for a maximum of three credit hours. Major or given to the history of Black religious denominations and their minor status or permission of instructor required. contribution to the uplift of the Black race. This course also examines the ecology of the Black Church, the spiritualities of RL 201 Approaches to Religion (3) the Black Church, and the social witness of the Black Church. A study of the nature of religious ideas, values, and experiences Prominent leaders whose roots lie in the Black Church are focusing on Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, discussed. Finally, consideration is given to the various models Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Insights about religion gained that find expression in the Black Church: 1) Assimilation from psychology, anthropology, and philosophy will also Model; 2) Isolation Model; 3) Compensatory Model; and 4) be examined. Prerequisite: AH 110, AH 120 or permission of Ethnic-Community Prophetic Model. Offered in alternate years. instructor. Prerequisites: AH110, AH120 or permission of the instructor.

RL 210 Spirituality and Wholeness (3) RL 267 Islam (3) In a 21st Century world that seems to demand that everyone A survey of Islam including its early religious history, and beliefs do more and more at a faster and faster pace, this course and practices; contemporary socio-cultural issues in the Islamic explores approaches to spiritual wholeness for lives that often world; and major schools of thought and Islamic art, literature, feel fragmented and overloaded . Students explore topics such and spirituality. Prerequisites: AH110, AH120 or permission of the as: spiritual and physical disciplines of meditation and prayer; instructor. Offered in alternate years. holistic moral decision making; natural and religious dimensions of healing; community integrity through service to others; RL 321 Ethics and Morals (3) and an evaluation of religious beliefs about diet and exercise. A survey of philosophical and theological resources available Prerequisites: AH 110, AH 120 or permission of the instructor. for the consideration of ethical questions, combined with case studies drawn from current moral issues and dilemmas. Students RL 211 Introducing the Old Testament: Chaos, Calamity and can focus on ethical issues in their major fields in the context of Covenant (3) a research assignment. Prerequisites: AH110, AH120, AH220 or Through the rich literature of the Hebrew Bible and the history permission of the instructor. of ancient Israel, students will be introduced to some of the foundational beliefs, values, and practices of Western cultural RL 353 Leadership and Group Work Theory (3) heritage. The course acquaints students with critical literary and Through a balance of research techniques and experiential historical methods of understanding the Bible in its context as approaches, students gain social-psychological and theological well as its meaning for people of faith today. Prerequisite: AH110, understanding of leadership styles and their effects as well as AH120 or permission of instructor. group processes. Skills are developed in identifying, diagnosing, and acting upon group and individual needs in varied situations RL 212 Introducing the New Testament: Teachings of Jesus and including intra- and inter-group conflict. Students are the Early Church (3) introduced to the Meyers-Briggs Type Indicator as a tool for Through the Gospels, the letters of Paul, and other New their leadership development. Project may include exercises with Testament writings students will explore the world of Jesus and groups, including the use of videotaped recordings and receiving his compelling message. The course introduces critical methods and giving feedback, and creation of professional and personal for understanding the distinctive themes of the Gospels and leadership development plans. Excellent elective for students invites possible ways for people of faith today to grasp the already in campus or community leadership roles as well as meaning of Jesus’ message and ministry. Prerequisite: AH110, AH those in majors that lead toward work environments requiring 120 or permission of instructor. participation and coordination of teams or working groups such as health and wellness. Prerequisites: AH110, AH120, AH220 or RL 250 Curriculum Theory and Resources (3) permission of instructor. Offered in alternate years. This course examines curriculum theory and practice from philosophical, theological, historical, and methodological RL 356 Forming One’s Faith (3) perspectives. The course equips students with tools and A study of the nature of religious faith from a Christian techniques to observe and evaluate curricula, and to assess perspective. Components of the course include: readings in learning environments (including the reality of implicit and null Christian theology; study of great religious leaders; and an curricula), and how those learning environments interact with investigation of specific religious issues chosen by the student. written curricula. Students are required to apply concepts from Designed for junior and senior students with a major or minor in 92 92 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

religion. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisites: AH110,120,220, RL 499 Senior Capstone (3) RL211 and RL212 or RL360, or with permission of the instructor. Religion Studies majors choose an independent project related to their coursework in the major. The capstone integrates the RL 360 Women and Men through the History of Christianity students’ learning in religious studies and/or related disciplines (3) with practical experience or with specialized research. A Important themes in the history of Christian faith and practice presentation of the results of student work is required and a are traced from Jesus and the early church to the 21st century. component of community service is strongly encouraged. Students will explore lives of outstanding women and men who have made significant contributions to Christian life. Particular attention will be given to the shifting leadership roles of women SPORT MANAGEMENT and men in church history. Prerequisites: AH110, AH120, SM 130 Sport Management (3) AH220 or permission of the instructor. Offered in alternate years. The course is designed for the individual interested in pursuing a career in the sport management field and introduces the RL 380 Theories and Methods in the Study of Religion (3) theoretical foundations and applied areas of sports management. The course will introduce the theories and methods used in the Offered in alternate years. academic study of religion, it will consider representative theories divided along ideological and/or disciplinary lines, and will train SM 220 Economics of Sport (3) students in the skills necessary for conducting primary research. This course will provide students with an opportunity to apply Case studies will rotate and include the Abrahamic Traditions and principles of economic theory to various aspects of the sport and Religions of the East. Prerequisite: AH110, AH120, AH 220, and leisure fields. Additionally, students will analyze the relationship RL201 or permission of instructor. Offered in alternate springs. between supply and demand for services related to sport and Course may be repeated once, if topic is different from that leisure. Finally, students will examine the evolution of economic completed. factors in sport to include: professional specialization in sport, gender issues in sport, and the evaluation of individual and team RL 395 Special Topics (3) performance in sport settings. Prerequisite: AC 221 (can be taken At least one course will be offered in alternate years in order to concurrently). meet the interests of students on timely issues about religious studies. Course titles may include: SM 270 History of Sports in the United States (3) American Religious Experience This course will examine the development and modernization Christian Ethics of sports in the United States from colonial times to the present Death and Dying and the socio-cultural factors which have affected their growth. Homiletics Offered in alternate years. Issues of Justice and Peace Principles of Biblical Interpretation SM 320 Sociology of Sport (3) Women and Religion This course serves as an overview of contemporary sport from a sociological perspective. Topics will include the discussion of RL 397 Field Experience (3+3) the relationship of sport to social institutions, the individual’s A junior-level field placement for students majoring in Christian socialization into sport, and stratification factors within sports. education. Offered in alternate years.

RL 475 Administrative Policies and Practices (3) SM 330 Advanced Sport Management (3) Thoughtful leadership, teaching skills, printed resources, The students will gain a greater understanding of special interests adequate finances and institutional relationships are critical to and topics in areas of Sport Management. Outside assignments the success of any educational program. In this course students will place students in sport management settings to observe will be introduced to issues in leadership theory, motivation, practices and procedures. Prerequisite: SM 130 or permission human resources, planning and budgeting, institutional of instructor. Open only to junior or senior sport management structures, and institutional relationships. Students will develop majors. their own theoretical approach to each of these issues through reading, class discussion, written reflection, and field-based SM 491 Internship practical application. Open to junior and senior level students. An on-the-job learning experience related to the field of study. Recommended that Christian Education majors take the course An internship is cooperatively supervised by a college faculty with junior or senior level field work. Offered in alternate years. member and a qualified person in the field where the student is working. Each internship will culminate with a successful oral RL 497 Field Experience (3+3) presentation (capstone experience) to the faculty of the Sport A senior-level field placement for students majoring in Christian Science Department. education. Christian Education majors complete their capstone as part of this sequence.

93 93 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

SM 397 Field Experience SO 270 Sociological History of Sports in the United States (3) Field experience affords students an opportunity to engage in This course will examine the development and modernization of non-classroom learning under the supervision of a qualified sports in the United States from colonial times to the present and person. The program is designed to introduce students to a the socio-cultural factors which have affected their growth. professional area before enrolling in professional courses and to enable the student who has completed some professional courses SO 310 Social Psychology (3) to apply the principles and techniques acquired to a practical An analysis of individual, group, and collective behavior from situation. Students are expected to analyze critically the situation both psychological perspectives. Topics include general theories, and to evaluate the experience in light of their course work and methods, and empirical data on attribution, social perception, career plans. Students must make arrangements with a faculty attitude formation and conformity. Prerequisite: PY 110 (not open supervisor prior to enrolling. to freshmen).

SO 320 Sociology of Sport (3) SOCIOLOGY Contemporary sport from a sociological perspective. Topics SO 120 Life in Society (3) will include the discussion of the relationship of sport to Designed as an introductory course in the social sciences for the social institutions, the individual’s socialization into sport, and general student, as well as, preparing social science majors for stratification factors within sports. Offered in alternate years. advanced work in their respective majors, this course content will examine the diversity of human societies by understanding SO 361 Delinquency Prevention and Control (3) the nature of culture and its impact on social life. Variation in A critical evaluation of delinquency causation theories and the the structure and dynamics of organizations, communities, and social structures and their interrelationship with delinquency societies will also be addressed in the course. Additionally, major prevention and control. Prerequisite: CJ 111 and SO 120. theoretical perspectives from the social science disciplines will be introduced, as well as, substantial attention given to issues of SO 471 Criminology (3) globalization and cross-cultural comparisons. An analysis of the sociocultural factors leading to crime with an emphasis on crime causation theories and methods used to SO 235 Social Problems (3) prevent and control criminal behavior. Prerequisite: CJ 111 and The purpose of this course is to facilitate increased awareness SO 120. and understanding of social problems in the United States and throughout the world. Sociological theories, research and SO 496 Readings movements will be addressed in recognizing social problems and Through a readings program, students may explore the literature generating possible strategies for action. Problems of well being, of a specific field in preparation for a later independent research human diversity, inequality and modernization will be examined. project, can fill a void in their background, or can read the The course will encourage value clarification and critical thinking literature of a subject for its own value. In all cases, the program in resolving current social problems. Prerequisite: SW/SO 120 and is directed toward some specific goal or purpose. The student is PY 110. expected to submit application through a faculty supervisor.

SO 239 Marriage and Family Life (3) An exploration of American family life from its historical SOCIAL WORK structure and functions to variations in contemporary society. SW 120 Life in Society (3) Issues of gender rules, parenting, communication, sexuality and Designed as an introductory course in the social sciences for the economics as impacting family functioning are discussed along general student, as well as, preparing social science majors for with the effects of domestic violence, divorce and separation, advanced work in their respective majors, this course content remarriage and blended families. will examine the diversity of human societies by understanding the nature of culture and its impact on social life. Variation in SO 265 Cultural Diversity (3) the structure and dynamics of organizations, communities, and The goal of the course is to expand one’s knowledge and societies will also be addressed in the course. Additionally, major understanding of living, working and relating in a culturally theoretical perspectives from the social science disciplines will diverse society. Diversity will be examined on local, national and be introduced, as well as, substantial attention given to issues of global fronts including the forms and mechanisms of oppression globalization and cross-cultural comparisons. and discrimination as well as strategies for change that advance social and economic justice. Issues such as ethnicity, race, religion, SW 121 Introduction to Social Work (3) gender, sexual orientation, age, mental/physic ability, and social An introduction to the understanding of the concept of the class will be explored. social work profession, its significance in society, its history, and its place among the helping professions. The study of the goals, values, knowledge base, methods, and settings of social work. The beginning of the professionalization process.

94 94 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

SW 230 Behavioral Statistics (3) SW 345 Addictive-Compulsive Behavior (3) Quantitative analysis of behavioral measures including This course will examine a wide variety of addictions such as: descriptive, correlational, and inferential methods. Report drugs, work, food, gambling, and video gaming. It will investigate writing in the behavioral sciences is additionally emphasized. the addictive processes upon the brain, personality, mood, and Knowledge of basic algebra is recommended. motivation. A strong focus will be on addiction’s disruption of family interactions, occupational life, and other social SW 235 Social Problems (3) complications. Prerequisite: PY110 The purpose of this course is to facilitate increased awareness and understanding of social problems in the United States SW 355 Practice I: Generalist Practice (3) and throughout the world. Sociological theories, research and An introduction to the generalist model of social work and its movements will be addressed in recognizing social problems and application. The course presents the generalist Intervention generating possible strategies for action. Problems of well being, Model and the planned change process as a framework for human diversity, inequality and modernization will be examined. addressing client issues and problems. Emphasis will be on micro The course will encourage value clarification and critical thinking skills as a foundation for mezzo and macro skill development. in resolving current social problems. Prerequisite: SW 120 and PY Prerequisite: Social Work Major, SW 121, SW 278, and the 110. professional sequence courses.

SW 239 Marriage and Family Life (3) SW 356 Practice II: Groups and Family Generalist Practice (3) An exploration of American family life from its historical An introduction to the understanding of group and family structure and functions to variations in contemporary society. dynamics, group process and group treatment, and their Issues of gender rules, parenting, communication, sexuality and relationship to the planned change process. Emphasis will be the economics as impacting family functioning are discussed along development, management and utilization of groups by generalist with the effects of domestic violence, divorce and separation, social workers. Prerequisite: Social Work Major and SW 355. remarriage and blended families. SW 379 Applied Behavioral Science (3) SW 265 Cultural Diversity (3) The purpose of this course is to integrate the required courses The goal of the course is to expand one’s knowledge and in the human behavior and social environment sequence. The understanding of living, working and relating in a culturally emphasis will be on enabling the student to see the impact of the diverse society. Diversity will be examined on local, national and client’s growth, development, and present environment on social global fronts including the forms and mechanisms of oppression functioning. This course will add understanding of life cycles, and discrimination as well as strategies for change that advance social systems, what constitutes healthy functioning, planned social and economic justice. Issues such as ethnicity, race, religion, change, and theories of treatment. Prerequisite: professional gender, sexual orientation, age, mental/physic ability, and social sequence courses or permission of instructor. class will be explored. SW 457 Social Work Practice III – Macro Systems Generalist SW 278 Interviewing and Interpersonal Communication (3) Practice (3) This course examines the basic principles of oral communication The course is to provide a generalist perspective to working and their application to social work practice. The principal within the macro context of Social Work. Frameworks for techniques of interviewing individuals, couples, and families planning and implementing change in organizations and are explored. This is a laboratory based course with many communities will be discussed. Coursework will offer an opportunities for skill development. Prerequisite: SW 121, SW emphasis on macro-level skills, with integration of micro and 120, SW 239, and PY 110. mezzo practice. Prerequisite: SW 355 and SW 356, admission to Social Work Major. SW 301 Research Methods (3) An introduction to the principles and methods of organizing, SW 476 Social Welfare and Policy Development (3) conducting and interpreting behavioral, and social research. An examination of the programs and policies of the social Examination of survey, experimental, single case design, welfare system in the United States. It will explore the historical evaluation, and observational techniques as well as issues roots and developments of present-day programs and policy, as of measurement are addressed. Prerequisite: PY/SW 230 is well as methods and models of policy formation and analysis. recommended. Prerequisites: SW 121, 235, 301 or permission of instructor.

SW 340 Health Care Issues (3) An exploration of the roles and interactions of health care professionals with an emphasis on medical social work. The course will also focus upon holistic health and alternative treatments.

95 95 | COURSE DESCRIPTIONS |

SW 488 Senior Seminar (3) WE 491 Internship Senior Capstone Experience. Emphasis is given to integration An on-the-job learning experience related to the field of study. of all previous course content in social work with concurrent An internship is cooperatively supervised by a College faculty field instruction. Requires regular reporting of field activities member and a qualified person in the field where the student is and assists students in achieving learning objectives of the field working. Each internship will culminate with a successful oral practicum. Consideration is given to the application of social presentation (capstone experience) to the faculty of the Sport work theory, policy, research and values to the field.Prerequisite: Science Department. SW 355, SW 356, SW 379 and SW 397 or permission of the instructor. To be taken concurrently with SW 486. WE 397 Field Experience Field experience affords students an opportunity to engage in SW 199, 299, 399, 499 non-classroom learning under the supervision of a qualified Independent Research may be taken in social work. See person. The program is designed to introduce students to a descriptions of these courses under the Criminal Justice section. professional area before enrolling in professional courses and to enable the students who have completed some professional SW 397 Junior Field Experience (3) courses to apply the principles and techniques acquired to The course serves as the first required level of field placement. practical situations. Students are expected to analyze critically the The student is placed for 10 hours per week, or a total of 140 situation and to evaluate the experience in light of their course hours within a social work setting. The student begins to utilize work and career plans. Students must make arrangements with a social work knowledge, values, and skills through observation and faculty supervisor prior to enrolling. participation in supervised activities of the assigned agency. To be taken concurrently with SW 355. Prerequisite: admission to Social Work Major.

SW 486 Senior Field Instruction (9) Senior Capstone Experience. An experiential learning opportunity geared toward integration of academic content with practice skills. The student is placed for 30 hours per week or a total of 450 hours. The student begins to work independently as a generalist social worker under supervision within an agency setting. Prerequisite: SW 397 and Senior Social Work Major status. To be taken concurrently with SW 488.

WELLNESS AND CORPORATE FITNESS WE 390 Introduction to Wellness Program Implementation (3) This course is designed to cover the background and current practices and procedures for the implementation of wellness programs in hospital, industrial, clinical, educational, and collegiate settings. Offered in alternate years.

WE 490 Advanced Wellness Program Implementation (3) An in-depth look at current practices and procedures for the implementation of wellness programs in hospital, industrial, clinical, educational, and collegiate settings. Community assignments will be made, as well as hypothetical situations that will be addressed in class. A culmination of programming and management techniques will be implemented. A field-service component is part of the course requirement. Offered in alternate years. Open only to junior or senior health, physical education and wellness and corporate fitness majors. Prerequisite: WE 390 or permission of the instructor.

96 96 |DIRECTORY |

Catherine A. Mikula, Assistant Director of Adult and OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT Graduate Programs (2007) – Defiance College, B.A. 1980 Mark Gordon, President (2009) – Columbia College, B.A. Jo Ann Burkhardt, Head of Teacher Education and 1981; Columbia University School of International Coordinator of Master of Arts in Education Program Affairs M.A. 1982; Harvard Law School J.D. 1990 (2002) - Bowling Green State University, B.S. 1976, Judith Lymanstall, Executive Administrative Assistant - M.A. 1980; University of Toledo, Ph.D. 1991 (2003) Diane L. Kaiser, Education Dept., Coordinator of Field and Clinical Experience (2000) - Michigan State University, HUMAN RESOURCES B.A. 1970, M.A. 1992 Mary Burkholder, Director of Human Resources (2005) – Sherry Steingass, Administrative Assistant for Education Defiance College, A.A. 2002; B.A. 2003 Division (2002) – Defiance College, A.A. 2009 Lori Shafer, Mail and Copy Services Coordinator (2002) – Beverly J. Harrington, Registrar (1970) – Bowling Green Defiance College, B.A. 1992 State University, B.A. 1970 Cindy Shong, Receptionist Clerk (2009) Alice M. Caulder, Registrar Assistant (2005) Carrie Relyea, Registration Associate (2007) McMASTER SCHOOL FOR Carolyn M. Gilgenbach, Faculty Secretary (1995) Lucinda Knight, Faculty Secretary (1997) ADVANCING HUMANITY Andrew Whitis - Director of Library and Information Laurie S. Worrall, Associate Vice President and Dean of the Resources (2008) – The Ohio State University, B.S. McMaster School for Advancing Humanity (2007) – 1993; University of Pittsburgh, M.L.I.S. 2004 Northern Michigan University, B.A. 1984; DePaul Mary J. Bishop, Reference Librarian (1986) — Bowling University, M.S. 1996; University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D. Green State University, B.S. 1973; Indiana University, 2005 M.L.S. 1993 Delicia Smith, Secretary (2007) – Bethany College of Missions, Collette E. Knight, Circulation Coordinator (2007) – B.A. 1994 Defiance College, B.S. 2002 Mary Ann Studer, Associate Dean of the McMaster School Barbara J. Sedlock, Associate Librarian for Technical for Advancing Humanity; Director of the Carolyn M. Services (1982) – Hiram College, B.A. 1980; University of Small Honors Program, (1999) – University of Toledo, Kentucky, M.L.S. 1982 B.S.1996; University of North Dakota, M.S. 1998 Matthew Slawinski, Audio Visual Coordinator (2003) – Bowling Green State University, B.A. 2002 OFFICE OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Jeannie Von Deylen, Library Accounts Assistant (2003) – Timothy E. Rickabaugh, Interim V.P. of Academic Affairs/ Defiance College, A.A. 2008, B.A. 2009 Academic Dean (1997) – Ohio Wesleyan University, B.A. 1983; Miami University, M.A. 1987; OFFICE OF STUDENT AFFAIRS Syracuse University, Ph.D. 1998 STUDENT LIFE M. Renee Schafer, Administrative Assistant, Academic Kenneth A. Wetstein, Vice President for Student Engagement Affairs / Human Resources - (2006) and Dean of Students (2006) - Eastern Illinois University, Donald S. Knueve, Associate Academic Dean for B.A. 1991, M.Ed 1993; University of Missouri-St. Louis, Instructional Excellence (1978) – St. Joseph’s College, Ph.D. 2005 B.S. 1968, B.A. 1968; Xavier University, M.S. 1973; Janice L. Bechtel, Campus Chaplain and Director of Church Bowling Green State University, Ph.D. 1990 Relations (1985) – Bowling Green State University, Robin S. Kratzer, Director of Academic Resource Center B.F.A.1978; Earlham School of Religion, M.Div. 1985 (2000) – Defiance College, B.S. 1980; Bowling Green Mercedes Clay, Director of Intercultural Relations (2003) – State University, M.Ed. 1984 Ashland University, B.A. 1999; Defiance College, Randi Lydum, Director of Retention and The First-Year M.B.O.L. 2008, M.B.A 2009 Experience (2004) - Western Oregon State College, B.S. Lisa Marsalek, Director of Career Development (2007) – 1990, M.S. 1993 Ohio State University, B.S. 1993; MA/MLHR 1995 Susan Wajert, Associate Academic Dean for Program Tracy Armey, Career Development Coordinator (2002) Development; Coordinator of Master of Business Northwest State Community College, A.A. 1994 Administration Program; Director of Nursing Program Mariah Orzolek, Director of Residence Life (2005) - Defiance (2000) - Bowling Green State University, B.S.N. 1976; College, B.A. 2002; Bowling Green State University, M.A. University of Toledo, M.A.1986; The Union Institute, Ph.D. 2005 1997, M.S.N. 2009 Karen L. Schroeder, Director of Health and Wellness Services Sally B. Bissell, Assistant Dean for Adult and Graduate (1991) – Bluffton College, B.S. 1988 Programs (1995) - Defiance College, B.S. 1981; Jamie M. Stoegbauer, Director of Student Activities (2007) – University of Toledo, M.Ed. 1995 Carroll College, B.S. 2005; University of Wisconsin La Michelle Call, Center for Adult and Graduate Programs Crosse, M.S.E. 2007 Office Coordinator - (2004)

97 97 | DIRECTORY |

ATHLETICS ENROLLMENT MANAGEMENT Jenni Morrison, Co-Interim Athletic Director (2007) – Michael Suzo, Vice President for Enrollment Management California University of PA, B.S. 2002; M.S.B.A., 2004 (2006) – Kent State University, B.A. 1977; Bethel Th eological Derek Woodley, Co-Interim Athletic Director and Head Seminary, M.Div. 1982 Baseball Coach, (2007) – Bethany Lutheran College, Joyce Nelson, Admissions Offi ce Coordinator (2000) A.A. 1991; Minnesota State University- Mankato, B.S. Brad M. Harsha, Director of Admissions (1999) – Defi ance 1995 College, B.S. 1999, M.B.O.L. 2002 Michelle Trubey, Administrative Assistant, Athletics (2007) Debra A. Stevens, Associate Director of Admissions (1985)- Kyle Brumett, Head Men’s Basketball Coach (2008) – Defi ance College, A.A. 1998 Hanover College, B.A. 1998; Indiana State University, Jennifer L. Stark, Assistant Director of Admissions (1998) – M.A. 2004 Bowling Green State University, B.A. 1991; Defi ance Dicran Doumanian, Head Women’s Basketball Coach College, M.A. 2003 (2007) - Michigan State University, B.A. 1982; Clarion Abby E. Kolodziejczyk, Admissions Counselor (2009) – University, M.Ed. 1990 Defi ance College, B.S. 2006 John Hartpence, Head Cross Country, Head Track and Field Jessica Meade, Admissions Counselor (2008) – Heidelberg Coach (2007) - Cortland College, B.S. 1992; University College, B.A. 2005 of Montana, M.S. 1996 Jared Sponseller, Admissions Counselor (2008) - Defi ance Jodie Holava, Head Soft ball Coach (2005) - Mount Union College, B.A. 2006 College, B.S. 2001; Cleveland State University, M.Ed. 2004 Nathan Jensen, Assistant Football Coach/Defensive FINANCIAL AID Coordinator (2009) – Defi ance College, B.S. 2004 Amy A.Francis, Director of Financial Aid ( 2009) – Defi ance David Kwan, Head Volleyball Coach (2003) – York University, College, B.S. 1990 Honors B.A. 1999, Master of Kinesiology, 2001 Angelia Fahy, Financial Aid Offi ce Coordinator (2006) – Alden Lawrence, Head Men’s and Women’s Soccer Northwest Technical College, A.A. 1994 Coordinator (2006) - Kent State University, B.A. 2000; Janelle Rubio, Assistant Director of Financial Aid (2004) - University of Findlay, M.Ed 2005 Defi ance College, B.A. 2003 D. Craig McCord, Assistant Football Coach and Assistant Track & Field Coach (2004) - Ashland College, B.S. 1969; Bowling Green State University, M. Ed. 1999 MARKETING AND COMMUNICATION Seth Mikel, Sports Information Director (2006) - Indiana Kathleen M. Punches, Director of Public Relations and Wesleyan University, B.S. 2003; Gardner-Webb University, Marketing (1995) – Defi ance College, B.S. 1996; M.A. 2005 University of Toledo, M.L.S. 2003 Frederick Moore, Head Men’s Golf Coach (2007) Ryan Imbrock, Creative Design Manager (1999) - Stephen A. Oberlin, Men’s and Women’s Tennis Coach Bowling Green State University, B.S.J. 1999 (2007) Jennifer D. Gruenhagen, Web Communication Coordinator Craig Rutter, Assistant Athletic Director for Student Athlete (2006) - Defi ance College, B.A. 2005 Engagement; Head Women’s Golf Coach (1983) – Deborah Richard, Assistant Director of Marketing (2008) Bowling Green State University, B.S. 1975, M.Ed. 1978 Northwest State Community College, A.S. 2000; Defi ance Myra Stockdale, Director of Athletic Training Education College, B.A. 2002, M.B.O.L. 2004 Program, (2007) – Hope College, A.B. 1988; Indiana State Rebecca Follett, Facilities & Events Coordinator (2008) – Th e Art University, M.S. 1989; Nova Southeastern University, D. H.Sc. Institute of Pittsburgh, A.A. 1984 2004 Julie Godfrey, Yokefellow Property Manager (2006) Nicholas P. Tabacca, Assistant Football Coach (2007) - Ball State University, B.S. 2004, M.B.A. 2006 FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Robert T. Taylor, Head Football Coach (1997) – Albion Lois N. McCullough, CPA, Vice President for Finance and College, B.S. 1995; Defi ance College, M.A. 2003 Management (1996) – Defi ance College, B.S. 1981, Kevin Tong, Head Athletic Trainer (1997) - Ohio University, B.S. M.B.O.L., 2002 1995; Wagner College, M.S. Ed. 1997 Kristine M. Boland, Director of Accounting (2000) – University Kathleen Westfall, Assistant Athletic Trainer (2002) – Ohio of Toledo, B.S. 1991 University, B.S. 2000; University of Pittsburgh, M.S. 2002 Tiff any Finkenbiner, Accounting Assistant (2009) – Northwest State Community College, A.A. 2005 Dionna L. Prchlik, Bursar (2006) – University of Toledo, B.A. 1980 Vickie R. Rhodes, Student Accounts Assistant (2004)

PHYSICAL PLANT James Coressel, Director of Physical Plant (2007) – ITT Technical Institute, A.E.E.T. (1983) 98 98 | DIRECTORY |

Anita Lloyd, Secretary for Physical Plant and Health Charles S. Hobgood, M.S.W. (1974-2006) Social Work Services (2006) Michael T. Soper, Ph.D. (1986-2006) History Ted J. Czartoski, Maintenance Technician (1987) Robert A. Kohl, Ph.D. (1987-2007) Economics Stephen W. Elchinger, Maintenance Technician (1987) David L. Reed, M.A. (1987-2007) Natural Sciences Carson Kosier, Maintenance Technician (2002) Kenneth E. Christiansen, Ph.D. (1970-2008) Religion Jeff ery L. Niese, Maintenance Technician (1991) Frank Sanders, M.S.W. (1980-2008) Psychology Terry Ranes, Athletic Department Facilities Manager (2003) William A. O’Toole, C.M.A. (1977-2009) Business David L. Smart, Groundskeeper (1975) Tom L. Stevens, Maintenance Technician (1989) FACULTY Ronald Vorlicky, Maintenance Technician (2008) Kenneth Adair, Assistant Professor of Chemistry (2007) – Ohio Wesleyan University, B.A. 1999; University of INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT Oregon, M.S. 2000, Ph.D. 2006 Richard A. Pejeau, Vice President for Institutional Wayne D. Buchanan, Associate Professor of Business Advancement (2006) – Hiram College, B.A. 1966; Kent Administration (2001) – National University, B.B.A. State University, M.Ed. 1977 1979; Central Michigan University, M.S. 1987; Capella Sue Dumire, Advancement Administrative Assistant, University, Ph.D. 1998 Development (2002) Donald H. Buerk, Associate Professor of History (2002) – David G. Plant, Director of Alumni and Parent Relations Bowling Green State University, B.S. 1976, M.A. 1987; (2003) – Defi ance College, B.A. 1973; Th e Methodist University of Toledo, Ph.D. 2004 Th eological School in Ohio, M. Div. 1977 Jo Ann Burkhardt, Associate Professor of Education (2002) Cynthia Shaff er, Director of Planned Giving (1998) — - Bowling Green State University, B.S. 1976, M.A. 1980; Lansing Community College, A.A. 1998; Defi ance University of Toledo, Ph.D. 1991 College, B.A. 2003, M.B.O.L 2009 Keith Christy, Assistant Professor of Exercise Science Lorie Rath, Advancement Services Secretary, Alumni and (2009) – Central Michigan University, B.S. 1997; Parent Relations and Planned Giving (2006) Michigan State University, M.S. 1999; Th e Ohio State Sheri J. McCoy, Advancement Services Coordinator (1993) University, Ph.D. 2007 Marcia Mohre, Major Gift s Offi cer (2006) – Defi ance College, Elizabeth Collardey, Assistant Professor of Social Work – B.A. 2004; Defi ance College, M.B.O.L. 2007 University of Colorado, B.A. 1989; University of Michele Tinker, Director of Annual Giving (2004) – Ohio Denver, M.S.W. 1995, Ph.D. 2000 University, B.S. 1974 Todd Comer, Assistant Professor of English (2005) -Taylor Gretchen McGinley, Alumni Network Coordinator (2008) – University, B.A. 1995; Michigan State University, M.A. Concordia University, B.A. 2005 2000, Ph.D. 2005 Fred Coulter, Associate Professor of Education (2002) – EMERITI ADMINISTRATION University of Rhode Island, B.A. 1976; Andover Newton Th eological School, M.Div. 1980; University of Marvin J. Ludwig, President Emeritus (1975-1994) Tennessee, Ph.D. 2006 Raymond J. Derricotte, Controller Emeritus (1960-1995) Judy Crites, Assistant Professor of Information Technology Richard W. Stroede, Dean Emeritus (1964-2004) (1998) - Slippery Rock University, B.S. 1993; Bowling Gerald Mallott, Administrator Emeritus (1954-1991) Green State University, M.S. 1997 Nathan Crook, Assistant Professor of Communications (2009) – EMERITI FACULTY Weber State University, B.A. 2001, Utah State University, William O. Chaney, M.A. (1963-1983), English M.A. 2003, Bowling Green State University, Ph.D. 2009 Horace H. Everett, M.A. (1963-1984), Education Deborah E. Dalke, Professor of Psychology (1997) – Garnett M. Smith, M.S. (1963-1987), Business Education University of California, B.A. 1984; Pennsylvania State Maxie J. Lambright, J.L.S. (1967-1989), Education University, M.S. 1988, Ph.D. 1991 Bernard Mikula, Ph.D. (1960-1989), Biology Amy K. Drees, Assistant Professor of Arts and Humanities Richard Small, M.Ed. (1954-1989), Physical Education (2000) – Case Western Reserve University, B.A., M.A. Henry Diehl, M.S. (1969-1990), Mathematics 1991 Carolyn M. Small, B.S. (1964-1995), Music Michele F. Duck, Instructor of Education (2006) - University of Randall L. Buchman, M.A. (1964-1995), History Toledo, B.A. 1970; Bowling Green State University, Harry G. Miller, Ph.D. (1963-1997), Physics M.Ed. 1984 Richard W. Th iede, Ph.D. (1978-1997), Communication Somnath Dutta, Assistant Professor of Chemistry (2005) - Jarrell A. O’Kelley, Ph.D. (1966-1997), English University of Calcutta, India, B.S. 1994, M.S. 1996; Robert M. Gaff ga, Ed. D. (1970-2000), Education State University of New York at Binghamton, Ph.D. 2005 Duane C. Hocking, M.A. (1969-2002) Sport Science Douglas Fiely, Assistant Professor of Art (2002) – Bowling Margaret Noble Mikula, Ph.D. (1971-2003) English Green State University, B.A. 1972; M.A. 1976 James A. Bray, M.A. (1967-2004) Education Joshua Francis, Instructor of Education (2009) – Defi ance College, B.A. 2002, B.S. 2005, M.A. 2006 99 99 | DIRECTORY | Craig A. Rutter, Associate Professor of Exercise Science, (1983) – Bowling Green State University, B.S. 1974, Michael J. Gallagher, Associate Professor of Accounting M.Ed. 1978 (2001) – Lebanon Valley College, B.S. 1983, M.B.A. Richard Sealscott, Assistant Professor of Accounting (2009) 1993; University of Toledo, Ph.D. 1998 Bowling Green State University, B.S. 1976; University Sandra Golden, Assistant Professor of Education (2007) – of Dayton, MBA 1981 Cuyahoga Community College, A.A.B. 1993; Dyke Barbara J. Sedlock, Associate Professor of Education, College, B.S. 1995; Cleveland State University, M. Ed. (1982) - Hiram College, B.A. 1980; University of 1997, M.A. 2000; Kent State University, Ph. D. 2007 Kentucky, M.L.S., 1982 Nathan Griggs, Associate Professor of Biology (2004) – Steven J. Smith, Professor of Art (1981) - Blufft on College, Purdue University, B.S. 1984, B.S.C. 1984; Wright State B.A. 1974; Bowling Green State University, M.A. 1979, University, Ph.D. 1990 M.F.A. 1979 Gregg Gunsch, Professor of Digital Forensic Science (2006) Blen Solomon, Assistant Professor of Economics (2009) – Bismarck Junior College, A.A. 1977; University of North Lawrence University B.A. 2000; Western Michigan Dakota, B.S.E.E. 1979; Air Force Institute of Technology, University M.A. 2004; Western Michigan University M.S.E.E. 1983; University of Illinois at Urbana, Ph.D. 1990 Ph.D. 2007 Stefan Hall, Assistant Professor of Communication (2008) – Steven Sondergaard, Professor of Criminal Justice (1993) – Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, B.A. Terra Technical College, A.A.S. 1978; Pfeiff er College, 1993; M.A. 1998 A.B. 1987; University of Dayton, J.D. 1990 Mary Catherine Harper, Associate Professor of English Kristin Sorensen, Assistant Professor of Psychology (2008) – (1999) – Montana State University, B.A. 1986; Bowling Seattle University, B.A. 1997; Saybrook Graduate Green State University, Ph.D. 1992 School and Research Center, MA 2000; Ph.D. 2004 Kathleen Holloway, Assistant Professor of Nursing (2009) – Myra Stockdale, Assistant Professor of Exercise Science, Mount Carmel School of Nursing, R.N. 1979; Bowling Director of Athletic Training (2007) - Hope College, Green State University, B.S.N. 1996; Bowling Green A.B. 1988; Indiana State University, M.S. 1989; Nova State University M.A. 2001; University of Toledo, Southeastern University, D.H.Sc. 2004 M.S.N. 2008 David Stuckey, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (2000) – Dean Johnson, Assistant Professor of Religious Studies Defi ance College, B.S. 1986; Miami University, M.A. (2008) – Manchester College, B.S. 1996, Bethany 1989 Th eology Seminary, M. Div. 2000 Mary Ann Studer, Assistant Professor of Physical Science Diane L. Kaiser, Instructor of Education (2000) - Michigan (1999) – University of Toledo, B.S. 1996; University State University, B.A. 1970, M.A. 1992 of North Dakota, M.S. 1998 Edward Kamau, Assistant Professor of Marketing (2005) - Michelle M. Tabit, Assistant Professor of History (2006) - University of Nairobi, Kenya, B.A. 1991; Vanderbilt Cabrini College, B.A. 1996; Washington State University, University, MBA 1994 M.A. 2000, Ph.D. 2004 Douglas Kane, Assistant Professor of Biology (2007) – Th e Kevin M. Tong, Assistant Professor of Exercise Ohio State University, B.S. 1999, M.S. 2002, Ph.D. 2004 Science and Athletic Training (1997) – Ohio Donald S. Knueve, Professor of Criminal Justice (1978) – St. University, B.S. 1995; Wagner College, M.S. Ed. Joseph’s College, B.S. 1968, B.A. 1968; Xavier University, M.S. 1997 1973; Bowling Green State University, Ph.D. 1990 Susan C. Wajert, Professor of Business Robin S. Kratzer, Instructor of Education(2000) – Defi ance Administration, (2000) - Bowling Green State College, B.S. 1980; Bowling Green State University, University, B.S.N. 1976; University of Toledo, M.Ed. 1984 M.A. 1986; Th e Union Institute, Ph.D. 1997, M.S. Matthew Lydum, Assistant Professor of Education, (2004) – in Nursing 2009 Western Oregon State College, B.A. 1990, M.S. 1993 Jeff rey S. Weaner, Professor of Sociology and Social Randi Lydum, Instructor of Education and Exercise Science Work (1977) - Defi ance College, B.S. 1973; West (2004) – Western Oregon State College, B.S. 1990, Virginia University, M.S.W. 1976 M.S. 1993 Andrew Whitis, Director of Library and Information Spiro Mavroidis, Associate Professor of Biology (2002) - Resources (2008) – Th e Ohio State University, Cleveland State University, B.S. 1990, M.S. 1998, Ph. D. B.S. 1993; University of Pittsburgh, M.L.I.S. 2004 2006 Michael Wolfe, Assistant Professor of Business Marian Plant, Associate Professor of Christian Education, Administration (2007) – Heidelberg College, B.S. (2002) – Defi ance College, B.A.1973; Th e Methodist 1987; Defi ance College, M.B.O.L. 2005 Th eological School in Ohio, M.Div. 1977; Northern Laurie S. Worrall, Assistant Professor of Education, Illinois University, Ed.D. 1998 (2007) Northern Michigan University, B.A. 1984; Timothy E. Rickabaugh, Professor of Exercise Science DePaul University, M.S. 1996; University of (1997) – Ohio Wesleyan University, B.A. 1983 Pennsylvania, Ph.D. 2005 Miami University, M.A. 1987; Syracuse University, Alesia Yakos-Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Ph.D. 1998 Work (2002) – Defi ance College, B.S. 1986; Ohio State University, M.S.W. 1990 100 100 |INDEX |

— A — Art Course Descriptions, 60 Academic Major Requirements, 37 advising, 23 Art Fee, 12 calendar, 3, 4 Arts and Humanities dishonesty, 24 Course Descriptions, 61 divisions, 37 Division, 37 integrity policy, 23 Major Requirements, 37 honors, 23 Assessment, 6 honor societies, 23 Assistance, student, 18 majors, 37-59 Associate of Arts Degree probation, 25 Offerings, 29 Resource Center, 25 Requirements, 31 schedule changes, 34 Athletic Eligibility, 26 scholarships, 15 Athletic Training Education second chance, 25 Course Descriptions, 62 withdrawal, 34 Major Requirements, 37 year, 25 Attendance, 27 Accounts, payment, 12 Auditing Courses, 12 Accreditation, 6 Awarding of Degrees, 26 ACG Grant, 14 Accommodations Policy for Students with Disabilities, 20 — B — Accounting Baccalaureate Degree Course Descriptions, 60 Offerings, 29 Major Requirements, 37 Requirements, 32 Admission, 8-10 Behavioral and Applied Social Science advanced placement, 28 Division, 37 appeal procedure, 10 Biology application, 8 Course Descriptions, 64 application fee, 11 Major Requirements, 40 campus visit, 8 Business Division, 37, 40 criteria, 9 Business Administration decision, 9 Course Descriptions, 63 how to apply, 8 Major Requirements, 40 International student, 8 non-matriculated student, 10 — C — post-secondary options, 10 Campus Covenant, 7 re-enrollment, 9 Campus Security, 19 requirements, 8 Campus Visit, 8 transfer student, 9 Campus Work Study, 14 transient student, 10 Career and Student Assistance, 19 tuition deposit, 11 Center for Adult and Graduate Programs, 27 when to apply, 8 Change of Residential Status, 13 Advanced Placement Credits, 28 Chemistry Course Descriptions, 66 Advising, 23 Christian Education – see Religious Studies Appeals Citizen Leader Program, 18 admission decision, 10 Civil Rights Racial Harassment Policy, 21 grades, 32 Class Attendance, 27 Class Standing, 28 Application for Financial Aid, 14 College Grant, 14 College Learning Outcomes, 5

101 101 |INDEX |

Commencement Participation, 26 English Communication Arts Course Descriptions, 77 Course Descriptions, 66 Major Requirements, 48 Major Requirements, 42 Enrollment and Eligibility Complaint Policy, 7 for Financial Aid, 15 Computer Guidelines, 21 Evening Programs, 27 &RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\RI6WXGHQW5HFRUGV Exercise Science Cooperative Education, 18 Course Descriptions, 79 Counseling Assistance, 19 Experiential Learning, 18 Course Load, 28 Credits — F — Advanced Placement, 28 Federal Stafford Loan, 14 International Baccalaureate, 28 Federal Perkins Loan, 14 Transfer, 28 Field Experience, 18 Non-Traditional, 28 Financial Aid Assessment Procedures, 29 application, 14 Credit by Examination, 11 enrollment and eligibility, 15 Criminal Justice loans, 14 Course Descriptions, 68 outside scholarships, 15 Major Requirements, 42 renewal, 14 Criteria for Admission, 9 resource guide, 14 Culture of Engagement, 17 revisions of aid packages, 15 satisfactory academic progress, 15 — D — scholarships/grants, 14 Dean’s List, 23 YHUL¿FDWLRQ Decision for Admission, 9 YHWHUDQHGXFDWLRQDOEHQH¿WV Deferred Payments, 12 Financial Status, 13 Degree Offerings, 29 Forensic Science Degree Requirements, 31 Course Descriptions, 80 Design for Leadership – Major Requirements, 49 see Religious Studies First-Year Seminar Course Description, 80 Digital Forensic Science Course Descriptions, 70 — G — Major Requirements, 43 General Studies Course Description, 80 Directory of Personnel, 97 Geography Course Decriptions, 81 Disabilities Accommodations Policy, 20 Grade Appeals, 33 Disabilities Grievance Procedure, 20 Grade Reports, 34 Division Structure, 37 Grading System, 34 Dual Enrollment, 10 GradPLUS Loan, 14 Graduate Courses-Undergraduate — E — Students, 36 Economics Graduate Programs, 27 Course Descriptions, 71 Graduate Tuition, 11 Major Requirements, 43 Graduation Honors, 23 Education Grants, 14 Course Descriptions, 72 Graphic Design Major Requirements 44 Course Descriptions, 81 Education Philosophy, 5 Major Requirements, 49 Education Division, 37 Grievance Procedure for Students with E-mail, 22 Disabilities, 20

102 102 |INDEX |

Music — H — Course Descriptions, 86 Health Center, 19 Major Requirements, 52 Health Education Course Descriptions, 81 Music Charges, 12 Health Insurance Fee, 11 Health Services Management — N — Course Descriptions, 82 National SMART Grant, 14 Major Requirements, 50 Natural Science Course Descriptions, 87 History of College, 5 Non-Discrimination Statement, 7 History Non-Matriculated Student Admission, 9 Course Descriptions, 82 Non-Traditional Credit, 28 Major Requirements, 50 Honor Societies, 23 — O — Honors List, 23 OCOG Grant, 14 Honors Program, 17 OIG grant, 14 Housing, 19 One Stop Student Internet Access, 21 How to Apply, 8 Organizational Leadership and Supervision Course Descriptions, 88 — I — Major Requirements, 54 Independent Study Courses, 34 OSCG grant, 14 Intercultural Relations, 19 International and Global Studies — P — Course Descriptions, 84 Parking Fines, 12 Major Requirements, 50 Pass-Fail Option, 34 International Baccalaureate Credits, 28 Payment of Accounts, 12 International Student Admission, 8 Payment Schedule, 13 Internships, 18 Pell Grant, 14 Personnel Directory, 97 — L — Physical Education Course Descriptions, 89 Late Registration Fee, 11 Physical Science Course Descriptions, 90 Learning Outcomes, 5 Pilgrim Library Services, 34 Leave of Absence, 36 Plus Loan, 14 Library Fines, 12 Political Science Course Descriptions, 90 Library Services, 34 Post Secondary Enrollment, 10 Loans, 14 Prepayment of Tuition, 12 Pre-Professional Programs, 30 — M — Probation, 25 Management Course Descriptions, 84 Psychology Marketing Course Descriptions, 85 Course Descriptions, 90 Mathematics Major Requirements, 54 Course Descriptions, 85 Major Requirements, 51 — R — McMaster School for Refund Policy, 13 Advancing Humanity, 17 Registration, 34 Medical Technology Major Re-enrollment, 9 Requirements, 52 Religious Studies, Religious Education Military Active Duty, 34 and Christian Education Mission Statement, 5 Course Descriptions, 91 Molecular Biology Major Requirements, 52 Major Requirements, 55 Renewal of Financial Aid, 14 Requirements for Admission, 8

103 103 |INDEX |

Residence Life, 19 Tuition Residential Fee, 11 deferred payments, 12 Residential Status Change, 13 deposit, 11 Restoration Ecology graduate, 11 Major Requirements, 57 other fees and charges, 11 Revisions of Aid Packages, 15 part-time undergraduate, 11 Right to Modify, 7 payment of accounts, 12 Room and Meal Plan Change Fee, 11 prepayment, 12 refund policy, 13 — S — room and board, 11 Satisfactory Academic Progress for schedule of fees, 11 Financial Aid, 15 schedule of payments, 13 Schedule Changes, 34 senior citizen, 11 Schedule of Payments, 13 Scholarships/Grants, 14, 15 — U — Science and Mathematics Division, 37 8&&$I¿OLDWLRQ Self-Designed Major, 57 Undergraduate Students Enrolled in Senior Citizens Tuition, 11 Graduate Courses, 36 SEOG Grant, 14 Sexual/Gender Harassment Statement, 21 — V — Sociology 9HWHUDQ(GXFDWLRQDO%HQH¿WV Course Descriptions, 94 Major Requirements, 58 — W — Social Work Weekend College, 27 Course Descriptions, 94 Wellness and Corporate Fitness Major Requirements, 57 Course Descriptions, 96 Spanish Course Descriptions, 84 Major Requirements, 59 Spiritual Life, 19 When to Apply, 8 Sport Management Withdrawal from Courses, 34 Course Descriptions, 93 Withdrawal from College, 34 Major Requirements, 58 Withdrawal Processing Fee, 11 Student Activities, 20 Student Complaint Policy, 7 Student Handbook, 19 Student Life Services, 19-20 6WXGHQW5HFRUGV&RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ Student Teaching Fee, 11 Study Abroad, 18 Summer Session, 26

— T — Technology Fee, 11 Transcript Fee, 11 Transcript Requests, 35 Transfer Credits, 28 Transfer Student Admission, 9 Transient Student Admission, 10

104 104